2017 Exercise Procedures (Expro)

UNCLASSIFIED

2017 EXERCISE PROCEDURES (EXPRO)

JOINT MULTINATIONAL READINESS CENTER HOHENFELS TRAINING AREA GERMANY

1 MAR 2017 “TRAIN TO WIN”

UNCLASSIFIED Release of this information does not imply any commitment of intent on the part of the U.S. Government to provide any additional information on any topic presented herein. The EXPRO is provided with the understanding that the recipient government will make similar information available to the U.S. Government upon request. JMRC Standards of Conduct

1. Personnel will conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times; always remember you represent your organization and your country. 2. Photos, Harassment of female Soldiers/Family members will not be tolerated. 3. Personnel will maintain a professional appearance at all times. 4. Personnel will only conduct personal hygiene in designated areas. 5. Personnel will be asked to leave the gym if their workout attire is deemed inappropriate by gym personnel (i.e., clothes are too revealing or provocative in nature; clothes display offensive language or image, etc). 6. Personnel will refrain from entering any “Off Limit” areas to include all schools (see map). 7. Only CLEAN physical fitness uniforms and duty uniforms are allowed into on-base community facilities (i.e., PX, gym, Commissary, Java Café, etc.). 8. No boots will be worn in the downstairs area of the Post Gym. 9. Passports are required for all non-U.S. personnel to use the public computers in the Post Library. 10. Personnel utilizing computers at the Post Library are prohibited from viewing pornographic or other offensive material. 11. Only tactical vehicles displaying the required Permit will be allowed to drive on-post and only if they are officially preparing for or recovering from training events. 12. Tactical vehicles will park at designated on-post support facilities only; parking at all other community facilities is prohibited. 13. Rotational Training Units will consume NO ALCOHOL on Camp Albertshof unless approved through the JMRC Commander of Operations Group. 14. Alcohol may only be consumed In Accordance With (IAW) published guidance from unit Commanders or nations. Alcohol will only be consumed in a safe, controlled and non- disruptive manner and only at the following designated locations: Bowling Center (Bldg 14), The Warrior Zone (Bldg150), Meyers Kantine (Bldg 36), or Casino Kantine (Bldg 329). For further guidance on alcohol consumption, refer to JMRC Policy Letter #2. 15. Only individuals with an issued ration card are authorized to purchase rationed items at the Exchange. This authorization is coordinated during the planning conferences. These Soldiers will receive ration cards from customs; quantity of purchases depends on length of rotation. All other Multinational/Coalition Soldiers that are here training are not authorized to purchase rationed items from the Exchange. They can purchase and consume liquor at the bowling alley. Rationed items are (Cigarettes, Liquor, and Coffee).

Authorized access to On-Post Facilities is a privilege and is subject to change at any time. Violations of Post policies will be reported to your Chain of Command; serious violations may be reported to the Post Military Police and the responsible unit’s national Embassy. UNCLASSIFIED

JMRC 2017 EXPRO Table of Contents

Chapter 1 General Figure 2-3: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for T-72 MBT (p. 32) 1-1 Purpose (p. 1) Figure 2-4: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for M84 1-2 General (p. 1) MBT (p. 32)

1-3 Exercise Participants (p. 2) Figure 2-5: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for BMP- 2 IFV (p. 33) 1-4 Vehicle Box Passes (p. 3)

1-5 Field Service Representatives (p. 4) Figure 2-6: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for BRDM-2 w/AT-5 (p. 33) 1-6 Brigade/Division Command and Control (p. 4) Figure 2-7: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for RECON BRMD-2 (p. 34) 1-7 Unified Land Operations (p. 5) Figure 2-8: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for 1-8 Continuous Operations (p. 6) Mi-24 HIND F (p. 34)

1-9 Battlefield Restoration/Box Clean up (p. 7) Figure 2-9: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for SA-8 GECKO (p. 35) 1-10 AAR Attendance and Times (p. 7) Figure 2-10: SKOLKAN OPFOR Dismount 1-11 Signal and Communications (p. 7) Uniforms and Weapons (p. 36)

1-12 MILES Policy (p. 8) Chapter 3 Intelligence 1-13 Off Limits/Restricted Areas (p. 10) 3-1 General (p. 37) Chapter 2 Maneuver 3-2 Purpose (p. 37)

2-1 General (p. 12) 3-3 Cyber Electromagnetic Activities (p. 37) 2-2 Dismounted Operations (p. 12) 3-4 Detainee Operations (p. 38) 2-3 MOUT Operations (p. 18) 3-5 Counter Intelligence Activities (p. 40) 2-4 Mounted Operations (p. 20) 3-6 Captured Enemy Equipment (p. 40) 2-5 Crowd Riot Control (p. 21) 3-7 Military Source Operations (p. 42)

2-6 Miles II/SAWE (p. 24) 3-8 Biometrics (p. 43)

2-7 Battlefield effects (p. 28) 3-9 Temporary Secure Compartmented Information Facilities (p. 43) 2-8 Tactical Airborne Operations (p. 29) Figure 3-1: JMRC DUSTWUN Flowchart of 2-9 Operations in Cave Complexes (p. 29) Events (p. 44) 2-10 Procedures after a Negligent Discharge (p. Chapter 4 Fire Support 30)

4-1 General (p. 45) Figure 2-1: Weapon Effects Adjudication (p. 30) 4-2 Divarty Headquarters (p. 45)

Figure 2-2: AT Weapons Effects Adjudication (p. 4-3 Required Fire Support Reports (p. 45) 31) UNCLASSIFIED

JMRC 2017 EXPRO Table of Contents

4-4 Fire Control (p. 45) Figure 5-3: No dig overlay (p. 72)

4-5 Direct Fire Engagements (p. 46) Figure 5-4: Engineer Obstacles (p. 73)

4-6 Fire Marking (p. 46) Figure 5-5: Engineer Obstacles Adjudication Chart (p. 74) 4-7 Attack Criteria (p. 47) Chapter 6 Air Defense Artillery 4-8 Replicated Units (p. 47) 6-1 Purpose (p. 75) 4-9 Survey (p. 47) 6-2 Division Early Warning Net (p. 75) 4-10 Counter Fire and Survivability (p. 48) 6-3 Active and Passive Air Defense (p. 75) 4-11 Accuracy of Fires (p. 48) 6-4 Aircraft (p. 75) 4-12 Laser Operations (p. 48) 6-5 MILES/AGES II Engagements (p. 75) 4-13 Special Munitions (p. 48) 6-6 Non-Miles Ground to Air Engagements 4-14 Combat Service Support (p. 49) (p. 75) Chapter 5 Engineer 6-7 ASET IV Aerial Survivability Equipment 5-1 Dig Operations (p. 52) Trainer (p. 75)

5-2 Training Demolitions (p. 52) 6-8 UAS Ground to Air Engagements (p. 75)

5-3 Combined Arms Mobility Operations (p. 53) Chapter 7 Aviation

5-4 Combined Arms Obstacle Integration (p. 58) 7-1 Purpose (p. 77)

5-5 Survivability (p. 63) 7-2 General (p. 77)

5-6 Explosive Hazard Operations (p. 63) 7-3 Aviation Safety (p. 77)

5-7 Military Working Dogs (p. 65) 7-4 Aircraft Identification (p. 78)

5-8 Subterranean Operations (p. 66) 7-5 Aviation Mission Planning (p. 79)

5-9 Adjudication Tables (p. 67-69) 7-6 Aviation MILES/SMODIMS (p. 80)

Table 5-1: Weapon Effects for Urban Breaching 7-7 Airspace Control (p. 81) Charges (p. 67) 7-8 Battle Damage and Simulated Battle Table 5-2: Training Unit Breaching Assets Damage Assessment (BDA/SBDA) (p. 81) (p. 68) 7-9 Downed Aircraft Actions (p. 81)

Table 5-3: SCATMIN SD Windows (p. 69) 7-10 Ground to Air Engagements (p. 82)

Table 5-4: IED Adjudication (p. 69) 7-11 Air to Ground Engagements (p. 82)

Figure 5-1: Obstacle Placard (p. 70) 7-12 Air to Air Engagements (Helicopters) (p. 82) Figure 5-2: IED Emplacement Communication (p. 71) 7-13 Damaged/Destroyed Aircraft while on ground (p. 83) UNCLASSIFIED

JMRC 2017 EXPRO Table of Contents

7-14 Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) Figure 8-2: Simulated Battle Damage (p.83) Assessment (SBDA) Card Example (p. 106)

7-15 Polygon Assets (p. 83) Chapter 9 CBRN

7-16 Aviation considerations for CBRN 9-1 General (p. 107) (Helicopters) (p. 84) 9-2 Purpose (p. 107) 7-17 MEDEVAC Operations (p. 84) 9-3 Chemical Agents (p. 107) 7-18 Fixed Wing (F/W) CAS (p. 84) 9-4 Casualty Assessment (p. 107) 7-19 Replicated UAS System (p. 85) 9-5 Chemical Decontamination (p. 108) 7-20 Live Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) (p. 85) 9-6 Chemical Reconnaissance (p. 108)

7-21 Forward Armed Refuel Point (FARP) 9-7 Smoke Operations (p. 109) Operations (p. 87) 9-8 Chemical Defense Equipment (CDE) 7-22 OPFOR Aviation Operations (Helicopter) (p. 109) (p. 88) 9-9 Special Considerations (p. 109) Chapter 8 Combat Service Support 9-10 Employment of Riot Control Agents 8-1 General (p. 89) (p. 110)

8-2 Combat Health Support (p. 89) 9-11 Toxic Industrial Chemicals/Materials (p. 110) 8-3 Personnel Reporting/Replacement (p. 92) Chapter 10 Civil Military Operations 8-4 Vehicles and Maintenance (p. 93) 10-1 General (p. 111) 8-5 Logistics/Supply (p. 96) 10-2 Purpose (p. 111) 8-6 Ammunition (p. 96) 10-3 Civilians on the Battlefield (p. 111) 8-7 ROM Operations (p. 99) 10-4 Reporting Training Unit Effects on the 8-8 Air Resupply (p. 99) Operational Environment (p. 111)

8-9 EOD/WIT (p. 100) 10-5 Mission Rehearsal Exercise Specific Instructions (p. 112) 8-10 Aviation Unit Sustainment (p. 101) 10-6 Mission Rehearsal Exercise Specific 8-11 Fuel Handling (p. 101) Restrictions (p. 112)

8-12 CSS Tables and Charts (p. 102-106) 10-7 Policies for Translators (p. 112)

Table 8-1: Ammunition Categories (p. 102) Chapter 11 Safety

Table 8-2 and 8-3: Ammunition Weights (p. 103) 11-1 General (p. 114)

Table 8-4: Vehicle Carrying Capability (p. 104) 11-2 Purpose (p. 114)

Figure 8-1: DA Form 581 Example (p. 105) 11-3 References (p. 114)

UNCLASSIFIED

JMRC 2017 EXPRO Table of Contents

11-4 Risk Assessment (p. 114) 12-6 Virtual Constructive Simulations Considerations (p. 125) 11-5 Safety Brief Requirements (p. 114) Chapter 13 Military Police 11-6 Rotational Training Unit Responsibilities (p. 114) 13-1 General (p. 126)

11-7 Uniform (p. 114) 13-2 Purpose (p. 126)

11-8 Target Pits (p. 114) 13-3 Civil Disturbance Operations (p. 126)

11-9 Unsafe Acts or Conditions (p. 114) 13-4 Detainee Operations (p. 127)

11-10 Actions after Accidents (p. 115) 13-5 Active Shooter (p. 129)

11-11 Vehicle Safety (p. 115) 13-6 Provost Marshall’s Office Operation (p. 129) 11-12 Dismount Safety (p. 117) 13-7 Traffic Accident Investigations 11-13 Sleeping Areas (p. 117) (p. 130)

11-14 Flora and Fauna (p. 117) 13-8 Biometrics (p. 130)

11-15 Unexploded Ordnance (p. 118) 13-8 End state (p. 130)

11-16 Pyrotechnics and Training Ammunition Chapter 14 SOF Operations (p. 118) 14-1 General (p. 131) 11-17 Laser Device Operations (p. 118) 14-2 Purpose (p. 131) 11-18 Carbon Monoxide Poisoning, Toxic Smoke and Fumes (p. 119) 14-3 Scope/Applicability (p. 131)

11-19 JMRC Casevac and Medevac Procedures 14-4 Exercise Area/Land Use Requirements for Real World Injuries (p. 119) (p. 130)

11-20 Accident/Incident Reporting (p. 121) 14-5 Clothing and Uniforms (p. 130)

11-21 Environmental Conditions (p. 121) 14-6 Target Area Surveillance and Penetration (p. 132) 11-22 Running/Physical Fitness Training (p. 121) 14-7 Air Operations (p. 132)

11-23 MILES Systems (p. 121) 14-8 SIGINT Operations (p. 132)

Chapter 12 Live, Virtual, and Constructive 14-9 Evasion and Recovery Operations (p. 132) Simulations 14-10 Special Instructions (p. 133) 12-1 General (p. 122) 14-11 Special Operations EXPRO Exceptions 12-2 Purpose (p. 122) (p. 134)

12-3 Live Simulations (p. 122) 14-12 SOF Operations Exercises Outside the Hohenfels Training Area (p. 136) 12-4 Virtual Simulations (p. 122) Table 14-1: Carl Gustav Effects Adjudication 12-5 Constructive Simulations (p. 124) (p. 139) UNCLASSIFIED

JMRC 2017 EXPRO Table of Contents

Appendices Chapter Annexes Posted in the JMRC Digital Command Post (FOUO Material) A-1 HTA Fixed Instrumented AAR Sites Chapter 4 Fire Support A-2 HTA Cave Complexes Figure 4-1: Casualties for 105mm Artillery and A-3 Ubungsdorf 120mm HE Mortar

A-4 Enslwang Figure 4-2: Casualties for 122mm, 152mm, and 155mm HE Artillery A-5 Schwend Figure 4-3: Casualties for 122mm, 152mm, and A-6 Raversdorf 155mm DPICM Artillery A-7 Kittensee Chapter 6 Air Defense Artillery A-8 Haasla (Circle Town) Figure 6-1: UAS Engagement Chart A-9 Griffenwang (Mud Hut)

A-10 Hogan Alley

A-11 Shoothouse

A-12 FOB West

A-13 FOB East

A-14 10 Line MEDEVAC Request

A-15 NATO 9-Line MEDEVAC Request

A-16 Administrative Routes and AXPs

A-17 White Light Line Areas

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

1-1 PURPOSE. The purpose of the JMRC follow the same policies as OCT augmentees, EXPRO is to establish policies and procedures outlined in JMRC policy letter 2, standards of to control the conduct of all personnel training at rotational conduct. the JMRC. The EXPRO covers procedures for b. OBSERVER/COACH/TRAINER the command and control of engagements, ACCESS. Observer/Coach/Trainers (OCTs) changes of mission, after action reviews, and have unrestricted movement throughout the RTU command and control relationships and JMRC maneuver box and the local training responsibilities. areas (LTAs). OCTs are not required to answer The goal of JMRC is to provide rotational challenges and passwords, show ID cards, or units a realistic, relevant, and stressful submit to personnel or vehicle security checks at environment where the unit can effectively check points, guard points, and dismount points. employ their systems as they intend to when This applies to all JMRC sponsored training and deployed. The EXPRO is designed to provide includes, but is not limited to, all RTU and necessary control while allowing the training unit opposing force (OPFOR) tactical formations, and the OPFOR maximum free play. The command and control nodes, orders briefs, EXPRO also enables the OCTs to objectively assembly areas, rehearsals sites, and objective monitor a unit's performance. areas. c. EXERCISE CONTROL. The OCTs 1-2 GENERAL. The Joint Multinational control the exercise through the use of the Readiness Center Exercise Procedures EXPRO and observe unit actions in order to (EXPRO) are applicable to all personnel who assist the unit in reaching its training objectives. participate in, support, observe, or control Ajudication of all exercise issues is the rotational unit training at the Joint Multinational responsibility of the on ground OCT and based Readiness Center (JMRC) maneuver area, local on EXPRO rules. OCTs will not interfere with training areas (LTAs), and approved rotation the chain of command except in instances of specific maneuver rights areas (MRAs). Every safety or EXPRO violations where the chain of Soldier, DA civilian, contractor, or civilian, that command is unable or unwilling to comply. enters the maneuver box are susceptible to OCTs will use the chain of command to correct battlefield effects and subject to the EXPRO safety deficiencies and EXPRO violations. rules of engagement. All vehicle operations Safety, EXPRO, or other ajudacation issues during periods of darkness will be conducted unable to be resolved by the on ground OCT will utilizing blackout lights with night vision devices, be elevated through Team 07s to the DTOC This applies to both OCTs and rotational units. CHOPS for final arbitration. See paragraph 1-6 As otherwise delineated within the EXPRO, for EXCON and HICON definitions and civilians on the battle field and units who do not responsibilities. have the required equipment are exempt. Only d. SOLDIER HEALTH AND WELFARE. the Commander, Operations Group (COG) or The training unit is responsible for the health his designated representatives may grant and welfare of its Soldiers and is directly exceptions to the EXPRO. responsible for evacuating real world casualties a. COMMAND RELATIONSHIP. The IAW paragraph 11-20. OCTs will monitor all designated exercise senior trainer will serve as evacuation operations. However, they will only the training unit’s higher headquarters step in and control the evacuation if the chain of commander. The JMRC HICON staff, under the command displays a lack of ability that further direction of the JMRC Chief of Operations, will endangers or aggravates the potential for the serve as the training unit’s higher headquarters Soldier’s loss of life, limb, or eyesight. Chapter staff. The senior rotational training unit (RTU) 11 contains the JMRC MEDEVAC standard commander is directly responsible for the operating procedures. command and control of his/her unit’s forces. e. RECOMMENDED CHANGES. All RTU forces will remain under the direction of the questions and recommended changes to the senior RTU commander. Command and support EXPRO will be directed to the JMRC Chief of relationships for enablers and support units will Operations at DSN 314 520-5987. be specifically tailored for each rotation and will be published prior to the arrival of the RTU. All rotational support personnel are required to

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

1-3 EXERCISE PARTICIPANTS the battle dress uniform. In special cases, a. OBSERVER/COACH/TRAINERS. Dragons are also required to role play civilians OCTs observe all RTU operations, ensure on the battlefield while also serving as a fire resources are in place to support training, collect markers. When role playing, the Dragons will performance data, conduct after action reviews wear culturally specific clothing and MILES gear. (AARs), and control engagements as required Dragons travel in woodland camouflaged IAW the EXPRO. OCTs wear the Army combat HMMWVs with tan colored rear door panels that uniform with a patrol cap (while dismounted), display their OCT team call sign. MOLLE vest, an OCCS radio and a controller e. MILES CONTACT TEAM. Provides gun. OCTs travel in woodland camouflaged support for all MILES equipment used during the M998 HMMWVs with tan colored rear door rotation. The MILES contact team employs panels that display their OCT team call sign. contracted civilians that work IAW German labor b. OPPOSING FORCES (OPFOR). The laws. The contact team personnel wear blue OPFOR are members either of the 1st Battalion, coveralls and drive woodland camouflaged hard 4th Infantry Regiment or of an augmentee unit top HMMWVs or 5-ton trucks with tan colored specifically sent to JMRC to support the rotation. door panels that display their team logo. Members of the OPFOR conduct combat f. ROTATIONAL TRAINING UNIT operations replicating opposing force doctrine to SOLDIERS. JMRC supports training from the prepare training units to fight and win throughout team level to an augmented brigade combat the full spectrum of conflict. OPFOR Soldiers team. Rotational training unit Soldiers wear the wear black uniforms when replicating a uniform and employ equipment as prescribed by conventional threat and culturally specific civilian their chain of command. Every unit that is clothes when replicating an insurgent threat. sponsored or trains under the direction of an c. COMBAT CAMERAMAN. The Viper OCT team is considered a rotational training Team films all aspects of the RTU's operations unit. to provide video feedback as a part of the after g. NATIONAL SUPPORT ELEMENT action review process. While working in support (NSE): The NSE’s primary task is to support the of an OCT team, Viper Soldiers will wear ACUs RTU by facilitating administrative or logistical and will travel in woodland camouflaged M1097 support missions to allow maximum training time HMMWVs with tan colored rear door panels that by the units in the box. The NSE does not display their OCT call sign. deploy into the box. Their focus is medical 1.Vipers will provide quality evacuation of routine casualties to German photos and video clips of the tactical operations Hospitals. All routine casualties will be brought and other events used for the unit's to the NSE for transportation to German instrumented AARs to the Defense Video & Hospitals. RTU units will not transport Imagery Distribution System (DVIDS). Vipers will casualties themselves. produce one "HOOAH" video for the Brigade 1. The HHC Ops Grp TAF AAR and design a Brigade rotation poster 1SG/Commander are the sponsors for NSE. for RTU's take home package. JMRC OCT Team members will not directly task 2. To request Viper support, the NSE without prior coordination through the OCT team will submit a Viper support request 1SG and Commander. This is to alleviate any and a rotation poster request to the Vipers confusion and assist with delineating the NSEs distribution list: USARMY JMRC JMTC List role. JMRC VIPERS FIELD AAR. Teams are to only 2. Reception/Integration/ request Viper support for critical events ISO of departure of RTU: The NSE will facilitate AAR development. reception and integration of the RTU into HTA. d. FIREMARKERS. The Dragon Team They will do this by arriving to HTA prior to the serves as fire markers for the rotations. The fire RTU’s main body arrivals and staying markers provides audio and visual indirect fire operational until all main bodies have departed. and IED effects for all training units and the All incoming RTU units will report to the NSE OPFOR. Effects include artillery and mortar and report number of PAX and equipment that fires, all types of IEDs, smoke, artillery delivered have arrived and receive barracks and hard FASCAM. Dragon Team personnel are locally stand assignments. RTU units will clear all hired German civilians who predominately wear

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL barracks and hard stands through the NSE prior and maintenance contractors are required to to departure. move throughout the box during training days. 3. Manning: The training Non-rotational support personnel movements brigade, whether US or multinational, has a are closely monitored and synchronized to responsibility to staff the NSE with no less than ensure absolutely minimal impact on RTU 15 personnel. These 15 personnel can only training. Non-rotational support personnel do not facilitate medical evacuation to local hospitals, typically wear MILES however; they may be emergency leaves, and signing for RTU billets. stopped and questioned by RTU Soldiers to The NSE will include an OIC (1LT-CPT), NCOIC ascertain their identity and purpose in the area. (SFC-MSG), 5 vehicle commanders, and 8 Non-rotational support personnel may only be drivers. Each multinational country that stopped for 5 minutes or less. participates with company sized element will i. ACCESS TO DTOC IN BLDG 100. also provide 1 LNO (Officer or NCO) and 1 With the exception of the unit liaison officers, all driver (PVT-SGT) to the NSE; a multinational RTU Soldiers and support personnel, to include battalion will provide 2 LNOs and 2 drivers. the RTU Commander, Command Sergeant’s 4. Additional NSE missions and Major, and staff are forbidden from entering PAX requirements: Parachute recovery detail: building 100, the JMRC Division Tactical additional 20 PAX. Theater Gateway Support: Operations Center (DTOC). Only the COG, additional 2 PAX. EMHOF gate security: DCOG, JMRC CSM, JMRC S3 or the JMRC additional 2 PAX. Signing for RTU equipment Chief of Operations may grant other exceptions (CL II, Vehicles, etc.) additional 4 PAX. The to this policy. NSE will not support the theater gate way with personnel. Additional missions must be 1-4 VEHICLE BOX PASSES. Non-rotational coordinated during the planning conferences. personnel requiring access to the maneuver box 5. Medical Reports pertaining to during rotational training periods must receive a attached units falling under NSE custody. The box pass issued from the DTOC. The box pass NSE will be responsible for tracking will be displayed on the vehicle dashboard on developments concerning RTU patients who are the driver’s side. RTU Soldiers are authorized to injured or hospitalized. Additiionally, updates stop every vehicle in the box (with the exception regarding the status of these patients will be of OCT vehicles). However, RTU Soldiers must sent daily at 0700 and 1700 to the JMRC DTOC adhere to the instructions indicated on the pass via email and phone at DSN 314-520-5075. (see below). Vehicles without box passes are h. CIVILIANS ON THE BATTLEFIELD: available for a complete search. Box passes will Civilians on the battlefield (COBs) are only be issued by the JMRC Deputy Chief of contracted civilians and/or Soldiers who role Operations or the DTOC NCIOC (DSN 314 520- play a variety of local national positions from 5940). local resident to town/district leaders. The COBs a. “A” Pass: Both the vehicle and the are intended to add realism and complexity to personnel are authorized to be searched. the training environment and will be found Search is limited to five minutes or less. throughout the depth of the box. COBs wear b. “B” Pass: Only the vehicle is civilian clothes or local security force uniforms authorized to be searched. Search is limited to that correspond with the training scenario. COBs five minutes or less. will always wear MILES equipment, typically c. “C” Pass: Only the vehicle personnel wearing just the MILES harness. However, the are authorized to be searched. Search is limited wearing of MILES does not denote either to five minutes or less. combatant or noncombatant status. COBs d. VIP Pass: Neither the personnel nor operate a number of different types of vehicles the vehicle may be searched. Vehicle will be from ATVs, to non-tactical vehicles to replicated allowed to pass without delay. “jingle” trucks. e. Permanent passes are not h. NON-ROTATIONAL SUPPORT authorized. Each pass clearly depicts the valid PERSONNEL. The JMRC maneuver area dates. Upon discovery of an expired pass, RTU requires constant maintenance throughout the Soldiers will notify their OCT. The OCT will calendar year. A myriad of personnel such as confiscate the expired pass and report the driver Hohenfels DPW workers, the Forest Meisters, and vehicle information to the DTOC.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

d. Civilian personnel providing rotational Army. The HICON is specifically tailored for training support are normally included in a each rotation to replicate the unit’s expected rotational post access roster provided to JMRC headquarters while deployed. The JMRC Chief prior to the start of an exercise. During instances of Operations is responsible for organizing, where properly vetted civilians providing training, and employing the HICON staff. rotational training support are not included in the 2. The HICON is organized JMRC post access roster, OCT Teams or staff according to the war fighting functions and sections need to submit the following to the communicates with the training units through the JMRC DTOC: complete names of civilian appropriate Army battlefield command systems support personnel, documentation proof that (ABCS). support personnel have been pre-approved to 3. The HICON receives reports enter JMRC for rotational support activity, from the RTU, analyzes the information and Passport or Identification Card numbers, distributes relevant information to appropriate sponsoring JMRC Team or unit, type of support personnel and units. The HICON issues provided, and the duration of the support guidance, assigns tasks and enforces activity. A memorandum of record signed by the constraints specified in orders and graphics to JMRC Chief of Operations or his appropriate ensure that the RTU operates within the representative will be provided to the sponsoring scenario and accomplishes its training OCT Team. This memorandum will be then objectives. The HICON also issues operations taken to the post MP station to be stamped for orders (OPORDs), fragmentary orders approval. The signed and stamped (FRAGOs) and graphics to the rotational training memorandums can then be provided to the unit. civillian support personnel for their records. 4. The HICON is responsible for tracking all RTU operations and movements 1-5 FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES. throughout the scenario area of operation. The Field service representatives (FSRs) who HICON receives and tracks all RTU significant support the RTU and the OPFOR are in play activities (SIGACTs). when they enter the maneuver box and will 5. The HICON receives obstacle adhere to the EXPRO. FSRs wear a MILES and mine plans from the BLUFOR. harness and are vulnerable to battlefield effects. 6. The HICON answers In special cases, mission critical FSRs may BLUFOR RFIs IAW published orders, FRAGOs, receive box passes to move throughout the box and graphics or as instructed to by JMRC without RTU support. The JMRC Chief of Exercise Control (EXCON). Operations (DSN 520-5987) is the POC for 7. Rotational units maintain determining mission critical FSR status. All contact with the HICON from the arrival of the FSRs, regardless of status, will receive a safety first Soldier until the last Soldier departs. The brief from their supporting OCT team before RTU must establish and maintain tactical entering the training area. FSRs will maintain an communication with the HICON NLT 24 hours ITAM Soldier’s Card signed by the OCT prior to E1. administering their safety brief. 8. The HICON immediately reports all real world MEDEVACs (life, limb, or 1-6 BRIGADE/DIVISION COMMAND AND eyesight) or emergencies to the EXCON. CONTROL. 9. The HICON immediately a. HIGHER CONTROL (HICON) ROLE reports all accidents, safety incidents or lost AND RESPONSIBILITIES: The HICON serves sensitive items to the EXCON. as the rotational unit’s next higher headquarters. 10. The HICON receives and For brigade operations, the HICON serves as processes all requests for CAS, Air Force the training BDE’s division or joint task force reconnaissance, unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) headquarters. During task force operations the coverage, and military intelligence (MI) support HICON serves as the training task force’s inconjunction with EXCON. This support will be brigade combat team headquarters. approved or denied IAW the scenario and will 1. The HICON consists of JMRC specify by what time HICON must receive these Soldiers, DA civilians, contractors and requests from BLUFOR. Unless otherwise augmented Soldiers from units throughout the

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL specified, the COG will allocate these resources information requirements to the HICON as to support overarching unit training objectives. directed. 11. The HICON notifies the 5. Training units that have EXCON immediately of all unscheduled VIP authorized liaison officers and noncommissioned visits. All VIP visits must be coordinated through officers (LNOs) in accordance with the current the JMRC Protocol Office. modified table and organization of equipment 12. Any HICON Soldier are required to provide LNOs to the HICON operating in the “box” or traveling to and from within 24 hours of the first main body element’s the “box” must wear functional MILES, have arrival. The LNO team works in the DTOC until received a safety brief, and possess a signed released by the Chief of Operations. JMRC safety card. HICON personnel may only 6. Training units receive move on EXCON approved routes. maneuver graphics that precisely depict their b. EXERCISE CONTROL (EXCON) unit boundaries. Training units are authorized to ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES: adjust their internal subordinate unit boundary 1. The Commander, Operations areas as required, however, any change to the Group (or his designated representative), highest level training unit boundary must be EXCON Battle Staff, OCT, Augmented OCT, approved by the JMRC HICON. and OPSGRP Staff are authorized freedom of (a) All training unit movement movement in the maneuver box, MRAs and within the maneuver box, regardless of the task LTAs and have unrestricted access to all and purpose, and the unit’s boundaries will be BLUFOR and OPFOR locations, orders, coordinated with the OCTs or the HICON. graphics and rehearsals. (b) Any movement outside of 2. PRO-COBs, MILES Contact the training unit’s overall boundary must be Teams, DPW personnel in brown door vehicles approved and coordinated with the JMRC are authorized freedom of movement in the HICON. maneuver box, MRAs and LTAs, BLUFOR and (c) Mission Command and FM OPFOR locations, orders, and rehearsals. radio retransmission nodes must deploy within c. ROTATIONAL TRAINING UNIT the training unit’s boundaries, FLOT, and the RESPONSIBILITIES: Unless previously FEBA when operating in MRAs/LTAs outside of coordinated, RTU commanders and staffs the Hohenfels Training Area. deploy with and command their subordinate training unit(s). 1-7 UNIFIED LAND OPERATIONS (ULO). Per 1. Training units are competitive US doctrine, ULO consists of simultaneously- from the moment they enter the JMRC executed Offense, Defense, and Stability tasks. maneuver area. Training units secure Accordingly, JMRC facilitates training for themselves and operate within the Hohenfels rotational units in all three types of tasks. Training Area and associated local training Offensive and Defensive training involves areas as they will when deployed to their simulated combat and support activities between expected area of responsibility. the training unit and OPFOR. JMRC uses the 2. The training unit multiple integrated laser engagement systems headquarters is responsible for command, (MILES) to adjudicate engagements. It is based control and life support for all subordinate units on objective and subjective casualty and in accordance with the command and support damage assessment. Stability training mainly relationship directed in the deployment order. involves unit engagement with civilian actors in 3. All training units establish a order to identify and address local sources of competitive command and control element in the instability. training area. Command and control element a. Training units at every level provide personnel wear MILES gear, adhere to the their OCT Team with time and location of all JMRC EXPRO and are subject to battlefield orders briefs and rehearsals. All training units effects. provide electronic copies of all orders and 4. Command and control graphics to their OCT team. elements adhere to the directives and orders b. To facilitate Stability training, JMRC’s from the JMRC HICON. Command and control Operational Environment (OE) Team elements also forward required reports and dynamically adjusts civil aspects of the OE daily

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL during the X-days based on rotational unit and reviews. During ROBE, specific battlefield OPFOR interactions with civilian actors. The OE effects, as directed by EXCON, are ongoing Team relies on OCTs, OPFOR, Pro-COBs and which the training unit is still susceptible to. It will Unified Action Partners (UAPs) to share their also be the period designated by the COG for observations of these interactions at the end of separation of combat forces, conduct of AARs, each X-day. See Para. 10-4 for the reporting recovery of maintenance NMC vehicles, format and submission guidance. recovery of KIA & wounded dismounts & c. Rules of engagement (roe) violations, reconnaissance forces both short of, and fratricide and civilian casualties: forward of the Line of Contact and applies to 1. Training units will conduct a both BLUFOR and OPFOR. The clock stops on 15-6 investigation for any/all ROE violations, any minefields during the reduction period and is fratricide, and incidents that result in civilian restarted when the reduction period is lifted. casualties. The training unit commander will e. RESUMPTION OF BATTLEFIELD appoint a 15-6 investigating officer for each EFFECTS: Is defined as the time directed by the incident and will be prepared to brief the JMRC COG for Reduction of Battlefield Effects to be HICON commander on the details of the completed and all exercise participants are incident(s) and the actions the unit is taking to subject to all battlefield effects. prevent further incidents. Units will submit a f. BLUFOR SPECIFIC completed 15-6 to the HICON NLT 48 hours INSTRUCTIONS: after initiating an investigation. 1. REPOSITIONING: BLUFOR 2. Only the Commander, units follow instructions and COM instructions Operations Group can waive this investigation for all repositioning of forces. requirement. 2. OBSTACLES: No re-seeding or breaching of obstacles, or movement of Class 1-8 CONTINUOUS OPERATIONS IV/V, is permitted during the reduction period a. Is defined as the continuation of otherwise stipulated in COM instructions. tactical operations and the application of all 3. CASEVAC: Casualty battlefield effects. JMRC replicates a battlefield evacuation may not continue during the where combat operations can occur at any time. Reduction of Battlefield Effects (ROBE) unless However, to facilitate AARs, counterpart otherwise stipulated in COM instructions. All discussions, or to set the conditions for the next MCC times are suspended until Resumption fight, the COG may direct a Suspension or of Battlefield Effects. All KIAs, DOWs, and Reduction of Battlefield Effects in conjunction Casualties (Wounded, Priority, Urgent) move with Change of Mission Instructions. IAW instructions with Catastrophic & Mobility b. APPLICABILITY: All personnel Destroyed Vehicles to the “Dead Pool”. participating or controlling exercises at JMRC. CASEVAC resumes at Resumption of c. CHANGE OF MISSION (COM) - A Battlefield Effects from the Dead Pools. unit receives Change of Mission (COM) 4. CATASTROPHIC & instructions when it has either accomplished its MOBILITY KILLS: are consolidated and assigned mission or a phase of the operation. escorted to a “Dead Pool” by OCT. The Dead d. TYPES OF COM: Pool is established in the vicinity of the 1. Suspension of Battlefield unit’s UMCP to facilitate re-introduction of Effects (SOBE) - Established at the end of vehicles and personnel to the unit. Dead Pools Force on Force training when it has been are not established in locations observed by the established by the Commander of Operations OPFOR. Group that the training unit has accomplished all 5. RECOVERY OF of its training objectives. MAINTENANCE NMC VEHICLES: continue 2. Reduction of Battlefield during the suspension period to facilitate Effects (ROBE) - Established to allow the separation of forces. If the vehicles are not Commander of Operations Group (COG) to recovered before the effects are lifted or before regulate battlefield effects in order to develop a time coordinated with EXCON, the unit locks exercise options for a training unit. ROBE will the vehicle and be OCT escorted behind LD for also provide the training unit with time to prepare the next mission. for, conduct, and return from after action

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

1-9 BATTLEFIELD RESTORATION/ BOX 1. The Senior TF OCT is the CLEANUP: approval authority for excusing individuals from a. BATTLEFIELD RESTORATION attending TF and below AARs. Defined as the clean-up or fill-in of all obstacles b. AARs AND TIMES: and survivability positions that a unit 1. COM instructions will specify constructed. Restoration begins during ROBE AAR times and locations, if not previously and SOBE or as directed by EXCON. Units must published. complete restoration prior to the X-hour deadline 2. AAR attendees will not attend provided by EXCON. more than two AARs in a 24-hour period. OCTs b. BOX CLEAN-UP - Training units will will monitor this and enforce this limitation. conduct Box Clean-Up during SOBE. TFs must c. OCT RESPONSIBILITIES: OCTs are plan and be prepared to execute Box Clean-Up responsible for the conduct of all AARs except upon completion of their rotation. those designated as leader led AARs. AARs 1. On R-1 day, the TF sends take priority over unit movement or other personnel, cargo vehicles, and engineer assets operational requirements. to the JMRC Maneuver Box to collect debris and d. PLATOON AND CO/TM AAR TIMES conduct further battlefield restoration of their AND LOCATIONS: The exact times and emplaced obstacles and fighting positions if locations of the platoon and CO/TM AARs are at possible IAW the time constraints and the discretion of the responsible OCT, or movement constraints issued by EXCON. established by the EXCON. OCTs conduct 2. The unit can adjust the mission AARs from platoon through BCT level. number of personnel, vehicles, and equipment These AARs will normally follow COM and last based on the Operations Group CSM's approval no more than one hour for platoon and CO/TM with Rotational BCT CSM's concurrence. and two hours for TF and BCT. c. Units provide their OCTs with the e. FINAL TASK FORCE AAR: The final locations of all obstacles and survivability AAR covers the total rotational period and does positions. OCTs use this information to ensure not include deployment activities. Comments that all obstacles are correctly entered into the and observations should focus on mission JMRC-IS system to track post mission battlefield trends primarily at company and battalion levels. restoration. The TF Commanders normally have this AAR on d. EXECUTION: TFs must plan and be R2. Two hours are available for this AAR. prepared to execute battlefield restoration upon completion of their rotation or as directed by 1-11 SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS: EXCON. a. GENERAL: The Rotational units 1. TF personell will remain in the brigade signal officer is the primary liaison maneuver box until the completion of Battlefield between the unit and the JMRC Signal Office. restoration. Units deploying to JMRC must identify all 2. TF SGM’s coordinate to have communications requirements and deconflict their areas of responsibility cleared by the senior any frequency issues by the final planning NCO OCT conference. Rotational units are not permitted 3. Select personel approved by to use communications systems that have not the TF senior OCT can depart the training area been approved for use by the JMRC frequency to conduct AARs and recovery operations. manager (FMO). Rotational units will deploy to JMRC with the appropriate S-6 staff capable to 1-10 AAR ATTENDANCE AND TIMES: work with multinational forces and be available a. ATTENDANCE: AARs at all levels during the entire rotation to address and resolve will not begin until all mandatory attendees are any communication issues. present. It is the unit's responsibility to ensure b. SIGNAL OPERATING that all mandatory attendees arrange INSTRUCTIONS (SOI): Units will deploy to transportation to the AAR site. Movement to and JMRC with their authorized organic tactical from AAR sites is controlled by OCT. OCTs radios and communication systems. U.S units ensure AAR participants and their vehicles are will operate tactical radios on secure mode while free from the effects of MILES engagements conducting operations. The goal for multinational while in transit to and from AARs. units are to operate their radios encrypted to the

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL capacity of their equipment. Units using access may use the systems only after frequency-hopping mode must coordinate with coordination with the JMRC Signal Planner, in JMRC Signal Officer for approval by the mid conjunction with JMRC S-3. Coordination must planning conference. Units starting a rotation in occur by the mid planning conference. Frequency Hop (FH) must coordinate with e. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: The EXCON through the HICON prior to change to following information is due to the JMRC S6 NLT any other mode of radio operations. Exception to D-1. This information is necessary to ensure this rule is the Joint Tactical Air Control Team compatible operations between JMRC communicating with aircraft. Instrumentation System (IS), communication 1. Rotational unit frequency systems of rotational units, and to protect host manager officer (FMO) can only use frequencies nation communications systems protected as authorized and approved by JMRC S-6 (FMO). required by the Status of Forces Agreement Training units requesting additional frequencies (SOFA). or any changes to their SOI must be processed 1. A list of all transmitters to be and approved by HICON. deployed in the maneuver area. c. CELLULAR PHONE USE: 2. A Sequential Frequency List, 1. BLUFOR CELL PHONE Master Net Organizational List, Full sheet SOI USE: The only Cell Phones authorized in the and automated net control device (ANCD) or box are the unit chain of command’s Simple Key Loader (SKL) download. government issued cell phones. BCT and TF f. NON-STANDARD RADIOS/ Commanders will provide a list of cell phone COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT: Training users to their OCT Team 03s prior to D3. units will leave any unauthorized and non- Unauthorized cellphone use will result in standard communications equipment in the battlefield effects as directed by OCTs. cantonment area and will not be used at the (b) OPFOR and COB CELL HTA. Unauthorized and non-standard PHONE USE: COBs may use cell phones as a communications equipment includes all non- non-standard means of communication. OPFOR MTOE equipment to include Citizens Bands personnel will not use their personal cellphones Radios, civilian walkie-talkies to include for tactical purposes. Motorola Walk-About, radio scanners, and any c. ENCRYPTION (Secure RF transmitting equipment not approved by the Variables/Fills): JMRC S-6. The squad ICOM Radio model is 1. Training units are responsible approved for use in the box. Requests for to request and submit their COMSEC keys. exceptions to this policy will be forwarded to the Rotational units must provide the short title of USAREUR G6. Approval for exceptions must be the COMSEC to be used to JMRC S-6 planners provided to the JMRC S-6 prior to D-1. OCTs no later than the final planning conference. will confiscate and turn over to the unit’s chain of Units will not supersede editions in the event of command all unauthorized systems discovered. a compromise. The unit’s COMSEC compromise OCTs will assess personnel discovered using battle drill will use Julian date changes to unauthorized systems as non-battle casualties. mitigate the compromise instead of changing segments. Any changes to COMSEC keys or 1-12 MILES frequency load sets must be approved and a. MILES POLICY: Everyone located coordinated with JMRC Signal Office. in/or within the confines defined as the "Box" 2. Dates and times of frequency (includes the Hohenfels, Grafenwoehr and and variable change is IAW unit SOP. Any Amberg Training Areas and any MRAs variance must have the approval of the COG supporting a rotation) or a FOB during a rotation and JMRC S6. will wear fully operational and functional MILES 3. BLUFOR may not use at all times, no exceptions. Personnel entering unauthorized frequencies. OCTs will assess the maneuver training area that interface with BLUFOR in vehicles with radios operating on the BLUFOR and/or OPFOR (i.e. LOGPACs, unauthorized or other inappropriate means of visitors in the grade of O6 and below, media communication as “Cheat Casualties.” embeds, etc.) will sign for and wear MILES d. Warfighter Information Network- unless pre-approved by the COG, i.e. DV Tactical (WIN-T): Units authorized WIN-T contingents. All RTU personnel assigned a

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

PRTLS tracking system will have this system on and functionality checks. The TAF will provide their person at all times and switched ‘ON’ at all status of each device and assist the contractor times, 24 hours per day throughout the rotational as they troubleshoot systems that are not period. OCT teams are responsible for functioning properly. When all systems are up coordinating regular PRTLS battery exchanges. and functional, the TAF analyst will relay that b. Roles and Responsibilities: information to the OCT on the ground so that he 1. RTU: Unit will arrive NLT 15 can release the RTU from the warehouse. minutes prior to scheduled MILES install, 4. MILES Warehouse: The accompanied by their sponsoring OCT and with MILES warehouse, building 525, will receive a unit supply clerk or authorized hand receipt install and removal schedules for RTUs from the holder, signature card and assumption of ITACSS TADSS NCOs. This will be a final, command orders (multinational units must have approved schedule that must be adhered to. Any the unit commander present when signing for proposed changes to this schedule by the RTU MILES). Unit will NOT be released (by the OCT and/or the OCT teams must be approved by the on site) from the MILES warehouse until all CHOPS. This will eliminate many of the MILES equipment (to include Individual or problems associated with units showing up Personnel PRTLS) are installed, built into the IS without OCT or TAF knowledge. Units that show and verified as fully functional by the supporting up “out of turn” or miss their scheduled time will TAF. Following the rotation, the RTU will arrive be rescheduled at the end of the allotted at the MILES warehouse, vehicles and installation period. The MILES warehouse personnel, 15-30 minutes before scheduled time foreman will meet with the OCT on site and for MILES removal. Vehicle MILES and confirm unit designation and types of vehicles instrumentation systems will remain fully prior to sending the build sheet to the TAF for installed on vehicles and fully operational. This input into the IS. will facilitate the functions check and 5. PRTLS Coverage: NLT accountability of the MILES equipment before two weeks before A1 of an upcoming rotation, removal from the vehicles. RTUs that remove OCT teams will determine the lowest echelon for the MILES equipment for turn-in will be turned PRTLS issue within their respective sponsored away. units, i.e. team leader, squad leader, platoon 2. OCT: The OCT will leader level or every Soldier in the unit. provide coverage of the RTU during PTF, radio Company level OCTs will be responsible for and MILES install and report status to the completing the PRTLS build sheet indicating the associated TAF. OCT will maintain physical level of issue. The OCT 03 Team consolidates coverage of the RTU throughout the installation the list and submits it to the ITACSS TADSS process to ensure all equipment is accounted for NCOs and their assigned TAF team lead NLT 10 and functioning properly PRIOR to allowing the days prior to A1 or at the CUOPS Battle Hand- RTU to depart the warehouse. This includes Over Brief. This allows TADSS NCOs and individual/personnel PRTLS. All PRTLS must be ITACSS ops to plan and prepare for PRTLS turned on and functional (as determined by a issue. connectivity check with the TAF). OCT must 6. 1-4 IN BN: The warehouse communicate with the warehouse technician to will receive scheduling for OPFOR/COB from ensure that the documentation sent to the TAF the ITACSS TADSS NCOs. This will be a final, for the IS build is accurate in terms of vehicle approved schedule that must be adhered to. Any IDs, vehicle type, weapon system (if applicable) proposed changes to this schedule by the and correct unit ID. OPFOR/COB must be approved by the 3. TAF: During RTU MILES COG/DCOG through the CHOPS. This will build, a TAF representative must be available eliminate many of the problems associated with and communicating with both the MILES units showing up without TAF knowledge. Units warehouse foreman (TAF-OPN1 or OPN2) and that show up "out of turn" or miss their the OCT on site. Upon receipt of the MILES scheduled time will be rescheduled at the end of build sheet, the TAF analyst will build all players the allotted installation period, if time allows. The into the IS. When complete, he will notify the MILES warehouse foreman will meet with the warehouse so that they can turn on all OPFOR/COB representative on site and confirm equipment and begin MILES instrumentation unit designation and types of vehicles prior to

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL sending the build sheet to the TAF for input in to Latrines in MOUT Sites are off limits to all the IS. BLUFOR IAW Chapter 10, Civil Military Operations, Paragraph 10-3 d. 1-13 OFF LIMITS/RESTRICTED AREAS: 6. CAVE COMPLEXES: There are four a. RESTRICTED AREAS: cave complexes inside the JMRC maneuver The Hohenfels Manuever Rights Area is area located IVO Schwend (QV 063603), the controlled through a series of NATO and Himalayas (PV 987656), Alpha South (PV US/German agreements. US Army guidance on 993576), and Charlie South (QV 128547). With these agreements is found in AER 350-10, AER the exception of the Schwend cave, all other 350-22, and AER 350-50. For the purposes of cave complexes are single tiered. The rules this publication, Off Limits areas are not to be pertaining to MOUT apply to units conducting used by BLUFOR, OPFOR, or Rotational activities at these sites. If a cave complex is Training Unit (RTU) personnel.This is expressly locked, it is to be considered off limits. intended to prevent damage (accidental or 7. STOL Strip is off limits to all vehicles maneuver) in installation infrastructure, cultural not involved in aviation operations. All vehicles sites, or environmentally sensitive areas. operating in and around the STOL strip will have Great care is taken to ensure the maximum communications with the controlling agency, and amount of training area remains open for will use appropriate discretion to maintain the training through conservation efforts and the integrity of the STOL. Center Mass Grid: preservation of host nation goodwill. This QV 122576. paragraph outlines off limits areas in the 8. The Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) maneuver “box”. Cantonment off limits areas landing strip is off limits to all vehicles not and RTU Standards of Conduct are found in involved in UAS operations. All vehicles JMRC COG Policy Letter #2. operating in and around the UAS strip during b. JMRC MANEUVER BOX flight operations will have communications with RESTRICTIONS: the controlling agency, and will use appropriate 1. Fixed AAR Sites: discretion to maintain the integrity of the UAS Site 1 – QV 107576 landing strip.(i.e. no pivot steering) Center Mass Site 2 – QV 103587 Grid: QV PV 973623. Site 3 – QV 117593 9. ‘COB Pit’ vic CP 24 is off limits to Site 4 – QV 114604 BLUFOR and OPFOR. The COB Pit is the Site 5 – QV 025581 building and berm complex at Grid QV 114593. Site 6 – PV 971586 10. Automated Fuel Points are for Site 7 – PV 951623 JMRC units use only. Site 8 – PV 958636 11. Aviation FARP Sites Site 9 – PV 971667 (a) OP 19 FARP Site is off limits 2. No wheel or track movement in or to all tracked vehicle movement vic Grid PV through Seibert Staked Areas. 965638. The area 300 meters around the OP 19 3. No Tactical Vehicle movement on FARP is off limits to track and wheel movement Schmidmuellen Rd. Tactical Vehicles can cross unless prior coordination is made through the Schmidmuellen Rd at approved crossing points. unit’s controlling OCT team. Grids: (b) The Aviation FARP site at QV 09185537 40S (QV 05645773 to QV05695795 to QV 09755598 QV06105754 to QV06225790) is off limits to QV 10705743 track and wheel movement unless those QV 10775791 vehicles are part of an Aviation unit using 40S QV 10675868 FARP. This area is considered to be inside the QV 11005920 perimeter of Camp Albertshof and may only be QV 11305947 aggressed by indirect fire. 4. Fixed Antenna Repeater Sites. These 12. All dirt roads and tank trails within sites are off limits to mounted and dismounted the JMRC Maneuver Box are not authorized for traffic. The use of these sites as re-transmission Physical Training (PT) use. Only paved roads in points is unauthorized within 500 meters. Camp Albertshof may be used for PT. 5. Administrative Buildings and

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 1 GENERAL

13. Five Corners vic CP 39 at Grid QV 100 meters and dismounted traffic must not 053 569 is off limits to BLUFOR and OPFOR damage pre-existing structures. Center mass vehicles. grid PV 992608. 14. Tank Trails 6. Kirchenoedenhart Chapel and bat (a) Perimeter tank trails are not house are off limits to vehicular traffic within 100 authorized for use during rotational battle meters and dismounted traffic must not damage periods. The only authorized use for these pre-existing structures. The erosion control pond routes is when traveling to simulate an entry nearby is off limits. Center mass grid PV from the western MTA boundary. 109605. (b) The northern tank trail is off 7. The bat habitats and “Halloween limits between CP 1 vic PV 987662 to CP 12 vic Church” towers located at PV 99655951, QV QV 042632 due to the close proximity of civilian 11005923, and QV 11245457 are off limits. No structures and protected historic sites to this part attempt to enter or utilize these structures for of the tank trail. The northern tank trail is also a antennas, cover, or other tactical reasons should restricted route during rotation X-days while all be made. other routes within the HTA are considered as 8. The ruins of Geroldsee, Griffenwang, administration routes as per Appendix 17. Lutzmannstein, Pielenhofen, Nainhof, and c. BOUNDARIES: BLUFOR units numerous hamlets evacuated in the adhere to the TF or BCT boundaries as establishment of Hohenfels as a US controlled published with the BCT or Division Order. installation have left multiple farm house and Dismounted movement or vehicle movement is similar ruins. There are also multiple bunkers not authorized outside the boundary. BLUFOR and machine gun nests throughout the personnel found on post for other reasons than installation. Mounted vehicle movement through previously stated will be assessed as KIA, these areas and those like them is restricted by remains not found or under direct supervision of seibert stakes. Where seibert stakes are not an OCT may be taken hostage by OPFOR and present, ruins may not be breached, destroyed used for propaganda purposes and are subject or damaged by vehicles, or intentionally to a 48 hour reconstitution penalty. damaged or dismantled by dismounted d. CULTURAL/ENVIRONMENTAL personnel. The remains of these ruins should SITES: not be used as sleeping quarters or fighting 1. Hohenfels Manuever Training Area positions due to instability. See Chapter 11, contains many cultural and historic locations. Safety for more information on safety concerns. Great care has been taken to preserve these areas while maintaining maximum use for training. To prevent accidental or maneuver damage to these areas, a short description of the restrictions for each site follows. More information can be requested from the Hohenfels ITAMS office through the controlling OCT team. 2. Hohenburg Castle Ruins is off limits to all vehicles and dismounted movement. Center Mass Grid: QV 031635. 3. Kruezberg Chapel and Celtic Ring fortification is off limits to all vehicles and dismounted movement. Center Mass Grid: QV 123 607. 4. The Polish Prisoner of War cemetary is off limits to RTU and prior coordination must be made with the environmental office for visitation (locked gate). Center mass grid: QV 078570. 5. The Lutzmanstein castle ruins and bat house are off limits to vehicular traffic within

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

2-1 GENERAL: Air and ground maneuver is the approval authority to allow the element to restrictions are in the OPORDs, overlays, remain on the battlefield or assess the element FRAGOs, and oral orders that are issued to the as a safety casualty and have the unit extract BLUFOR units, and given to the OPFOR in the element for safety reasons. Combat Instructions. BLUFOR and OPFOR d. SEPERATION CONSTRAINTS units adhere to these boundary and supply BETWEEN OPPOSING FORCES and COBs. route restrictions. (Dismounted) The following rules are directed a. NOTIONAL UNITS: Constructive to ensure safety during dismounted operations. units portrayed at JMRC are CAS, JCATS 1. ONE METER RULE: (a) Virtual adjacent units, Virtual UAS and OPFOR Soldiers and COBs will not come closer than artillery (152mm and MRL). There are no other one meter. No physical contact is allowed unless constructive assets except those authorized by conducting search (safe pocket and safe bag the COG. are off limits) and securing type operations, and then only in the presence of an OCT. 2-2 DISMOUNTED OPERATIONS: (b) No dismounted contact will a. MOVEMENT OF DISMOUNTED be conducted with less than one meter between PATROLS: BLUFOR must inform OCT of all combatants. When contact is made within a dismounted patrolling operations. BLUFOR may building and combatants are within one meter of conduct a patrol if coverage is insufficient. In the separation, Soldiers point their weapons at the event of inadvertent contact without an OCT ground and fire to indicate engaging the enemy present, the senior OPFOR person present will and announce close kill. OCT adjudicates all remove his MILES, headgear, sling weapon and contact made within the one meter rule. The one assume the role of OCT to adjudicate contact meter rule does not apply during Crowd Riot within the limits of the EXPRO. BLUFOR Control Training (see Chapter 2-6). LP/OPs must be established with OCT 2. TEN METER RULE: knowledge of purpose, location, and duration. (a) No dismounted Soldier will The LP/OP can conduct unescorted movement approach within 10 meters of a hostile or moving and reconnaissance only after informing their vehicle; except when escorted by an OCT to OCT. No Soldier will be left alone in the LP/OP conduct reconnaissance, a silent kill/inattentive or move alone. BLUFOR LP/OPs will not move soldier kill, or emplace a man portable explosive to a new location outside of the 100 meter radius device. of the briefed OP location without informing an (b) No crew served weapon OCT. system is authorized to be fired within 10m of an b. MINIMUM PERSONNEL: All opposing force. BLUFOR and OPFOR dismounted patrols and e. CHARGING: Defined as intentionally LP/OPs will consist of a minimum of two approaching an opposing force vehicle or Soldiers. BLUFOR must have FM personnel to gain an unsafe advantage by communication capability. OPFOR/BLUFOR violating the 1/10 meter rule. may use non-standard means of communication 1. OCTs will assess only in emergencies and when applying passive dismounts that charge within ten meters of COMSEC measures. OPFOR may use vehicles as casualties. non-standard means of communication to 2. OCTs will assess contact the RTOC only when role playing as a dismounts that charge opposing dismounts COB. within the 1/10 meter rule as casualties. c. MAINTAINING COMMUNICATIONS: f. SAFE POCKETS: BLUFOR and OPFOR dismounted patrols and (a) Safe Pockets can be used by COBs LP/OPs must at all times have the ability to BLUFOR, and OPFOR. establish communications with their parent unit (b) Personal items can be stored inside at all times. If communications are lost or the safe pockets. Items that are used for tactical element is unable to establish communication, purposes will not be stored in Safe Pockets. they will follow their no-commo drills, no-commo i. SILENT KILLS: OPFOR and plans, and their evasion plan of action if BLUFOR Soldiers can make silent kills of necessary. If the unit neglected to plan for lack sleeping/inattentive Soldiers only in the of communications, the Senior Task Force OCT presence of an OCT. When the Soldier is within

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

1 meter of the sleeping/inattentive Soldier, he with plates and receives a torso wound, the crosses his arms and points out the sleeping/ category of injury is downgraded two categories. inattentive Soldier. The OCT verifies the Soldier Soldiers wearing the IBA without the plates, the who intends to make the kill has an appropriate category of injury is downgraded one level. weapon on hand to accomplish his silent kill. KIAs, Soldiers with wounds to extremities, Soldiers will not use real weapons (knives and head wounds are not subject to with a fixed blade or switchblade type downgrading. The OCT, at the time and knives) to replicate this capability. The only location where the wound was received, verifies authorized device that may be used to the Soldier's vest status, annotates the injury replicate the capability to conduct silent kills downgrade on the Soldier’s casualty card, and are rubber knives. The OCT then informs the the Soldier will be evacuated IAW casualty effected Soldier, tells him to put his yellow key in evacuation procedures outlined in chapter 8. his harness, and hands him a KIA MCC to The adjudicating OCT annotates the DTG of replace his own MCC. Under no circumstances injury, his/her call sign, i.e., "T13B", and will Soldiers make physical contact or attempt a "Body Armor Downgrade" on the soldier’s MCC. silent kill on an alert Soldier. For Soldiers downgraded to RTD, the OCT g. ASSASSINATIONS: OPFOR may rekeys the Soldier’s MILES, issues a new conduct assassinations only if cleared by MILES casualty card, and allows the Soldier to EXCON. OPFOR requests should be forwarded resume combat operations only when the by an OCT or through RTOC. OPFOR, current contact has ended.(Current contact is the targeted COB, and PRO-COB need to be defined as the current direct fire engagement informed so the assassination can be treated between the injured Soldier and an opposing like a CBI. force.) h. ASSESSING DISMOUNTED i. DISMOUNT MILES BERMS: CASUALTIES: OCT assess dismounted 1. Soldiers engaging vehicles or Soldiers as casualties for the following battlefield personnel from concealed but not covered effects: positions (behind piles of loose soil, rocks, 1. Indirect Fire (See Chapter 4 foliage or man made objects or window shutters, Fire Support Online Annex in JMRC Digital barrels, debris in MOUT) that can defeat MILES Command Post). lasers, but do not have the capability to defeat 2. Air strikes (See Chapter 7 small arms fire or kinetic energy direct fire Aviation, para. 7-9 Air-to-Ground Engagements). weapons, are assessed as casualties if taken 3. CBRNE (See Chapter 9 under direct fire. CBRNE, para 9-4 Casualty Assessment). 2. COB and OPFOR personnel 4. Mines/SCATMINES (See not wearing a MILES halo or Spider MILES must Chapter 5 Engineer). ensure their MILES harness is exposed when 5. Soldiers who are under direct engaging the enemy. Personnel not presenting a fire not using effective cover. MILES sensor when engaging will be assessed 6. Soldiers in bunkers receiving as casualties. direct fire from an armored fighting vehicle main j. ACTIONS OF DISMOUNTED guns and infantry anti-tank systems (AT-4, CASUALTIES: DRAGON, TOW, JAVELIN). 1. When an individual Soldier's 7. Weapons effects in MOUT MILES sounds continuously, the individual is and Surface Danger Area effects. considered a casualty. When Soldiers become 8. Chance Contact within ten casualties, they must sit or lay down, remove meters. their headgear and insert their yellow key into 9. Contact within one meter in a their MILES harness. Casualties must not MOUT environment. provide any operational/tactical assistance to 10. Carl Gustaf recoilless rifle their units. Once the OCT has annotated the and .50 cal Sniper Rifle signature and effects. MILES casualty card, the casualty must adhere 11. Backblast effects from anti- to the instructions on this card. A wounded tank weapons is 40 meters. Soldier can only provide tactical information to 12. Use of Body Armor. If a his unit commensurate with his injury. The Soldier is wearing Individual Body Armor (IBA) Soldier cannot move from the point where he

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER became a casualty. If it is determined by an Soldiers, COBs, vehicles, or equipment is OCT that the Soldier can provide information, prohibited except where specifically authorized the Soldier will be re-keyed. The Soldier must by the EXPRO or during the conduct of a clear his weapon, magazine out, and put on his directed CBI under supervision. During rotations helmet or proper headgear. Upon conclusion of rocks used for throwing are constructed with the engagement and prior to entering the foam balls wrapped with 100 mph tape. casualty evacuation system, the Soldier's yellow o. SEARCHING VEHICLES AND key is returned to the torso harness. If the torso EQUIPMENT: Training units do not touch or harness is activated a second time, the Soldier mount OPFOR vehicles and/or COB is assessed as a KIA. vehicles/equipment unless conducting a search 2. Upon conclusion of the under OCT supervision. engagement, WIA Soldiers can be evacuated to 1. Catastrophically destroyed medical attention, move with the patrol in vehicles have no search value, and therefore will accordance with the limitations or requirements not be searched. for dismounted transportation of the casualty, or 2. All non-OCT vehicles remain in place with other WIAs. If remaining in operating in the box are subject to being place the WIAs must be in a group of five or stopped by the training unit until the occupants more Soldiers, have communication capability, show the appropriate EXCON identification at not move from that site unless transported by a which time they will be allowed to proceed. The BLUFOR MEDEVAC and an OCT is informed. purpose of implementing this is to provide the 3. During dismounted training unit the opportunity to exercise movement, if individuals are assessed as KIA or escalation of force procedures 100% of the time DOWs, they will continue to move with the and eliminate ambiguity. patrol. Their helmet will be off and weapons p. HAND GRENADES, SATCHEL slung on their shoulders. When there are five or CHARGES AND MOLOTOV COCKTAILS. more casualties (KIA or DOWs) in the patrol 1. DEVICE REQUISITION: they will form a dismount dead pool. (a) BLUFOR Hand Grenades k. DISMOUNT CASUALTY DEAD and Satchel charges must be requisitioned on POOL: When a patrol has five or more valid DA 581’s and DA 5515’s prior to the unit casualties, the OCT moving with the patrol forms constructing the devices. a dismount dead pool. OCT informs the (b) OPFOR device numbers casualties to remain in place until they are must be approved by the RTOC. OPFOR evacuated to the Mortuary Affairs site by a devices must be constructed outside the BLUFOR element. If Stationary, they monitor the maneuver box boundaries and infiltrated with radio (if they have a radio), maintain two OPFOR Soldiers and equipment. personnel awake at all times, and occupy a 2. DEVICE INSPECTION: All position that would not interfere with vehicle BLUFOR devices are inspected by an OCT and movement. The OCT and chain of command OPFOR devices by the first NCO in the COC. ensure casualties have a way of signaling Rocks found in any device render it armored vehicles during both day and night. unserviceable. Once proper requisition and l. WEAPONS WEIGHT REPLICATION: construction are verified, the OCT (BLUFOR) or OPFOR and BLUFOR Soldiers carry weights for NCO (OPFOR) will approve their use. all types of ammunition not available in blank 3. DEVICE CONSTRAINTS: form (AT-4, TOW, JAVELIN) See Chapter 8, (a) BLUFOR and OPFOR Table 8-2 and 8-3, for Ammunition Weights. Soldiers must attempt to notify an OCT prior to m. BACK BLAST AREAS: OCTs will employment of these devices. If this is not enforce the 40 meter normal back blast and over practical due to the tactical situation or risk of pressure safety zone for any weapon system compromise, Soldiers may still employ the emitting a back blast hazard. OCTs will assess device and must adjudicate as quickly as any person located within the back blast area as possible. a casualty. (b) Devices may be placed or n. THROWING OBJECTS: Throwing lobbed. At no time will a device be thrown objects of any type (rocks, sticks, trash, etc) at overhand at a speed that could injure personnel (‘baseball style’).

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

(c) Once a device is deployed, 6. MOLOTOV COCKTAILS: it cannot be picked up and thrown back. (a) MOLOTOV COCKTAIL (d) At no time is any device to CONSTRUCTION: OPFOR Soldiers may be thrown or tossed at an Aircraft. To simulate employ field expedient devices, such as the use against an aircraft, personnel must inform Molotov Cocktail. Molotov Cocktails are an OCT of their employment plan and then place simulated with an empty one liter plastic bottle, the device under the front nose of the aircraft. ½ full of water, with a red Chem-Light taped to 4. HAND GRENADE USE: the top to replicate the rag fuse. (a) HAND GRENADE: Blue (b) MOLOTOV COCKTAIL training hand grenades with training fuze are EMPLOYMENT: Soldiers must ensure an OCT used to replicate live hand grenades for clearing is available to adjudicate prior to employing a rooms, buildings, or other fixed structures. Blue Molotov Cocktail. The OCT or NCO must sign training hand grenades with training fuze may the device chemlight with an alcohol pen, also be used to destroy equipment. Pyrotechnic verifying it is an authorized and safely simulators are not used by training units. Hand constructed device. Arm the device by breaking grenades are not used for any other purpose. the attached Chem-Light and lob the device at (b) HAND GRENADE the intended target. Soldiers not conducting the EMPLOYMENT: proper battle drill learned from Fire Phobia (1) For Hand Grenade Training against a Molotov Cocktail will be construction, refer to Chapter 2-3 q. assessed as a casualty. OCT assesses (2) Soldiers must ensure an casualties and equipment damage within a OCT is available to adjudicate prior to employing radius of where the device lands, dependent on a Hand Grenade. Hand grenades are only terrain and protective barriers. lobbed underhanded into rooms at targets five q. CLAYMORE MINES: An OCT must meters or less away. Grenades are not be present during simulated detonation of deliberately thrown at personnel. Personnel claymores. The OCT throws a hand grenade inside the room, or unprotected within five simulator to simulate detonation and assesses meters are assessed IAW the MILES casualty casualties within a 50m fan. Units must use card. Grenades are not thrown back, nor will a training claymores with appropriate firing Soldier use his body to shield other Soldiers devices. from the effects of the grenade. r. JAVELIN MISSILE: JAVELIN missile 5. SATCHEL CHARGE: engagements against MILES 1/MITS vehicles (a) SATCHEL CHARGE are assessed as a Catastrophic Kill regardless CONSTRUCTION: Satchel charge replication in of the SBDA packet if the targeted vehicles the box is the US M183 satchel charge CVKI light indicates a hit. containing 20 lbs of explosives. Satchel charges 1. OCT manually adjudicates may be replicated using M18A1 Claymore bags JAVELIN engagements if the gunner has line of or similar bandoleers containing 20 pounds of sight on a target whether in direct or top attack loose sand, dirt or DES chalk. A blue mode. Chem-Light is tied to the bag with nylon 2. JAVELIN missile firing is parachute cord to replicate the fuse igniter and replicated by a hand grenade simulator for each time fuse. OCTs will assess personnel within 20 missile fired. JAVELIN engagements give a meters and direct personnel within 50 meters as 09 Kill Code (M202 Flame). When fired from KIA and initiate their MCC. inside bunkers or rooms, OCT assesses (b) SATCHEL CHARGE casualties to overpressure if the system is not in EMPLOYMENT: Satchel charges are only used the “Soft Launch” mode. when an OCT is physically on site. To arm 3. Every round programmed into the satchel charge, the Soldier breaks the the FTT must be replicated by a concrete Chem-Light and emplaces the charge at or on training round at the location of the operator. the intended target. OCT waits 30 seconds from Firing more than the carrying capability of the the time the chemlight is broken, sets off a element is MILES cheating and the OCT will grenade simulator, and assess casualties. assess Soldiers as MILES Cheat casualties. s. CARL GUSTAV RECOILLESS

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

RIFLE: All Carl Gustav recoilless rifle SWS are equipped with a factory produced engagements are manually adjudicated. Each suppressor. round fired is replicated by a hand grenade u. TACTICAL SHOTGUNS: Personnel simulator by the OCT. The effects are assessed may use shotguns to breech wooden doors by an OCT using a controller gun. provided that they have the ammunition on 1. Illumination rounds are not hand. The person utilizing the weapon must gain replicated at the JMRC. the attention of an OCT and then fire his 2. Smoke rounds are marked weapons into the lock of the door. The OCT by an OCT or firemarker. The gunner must notify replicates the firing of the shotgun with one an OCT that he is firing smoke and indicate the grenade simulator and then ensures the door is target. An OCT or firemarker drops one HC unlocked so that personnel may move through smoke at the point of impact. the door. 3. HEDP rounds on buildings v. M203 and MK-19 GRENADE result in a 36 inch breach (where available), LAUNCHERs: M203, M302, and MK-19 100% KIA in the targeted room, and destruction Grenade Launchers are replicated utilizing the of all equipment in the room. HEDP rounds fired same MILES as on the OPFOR BMP or the M2 at a bunker results in 100% casualties in the PFV. The MK 19 must be mounted on a MILES targeted bunker IAW casualty card. II equipped vehicle so the weapons effects can t. Sniper Operations: Due to capability be adjudicated from the TAF. limitations of MILES transmitters OCTs are w. IEDs, VBIEDs, and Suicide vests: present whenever possible to adjudicate sniper 1. IED CONSTRUCTION engagements for the Training Unit. The OCT (CWIED/RCIED/VOIED): covering down on the sniper ensures the proper (a) OPFOR IEDs consist of the data (obtained from the sniper’s data book) is following configurations with a detonation and utilized on the optics of the weapon system. This triggering device; OCT also ensures that no muzzle obstructions 1. OPFOR IEDs are valid only if exist, other than grass or leaves, and that the all five components are replicated and present sniper has a stable firing position. OCT then with the visual IED device; trigger, initiator, main, contacts an OCT near the intended target, who charge, power source, and container. All can move to that location, based on a components must be connected together and description by the sniper, (the sniper must pass continuity when activated. positively identify the target, and give an 2. IEDs replicated at JMRC will accurate description). After the sniper shoots, represent current IED threats across the world the OCT at the target location adjudicates based and may change from rotation to rotation based on information from the OCT at the sniper’s on the replicated operational environment. location (who has used the above criteria to 3. OPFOR report through determine accuracy). Warrior Tango and OCTs report through TAF 1. M107 .50 SWS: All the location and type of IEDs which are entered engagements with the Barrett Sniper Rifle are into the IS system and labeled appropriately. adjudicated with the Control Gun. 4. OCTs use grenade simulator a) A blank .50 CAL round is or siren to replicate IED detonation. Adjudication fired as a weapon signature. of casualties is in accordance with Table 5-4 IED b) An armor-piercing round has Adjudication found in Chapter 5. the ability to penetrate the BRDM and cause (b)BLUFOR and COBs utilizing either a mobility kill or personnel kill, depending IEDs. OPFOR simulate IEDs with artillery or on the point of aim. mortar round training devices and use the 2. M24 and M110 SWS: If an IEDES system. OPFOR must have a detonation OCT is not present to adjudicate the and triggering device installed. OPFOR engagement the sniper must hit the target with a construct all IEDs inside BLUFOR boundaries. MILES transmitter. OCTs adjudicate IED engagements. IED effects a) A 7.62mm blank round must vary depending on the type of explosive, be fired to simulate the report of the weapon distance from BLUFOR / COBs, and the number unless the weapon is equipped with a sound of explosives used. OCTs adjudicate vehicles suppression system. Only the M24A2 and M110 and personnel by stopping damaged and

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

destroyed equipment and personnel near the RTOC for mission support, but cannot serve as point of detonation. a VBIED for another 24 hours. (c) OPFOR report through the 3. SUICIDE BOMBER: A RTOC the location of IEDs which are entered Suicide bomber is replicated by an OPFOR into the IS system and labeled appropriately. soldier wearing a M203 grenade vest with six OPFOR utilize IEDES to replicate the detonation simulated blocks of C4 in the pouches. OCT of an IED. If IEDES is unavailable, the onsite adjudicates in accordance with the IED OCT uses one artillery/grenade simulator per Adjudication Table (Table 5-4). If detonated IED to replicate the detonation. Adjudication of inside a building, OCT replicates the explosion casualties is in accordance with Table 5-4 IED by detonating one grenade simulator outside the Adjudication found in Chapter 5. building. If executed outside, OCT uses one 2. VEHICLE BORNE grenade simulator to replicate the detonation. IMPROVISED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES (VBIED). Once the event is terminated, the suicide OPFOR may attack BLUFOR and COBs with bomber returns to the RTOC and is not VBIEDs. OPFOR must have a detonation competitive for 24 hours. Refer to Table 5-4 for and triggering device installed. Fire Markers the IED Adjudication Table. provide audio and visual effects for VBIEDs. x. USE OF PATROL CAPS: Patrol OCTs adjudicate VBIED engagements. VBIED caps and ‘Boonie’ caps are authorized for effects vary depending on the type of explosive, dismounted BLUFOR and OPFOR personnel distance from BLUFOR/COBs, and the number IAW unit SOPs approved by the unit of explosives used. OCTs adjudicate vehicles commander. and personnel by stopping damaged and 1. Helmet is worn during destroyed equipment and personnel near the wheeled or tracked movement. point of detonation. VBIED employment: 2. BLUFOR must wear (a) Hasty. OPFOR loads functional MILES HALO or Spider MILES with constructed artillery/mortar IEDs into a Non- the patrol cap at all times. Tactical Vehicle (NTV) and moves to a target. 3. OPFOR must wear OPFOR must construct the VBIED inside functional MILES HALO or Spider MILES when BLUFOR boundaries. engaging the BLUFOR. (b) Complex. A pre-constructed, 4. OPFOR must have helmet remotely detonated VBIED directly linked to a accessable to ensure their safe transport if specific unit training objective. Fire Markers captured or evacuated. replicate this VBIED with an NTV. Insurgent role 5. Personnel follow uniform players construct this type of VBIED beyond the requirements in Chapter 11, para. 11-3.c. BLUFOR boundaries and infiltrate it to its target. when not conducting dismounted tactical If BLUFOR intercepts a complex VBIED before it operations. reaches its target, the Fire Marker detonates the y. USE OF CACHES: Units are VBIED and an OCT assesses effects. OCTs authorized to competitively establish then escorts the NTV and role players out of the sustainment or re-supply caches. training area. 1. BLUFOR must report all (c) Adjudication of both modes cache locations within 1 hour of emplacement. of VBIEDs are in accordance with the IED 2. After COM, BLUFOR caches Adjudication Table (Table 5-4). Once the event must be recovered. is terminated the OCT escorts the VBIED out of 3. OPFOR report through the the box to the RTOC. If the VBIED is RTOC the location of caches which are entered unavailable, Dragon firemarkers or OCT into the IS system and labeled appropriately. replicate the effects of the VBIED utilizing 3 z. LONG DURATION OP AND artillery/grenade simulators and a smoke pot or RECONNAISSANCE PATROLS: 2 smoke grenades. If executed as a suicide 1. If an element runs out of VBIED, the OPFOR occupants are assessed as water during the mission and no re-supply is KIA and are not to be competitive for 24 hours. executed within 4 hours, the Senior Task Force Due to limited resources, the OPFOR NTV is OCT is the approval authority to allow the immediately reconstituted upon return to the element to remain on the battlefield or assess

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

the element as a safety casualty and have the one building to another building are not unit extract the element for safety reasons. authorized. 2. Soldiers cannot use field h. BOOBY TRAPS. expedient methods to obtain drinking water. a) Units may simulate Only potable water will be consumed. booby traps by using any flash producing or noise making trip device. OCT assesses 2-3 MOUT OPERATIONS: casualties within a 10m radius any a. TRACK VEHICLES: Track vehicles time a trip flare or flash device activates. Booby enter the MOUT site only on existing roads traps and trip wires are not placed higher and must stay on these roads at all times. than two feet from the floor or ground. Pivot/neutral steering is not allowed. M1 tanks b) BLUFOR booby traps represent can maneuver in Ubungsdorf with the following M16A2, M18A1 and expedient blast devices restrictions: when allowed by current executive orders and 1. The three tunnels and directives. The unit must have the correct culverts are classified as 60 metric ton and can training Class V on hand to simulate the booby only support one-way M1 traffic. trap. 2. Tunnels and culverts are j. ARTILLERY AND MORTAR designated with bridge classification signs and EFFECTS IN MOUT: The following guidelines painted crosswalks on the streets are used to assess damage to buildings and 3. No M1 two-way traffic is casualties to personnel from indirect fires in allowed in the designated areas. M1s cannot MOUT. remain stationary over these tunnels or culverts. 1. In order to receive credit for b. WHEELED VEHICLES: Wheeled damaging or destroying building roofs, walls or vehicles must enter the MOUT site on existing interior floors the unit calling for fires must roads and stay on these roads as much as provide a 10-digit grid to the building and the possible. grid must be directly on the building to receive c. BUILDINGS: Units can cover effects to the building (roof, floor, wall). windows and other openings but must allow for 2. Buildings that are destroyed emergency access. No other modifications may are marked around their entire perimeter with be made to structures. BLUFOR and OPFOR orange or red tape and a red chemlight on each may place obstacles inside buildings to disrupt corner of the building. Soldiers inside the movement between rooms or floors. However, if building are assessed IAW their BDA cards. an OCT determines the obstacle creates a k. MOUT STREET LIGHTS. Units are safety issue, the OCT may direct the obstacle be able to extinguish streetlights in MOUT sites by removed. destroying the power production/distribution d. PYROTECHNICS: Smoke grenades, facility or negotiating with local authorities. CS grenades, and pyrotechnic simulators are l. OPFOR and BLUFOR will not not used in the sewer system or inside emplace any weapon system with 5 meters of buildings in the MOUT sites. Demolition Effects any building access point. This includes roof top, Simulator (DES) may be used sewer and stair wells (Purpose is to mitigate to create mouse-holes (where available) if under potential muzzle flash burns). the direct supervision of an OCT. DES will not m. AT Weapons Back-blast. AT be used against permanent structures (i.e. weapons fired from inside buildings must meet existing doors). the back-blast and clearance requirements listed e. BUILDING ROOFS: No more than in FM 90-10-A. Soldiers who are within the back- eight personnel can be on a flat roof at one time. blast area, or in an area that does not meet the Sloped roofs are off limits. clearance requirements when the weapon is f. RAPPELLING: Fasten ropes only to fired, will be assessed as casualties IAW the anchors provided in the building. Do not fasten MILES card given to them by a OCT. rappelling ropes to other parts of the building. 1. MINIMUM ARMING Aircraft rappels or fast roping is not authorized DISTANCES: Certain AT weapons (e.g. - on sloped roofs. Javelin, TOW, AT4, etc.), are ineffective within g. CONNECTING BUILDINGS: Rope 50 meters based on minimum arming distances. slides or make shift platforms used to go from

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Soldiers relying on these weapons within 50 environment the killing effect will remain at a 5m meters will not be credited with a Safety Kill. radius. This grenade causes damage to n. PPE. PPE required to conduct MOUT structures, vehicles, and equipment. When operations must be worn IAW unit SOP. At a employed, the grenade is replicated by a OCT minimum, if available, the following must be throwing a grenade simulator, if available. OCTs worn and enforced by OCTs; Ear, Eye and will adjudicate collateral damage based on gloves. equipment type, ballistic protection, and o. RICOCHET AND FRAGMENTATION proximity to blast. EFFECTS: An OCT's assessment will be made 2. 2x taped Blue Chem-Lites when direct fire weapons are shooting at with two tape stripes in the middle - Incendiary concealed, but either uncovered or partially Grenade (AN-M14 TH3). This grenade destroys covered elements. When such forces would be equipment, vehicles, weapons systems, vulnerable to ricochet and fragmentation effects, shelters, and munitions. This grenade burns at they may be assessed as casualties by the 4000 degrees for 40 seconds with no significant OCT. blast radius rendering it ineffective in an p. Weapons effects will be assessed offensive role. If thrown at personnel, there is no against structures IAW a realistic outcome effect. OCTs adjudicate damage/destruction based on the weapon system and construction based on equipment type and proximity to the of the structure. See discussion and table as device. follows (refer to Figure 2-1): 3. 2x taped Blue Chem-Lites 1. 5.56mm at less than 25 with three tape stripes in the middle - meters. Wood paneling, sheetrock, and plaster Concussion Grenade (MK3A2) or Stun Grenade offer no protection. All individuals seeking (M84). protection behind a structure will be adjudicated (a) Concussion Grenade appropriately. 5.56mm at less than 50m will be (MK3A2). This grenade produces casualties stopped from one thickness of sandbags, ammo based on personal casualty cards within a 2m cans or cinder blocks filled with sand, or one radius both in enclosed spaces and in the open. thickness of bricks. The grenade will have a temporarily disorienting 2. 7.62mm at less than 25 effect on personnel in enclosed spaces within meters will penetrate 13 inches of wood, 2 the 2 to 5 meter radius. Stunned personnel will inches of concrete, 5 inches of dry/loose sand, not be able to react for 5 seconds. OCTs will and through a car body. At less than 50 meters, enforce a 5 second "no action" period on 7.62mm will be stopped with one thickness of effected personnel. This grenade causes minor sandbags and a 55 gallon drum filled with sand. damage to equipment but no damage to 3. 50 cal will penetrate double structures or vehicles. OCTs will adjudicate sandbags, triple bricked walls, 18 inches of collateral damage based on equipment type, reinforced concrete, car bodies, and all wooden ballistic protection, and proximity to blast. structures. (b) Stun Grenade (M84). This 4. M203HEDP/Mk-19 will grenade produces an incapacitating and penetrate 2 inches of hardened steel, double disorienting effect on all personnel within a 2m sandbags, double cinder blocks, and 12 inches radius when employed in enclosed spaces. of wood. Stunned personnel will not be able to react for 5 q. Grenade Replication. Listed below seconds. OCTs enforce a 5 second 'no action' are the designations used to replicate grenades period on effected personnel. This grenade and grenade effects. All variants will be produces no significant effects in open spaces assembled as follows. 2x Blue Chem-Lights or outside the blast radius. This grenade taped together with one inch tape on the top and produces no damage to structures, vehicles, or bottom of the Blue Chem-lights: equipment. 1. 2x taped Blue Chem-Lites 4. Grenade Execution. To with one tape stripe in the middle – High- ensure proper effects are replicated, grenade Explosive / Fragmentary Grenade (M67). This throwers will display the grenade to be grenade produces KIAs within a 5m radius and employed to an OCT. If an OCT is not present, casualties based on personal casualty cards out or the grenade is not shown beforehand allowing to a 15m radius. When used within a closed proper identification, then the grenade will

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

default to a fragmentary grenade. To arm the Additionally, M1 series tanks load no more grenade, the Soldier will break the Chem-Light than 40 rounds of M30 Pyrotechnic into the Main (to replicate pulling the pin) and lob the grenade Gun Signature Simulator (MGSS). at the intended target. Grenades are employed g. BORESIGHTING VEHICLE MILES: in accordance with the tactical situation, but are prior to boresighting and zeroing on a combat not to be thrown at a high velocity at personnel. vehicle, the training unit must coordinate with Soldiers will yell 'frag out', prior to employing a their OCT for ammunition upload and grenade to notify the OCT to take position in resurrection through the TAF. order to make assessments. 'Frag out' implies h. ACTIONS OF VEHICLE CREWS the Soldier is 'throwing a grenade, pay attention CATASTROPHICALLY DESTROYED: and take cover'. Incoming grenades may not be 1. Crew Members or picked up and thrown back. passengers do not throw smoke or other 5. Maximum Grenade Load. pyrotechnics to mask other vehicles or Soldiers will only not carry more than 2 personnel after the vehicle has been assessed a grenades at any given time. An increase in catastrophic kill. grenade load will be allowed only after approval 2. If actions are taken after by an OCT. being assessed as a catastrophically destroyed vehicle that will assist their unit, the vehicle and 2-4 MOUNTED OPERATIONS: crew are in violation of the EXPRO and are a. CROSS LEVELING: Vehicles that further assessed as MILES Cheat kills and the are catastrophic kills offer no salvage or entire crew will be assessed as non-battle crosslevel value. Ammunition, radios, equipment casualties. or supplies cannot be taken off a dead vehicle. 3. DYING BREATH: Vehicle SBDA vehicles that are firepower, mobility, or commanders can transmit one “Dying Breath” communication kills may cross-level transmission notifying the unit that they have ammunition, equipment, and personnel based been catastrophically killed. The transmission on approval. will be limited to a standard vehicle call-sign, b. DIRECT FIRE AGAINST time and “Catastrophic Kill”. INDIVIDUAL FIGHTING POSITIONS AND i. BLUFOR Vehicle Launched Smoke: BUNKERS: All tank and AT weapons render 1. Units will conduct home individual fighting positions and bunkers as station training on loading, discharging, and destroyed. The personnel inside the bunkers misfire procedures for smoke grenades. are assessed by the OCT as a casualty and 2. During the Enhanced put their MCCs into effect. Maneuver Training (EMT) period, training units c. MILES BERMS: Vehicles engaging demonstrate proficiency to their OCT that they from concealed but not covered fighting know how to load, clear the SDZ, discharge and positions behind piles of loose soil, rocks, foliage conduct misfire procedures with smoke or man made objects that can defeat MILES grenades. lasers, but do not have the capability to defeat 3. Prior to firing the smoke kinetic energy direct fire weapons, are assessed grenades, training units announce their intent to as casualties if taken under direct fire. fire to the OCT and wait for his approval. (OCTs d. LOADING TOW MISSILES: All are the final approval authority for firing vehicle vehicle and ground TOW systems must be smoke grenades. An OCT can deny the use of reloaded using the Missile Simulation Round vehicle launched smoke even if all individual and (MSR) IAW the appropriate battle drill. ATWESS unit requirements are met). are loaded into the MSR, which is then reloaded 4. Prior to firing, units will meet into the weapons system. all crew safety postures, visually clear the SDZ e. BRADLEY UPLOAD: M3 and M2 of dismounts and vehicles not in the open Bradleys upload no more than 310 25mm protective or closed hatch position. cannon rounds and 7 TOW rounds for a M2 and 5. In case of misfire, units will 12 for a M3. act IAW the equipment’s TM and Instructions. f. M1A1 UPLOAD: M1 series tanks 6. Prior to LD have posted have a maximum of 40 rounds of 120mm authorized grenade smoke FFAs on TC/BC ammunition keyed in the MILES system. map.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

7. Grenades will be loaded NET (civilian and/or COB-A), and OCTs. These the final PCI (LD-2). groups are included in planning sessions and 8. Grenade launcher remains in rehearsals to ensure a realistic yet safe training the safe position until authorization to fire is environment. Other individuals desiring to given by the OCT. observe CRC training must contact the lead 9. If a unit/individual violates OCT team at least 48 hours prior to the event in the constraints and limitations listed above, order to arrange an appropriate arrival time and the unit/individual will be directed to a safe viewing location. download all smoke grenades and denied 1. TRAINING permission to fire smoke grenades in REQUIREMENTS: Before participating in a subsequent missions until the following is CRC event during E-days (EMT) or during X- met: days (FoF), all participants must complete (a) Completion of a 15-6 appropriate training and attend rehearsals as Investigation with findings and recommendations required. to their leadership. (a) RTU Soldiers must (b) 15-6 states the unit / successfully complete the CRC and Fire Phobia individual has been re-trained on the proper specialty training provided during D-days and TM and safety procedures for operating the receive a safety and standards of conduct smoke launcher. briefing from their OCT. RTU Soldiers must also (c) The division leadership take part in at least one company-level CRC determines the unit/individual will be authorized rehearsal. to continue to use vehicle smoke grenades. (b) All competitors must receive j. TEN METER RULE: an OE overview and a safety and standards of (a) Vehicles will not conduct briefing from the 1-4 IN chain of approach within 10 meters of a hostile or moving command. Members of the 1-4 IN chain of vehicle. command must participate in OCT team led (b) No crew served weapon rehearsals. Competitors will participate in CRC system is authorized to be fired within 10m of an training during D Days and will coordinate with opposing force vehicle or dismounted person. the lead OCT team to schedule the DTG for the e. CHARGING: Defined as intentionally training. approaching an opposing force vehicle or (c) All civilian role players must personnel to gain an unsafe advantage by receive training on their role and a safety brief violating the 1/10 meter rule. from the Oscar team. Military role players will (a) OCTs will assess receive training on their role and a safety brief vehicles that charge within ten meters of from their sponsoring OCT team or organization. vehicles or dismounts as casualties. (d) OCTs on-site during CRC k. OPFOR VEHICLE CAPABILITIES: training must attend the JMRC pre-rotation Tier See Figure 2-2 to 2-4. III training and the event rehearsal. OCTs will receive a safety and standards of conduct brief 2-5 CROWD RIOT CONTROL: Crowd Riot from the lead OCT team. Control (CRC) is a critical skill for units 2. UNIFORM deploying to Kosovo as part of KFOR and other REQUIREMENTS: operations requiring the use of CRC. As such, (a) RTU. MILES equipment will all units training at JMRC for deployment that NOT be worn during CRC training. RTU involves CRC operations will take part in Soldiers will wear the Army Combat Uniform exercises intended to allow the unit to assess (ACU) with approved combat boots, Advanced their ability to successfully execute CRC in a Combat Helmet (ACH), IOTV with SAPI plates, scenario that replicates the intensity of a real and gloves. Soldiers must also properly wear all world riot. The provisions in this chapter are CRC-specific protective equipment such as the applicable to all participants in CRC training. issued face shield and leg protectors. a. PARTICIPANTS IN CRC TRAINING: Multinational Soldiers will wear their national Successful execution of CRC training depends equivalent to the US RTU uniform. It is on the participation of several distinct groups of recommended that each Soldier also have an personnel: the RTU, competitors, role players individual water source such as a camel back.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

No other external equipment is authorized to be or 1-4 IN Chain of Command will remove any brought to the training such as weapons or other Soldier for the following: non-issued civilian riot gear (batons, etc). • Kicking another participant. Soldiers participating in CRC events should not • Striking a participant with a have knives of any kind attached to their kit. hand such as punching (b) Competitors. MILES anywhere or slapping in the equipment will NOT be worn during CRC face. training. Although civilian clothing is prescribed • Striking a participant with any for competitors, safety is still the primary object other than an issued, concern. Competitors will wear rugged civilian foam-covered, riot baton. clothing. Shorts are not authorized. Pants will fit • Throwing any object other than and be secured at or above the hip and will not an Oscar Team constructed be of construction, size, or style that could “rock.” restrict athletic movements or could cause a • Modifying issued equipment in wearer to trip and fall. Shirts may be long or any way that could potentially short sleeved depending on the weather and harm another participant. individual preference. Footwear may be athletic • Competitor using an RTU shoes, hiking shoes, or issued combat boots. shield as a “battering ram” Open-toed shoes or sandals are not authorized. against the crash line. Motorcycle, cowboy, or steel-toed work boots (b) The following actions are are not authorized. Jackets or other outerwear allowed: may be worn in accordance with weather • Taking of RTU equipment. conditions, but concern must be taken to limit Equipment must be cached and the wear of clothing that may be easily torn, care taken to maintain snagged, or may restrict freedom of movement, accountability of confiscated present a choking hazard, or increase risk of equipment. All equipment must injury. Competitors will not wear jewelry such as be returned to the RTU at the watches, rings, earrings, or necklaces. All conclusion of the event. competitors will wear APEL-approved eye b. RESPONSIBILITES: protection including those who require 1. RTU CHAIN OF COMMAND: prescription lenses and the ACH (or other (a) Ensure all Soldiers national equivalent). successfully complete the CRC and Fire Phobia (c) Role Players. Role players specialty training prior to participating in CRC will wear role-appropriate civilian clothing as events. prescribed by the Oscar team. (b) Conduct at least one (d) OCTs. OCTs will wear the company-level rehearsal of CRC actions prior to ACU with Fighting Load Carrier (FLC), ACH the start of E-days. without night vision device swing arm, APEL- (c) Ensure every Soldier is approved eye protection, gloves, and a yellow issued protective equipment. reflective belt worn diagonally right-shoulder to (d) Ensure every Soldier is in left-hip. OCTs on the crash line during CRC the proper uniform prior to the start of training. events will not wear the FLC. OCTs should (e) Ensure Soldiers do not bring reduce non-essential items attached to the FLC any unauthorized equipment or weapons to to prevent their loss/destruction during CRC. CRC training. Multinational OCTs will wear their national (f) Brief all Soldiers on the Rules equivalent to the US OCT uniform. of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of 3. COMPETITIVE ACTIVITIES: Force (RUF) prior each CRC event. (a) Actions of the RTU and 2. 1-4 IN CHAIN OF competitors are expected to be physical; COMMAND: however safety of all participants is still (a) Oversee actions of 1-4 IN paramount. No participant in a CRC event is Soldiers to ensure compliance. allowed to intentionally take any action that (b) Provide safety/conduct briefs could seriously injure another person. As such, to Soldiers. certain actions are NOT ALLOWED and OCTs

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

(c) Attend EMT and FoF (d) Permanently remove any rehearsals conducted by lead OCT team. broken or damaged CRC equipment in order to (d) Provide Bn Cdr & CSM, Co prevent injury to any participant. Cdrs & 1SGs, and PLs & PSGs to control (e) Temporarily remove any actions of the competitors (1-4 IN Soldiers). RTU Soldier who is not wearing his uniform or Chain of Command members will be dressed in equipment properly until he corrects the OPFOR black with ACH, approved combat deficiency. boots, APEL-approved eye protection, gloves, c. REPLICATION OF EFFECTS: and a yellow reflective belt worn diagonally right- 1. SMOKE: shoulder to left-hip. (a) Use of smoke is approved (e) Co-locate or establish liaison and overseen by the senior OCT present. He will near/with lead OCT team in order to coordinate approve both duration and density of smoke. activities in support of scenario training During CRC events, only OCTs or Dragon Team objectives. fire markers will employ smoke. When used, (f) Establish a “holding area” for smoke grenades may only be lobbed or rolled. competitors that have been adjudicated as “non- They must not be thrown directly at an individual continuing” casualties to prevent them from re- or in a manner that could strike or hurt someone. entering the riot area unless approved by senior Smoke grenades will not be thrown directly OCT present. under a vehicle. (g) Provide FLA, PA and 68Ws (b) Yellow smoke will be used to at the training site NLT H-2 ICW lead OCT Team replicate flames and fire (i.e. Molotov Cocktails in order to provide first aid and treat real world or burning tires). RTU and competitors are injuries that occur during the training. equally subject to injuries from fire if appropriate (h) Closely observe the RTU defensive measures are not taken. (Fire Phobia and competitors activities during CRC events to training & Fire Extinguishers). ensure they comply with ROE, RUF, safety and (c) Purple smoke will be used to standards of conduct briefing. replicate riot control agents such as CS gas. (i) Remove any RTU Soldier or RTU and competitors are equally subject to the competitor that violates standards of conduct effects of CS gas if they are not wearing through unauthorized actions, or if their behavior protective masks. is overly emotional/aggressive and/or appears (d) White smoke will be used to as if they have lost composure/discipline. replicate smoke from a fire but not the flames (j) Establish a holding area to themselves. White smoke will obscure the area the left or right of the crash line for RTU Soldiers but will not cause casualties. White smoke may adjudicated as injuried during the CRC event. be employed only by the Dragon Team fire Once the RTU fights forward and re-establishes markers. the crash line forward of the Soldier, CASEVAC (e) Red smoke is retained and first aid can begin. exclusively for marking an LZ for a real world air 3. OCTs: medevac. (a) Provide each RTU Bn/Sqdn, 2. MOLOTOV COKTAILS: Co/Trp, and Platoon a safety and standards of Competitors will coordinate Molotov Cocktail use conduct brief prior to the beginning of E-days. with OCTs. For Molotov Cocktail employment, Provide subsequent briefs to platoons prior to refer to Chapter 2-2 sub-paragraph p.6. each CRC event. 3. ROCKS: Competitors may (b) Closely observe the RTU hurl pre-fabricated, simulated rocks at the RTU. and competitors activities during CRC events to Rocks will be constructed of foam balls wrapped ensure they comply with ROE, RUF, safety and in 100-mph tape. The Oscar Team is standards of conduct briefing. responsible for making and maintaining the (c) Remove any RTU Soldier or simulated rocks. Under no circumstances will competitor that violates safety or standards of real rocks ever be thrown. OCTs will adjudicate conduct such as through unauthorized actions, RTU casualties from rocks depending on where or if their behavior is overly someone is hit. emotional/aggressive and appears as if they 4. TIRES: Competitors may roll, have lost composure/discipline. not throw tires at RTU CRC formations. White

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

smoke employed by OCTs will replicate burning in controlling the crowd IAW ATTP 3-39.33. tires. However, the unit MUST execute a rehearsal d. NON-LETHAL SYSTEMS: Units with the actual vehicle and driver before may employ certain non-lethal systems in a employing it during a CRC event. Each vehicle counter-personnel role IAW KFOR ROE/RUF must have a dedicated driver and TC. Vehicles and ATP 3-22.40. may only move with a ground guide present. 1. NON-LETHAL MUNITIONS: OCTs will ensure that ground guides are being Use of non-lethal munitions should be used. If there is not a ground guide, the OCT coordinated with OCTs who will then replicate will direct the vehicle to remain in place. All their effects on targeted personnel. stationary vehicles must be placed in “Park” or 2. ACOUSTIC HAILING “Neutral” with emergency brake engaged. DEVICE. A ground mounted device delivering scalable and directional warning tones or 2-6 MILES II/SAWE: MILES rules the battlefield. intelligible voice commands beyond 300 meters In those events where MILES/SAWE can not such as the Long Range Acoustic Device determine an outcome, OCT assesses (LRAD). The LRAD may be employed by the casualties in accordance with the rules outlined RTU to disperse crowds or to communicate in this EXPRO. See Chapter 8, Combat Service information. The LRAD may only be operated in Support for additional information on personnel the “GREEN” zone and RTU Soldiers should be and vehicle MILES/SAWE assessment. wearing hearing protection. The LRAD may not a. SAFETY CARD: Prior to the be closer than 15 meters when emitting toward a beginning of the exercise, an OCT issues a crowd. Safety Card to all personnel operating within the 3. OTHER SYSTEMS. Any maneuver and/or maneuver rights areas. The other system not listed above must be discussed Safety Card is to be kept by the Soldier at all and approved for use by the COG during times. planning conferences. b. PERSONAL MILES: (BLUFOR and 4. REQUIREMENTS FOR OPFOR) EMPLOYMENT: In order to employ any non- 1. All personnel will wear an lethal system, Soldiers must be certified as operational personnel MILES set with Helmet trained on the system by their chain of Harness (HALO), or Spider MILES for scouts or command. A simple MFR signed by the unit snipers at all times within the HTA, GTA, and/or commander stating the Soldiers have been ATA boundaries and all applicable MRAs, and trained IAW applicable regulations, doctrine, and during out of sector missions. standards will suffice for certification. 2. When the MWLD harness Additionally, the actual system must be present sounds continuously, the Soldier is a casualty. in order to be used. For example, the RTU may For MILES II, the Soldier ceases firing his/her not “replicate” a shotgun with an M4. A shotgun weapon system and inserts the yellow key into must be present in order to fire non-lethal 12- his/her harness and removes headgear. guage munitions. Finally, the Soldier desiring to For DIS-E, the Soldier will remove their employ the system must have the necessary headgear. If dismounted, the individual Class V on hand. The actual Class V may be moves to a safe location, sits down, put their replicated by “paper ammo” signifying that the MILES Casualty Card into effect, and takes no unit properly requested the Class V on a DA 581 further combat and received it. actions. e. VEHICLES: 3. RECONSTITUTION OF 1. Vehicles will not be parked on PERSONNEL ON CATASTROPHICALLY the roads of the location where training will take DESTROYED VEHICLES: place or in an area where they could interfere (a) Personnel that are with training as determined by the senior OCT passengers on a combat vehicle, and have a present. The senior OCT will designate parking Return To Duty (RTD) MILES Casualty Card areas for all vehicles not expressly a part of the (MCC), can continue mission if the vehicle they rehearsed scenario. are on a vehicle that becomes a Catastrophic 2. RTU may incorporate Kill. vehicles into their riot control formations to assist (b) In order to continue mission

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

the RTDs must: (b) DIS-E IPDD batteries must (1) Follow the instructions on be exchanged with the DIS-E contactor. the RTD MCCs. c. VEHICLE MILES: (BLUFOR and (2) Continue mission based on OPFOR) unit leader guidance and under control. 1. DETECTOR BELTS: Vehicle (3) Not be under enemy detector belts are mounted IAW the operator’s observation. manual and kept clean. Personal gear and 4. Personnel aboard vehicles camouflage nets and camouflage foliage must having other than a catastrophic kill code can not cover sensors. OPFOR and BLUFOR dismount if their MCC allows and may crosslevel vehicles fighting from fighting positions must after coordination with an OCT. reasonably expose their sensor belts while 5. LEADER’S ADDITIONAL engaging. Crews who fail to unmask their LIVES: Key leaders may transfer to another sensors while engaging are MILES Cheating vehicle if their assigned vehicle is destroyed, but and will be assessed as destroyed (SBDA only after they have complied with their Return MILES CHEAT KILL). To Duty (RTD) card instructions. They may do 2. FUNCTIONING INTERCOM: this once per battle based on assessment. If The audio cable of the MILES system must be they become a casualty a second time, the key hooked up and functioning at all times. leader becomes a KIA RNF. However, they are 3. NON-MILES VEHICLES: authorized to participate in MDMP and/or TLPs. Vehicles without a dedicated MILES set (TVS, a. BLUFOR LEADER’S ADDITIONAL MITS, WITS, etc.) will be assigned and issued a LIVES: Identification of RTU Key Leaders will be PRTLS and built into the IS appropriately or the at the discretion of Team 07s. Key leaders may personnel MILES set of the vehicle’s driver will transfer to another vehicle if their assigned represent the vehicle MILES. The OCT will vehicle is destroyed, but only after they have adjudicate engagements involving non-MILES complied with their Return To Duty (RTD) card vehicles. instructions. They may do this once per battle d. BLUFOR RESPONSIBILITY: It is the based on assessment. If they become a unit's responsibility to properly use MILES casualty a second time, the key leader becomes equipment, to identify malfunctioning equipment a KIA RNF. However, they are authorized to with the OCT, and to correct MILES equipment participate in MDMP and/or TLPs. malfunctions through the use of the MILES b. OPFOR LEADERS’ ADDITIONAL contact team (Raytheon). LIVES: OPFOR 1SG’s and above will make 1. All weapons systems must every effort to transfer vehicles, however when emit a signature when firing. An M30 vehicle transfer is not an option these key Pyrotechnic, ATWESS, FLASHWESS, MGSS, leaders will be afforded one additional life or blank ammunition must be fired to initiate a without vehicle transfer. The resurrection will be direct fire engagement. A vehicle or dismounted conducted through the OPFOR (TAF) with weapon system not emitting a signature must approval for the resurrection coming from the stop engaging, and correct the problem. There OPFOR Battalion Commander, Command are no administrative pauses to upload MGSS or Sergeants Major, Operations officer, Executive ATWESS systems. Battlefield effects remain in officer, or Operations Sergeants Major. effect while the crew reloads. OCT will kill 6. INDIVIDUAL WEAPONS weapon systems firing without emitting a SYTEM II (IWS II) with DIGITAL signature. COMMUNICATION INTERFACE (DCI) 2. Master switches are kept on SYSTEM BATTERY RESUPPLY: at all times. (a) Units receive an initial issue 3. If a vehicle cannot be killed of batteries when drawing IWS II, or any other due to inoperable MILES, the vehicle may move personnel MILES sets and the additional DCI with the unit until the first contact is made. An system. Replacement of batteries is a unit OCT will then assess the vehicle for damage responsibility. All personnel MILES equipped and personnel will initiate their MCC. Soldiers will have serviceable and functional 4. If the vehicle's MILES batteries in their systems 24 hours per day while malfunctions during an operation the vehicle in the box during a rotation, no exceptions.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

becomes either a firepower or mobility kill. If the with EXPRO requirements for that type of kill. vehicle is not in contact, the unit may cross-level 4. COMMO KILL: A vehicle personnel. If in contact, all personnel on board assessed as a commo kill receives an audio become casualties and the vehicle becomes a signal through the vehicle intercom system. All catastrophic kill. radio transmissions immediately cease. Any 5. Any effort to shield the effects further radio transmission results in a cheat of MILES/SAWE by a player is a Cheat Kill kill. A vehicle assessed as a commo kill may and reported to EXCON and the unit chain of still move and use its weapons systems until it command immediately. becomes a mobility, firepower or catastrophic e. SAWE-RF/MILES II BDA: kill. At that time, the vehicle and its crew comply 1. CATASTROPHIC KILL: A with EXPRO requirements for that type of kill. vehicle assessed as a catastrophic kill 5. CHEAT KILL: Cheat kills are receives an audio signal through the vehicle a result of one or more violations of the EXPRO. intercom system, and the Combat Vehicle Kill A cheat kill is implemented automatically Indicator (CVKI) light flashes continuously. The through the SAWE-RF/MILES II system or vehicle halts in place until recovered. If the manually by a control gun. Cheating results in vehicle is killed, and the CVKI light is reporting the incident(s) to the offender’s chain malfunctioning, the crew immediately display of command and, in the case of OPFOR to a yellow flag from the top of the vehicle. No EXCON. further action by that vehicle or crew is (a) Knowingly circumventing the permitted. Crews cease firing weapon MILES system, by removing batteries, taping systems and cease all transmissions on the Personnel MILES buzzers, or using “shaved” radio following the ‘last breath’ transmission. keys, or in any way making the MILES system For vehicles equipped with a gun tube, elevate not operate properly is not authorized and will be the gun tube and place it over the back deck. reported to the Soldier’s chain of command. For vehicles equipped with a TOW or other type When MILES cheating is identified the OCT of missile launcher, place the launcher in the assesses the vehicle as a SBDA Catastrophic stowed position. Howitzers place the gun Kill and the crew are assessed as KIA. tube on the deck at minimum elevation. The (b) Soldiers with a green key or crew self-kill their MWLD, put their MCCs into shaved key in the MILES controller box are effect, and initiate appropriate first aid measures automatically assessed as Cheat Kills. 2. MOBILITY KILL: A vehicle f. NEAR MISSES: Each near miss assessed as a mobility kill receives an audio signal is a warning to the player that he is being signal through the vehicle intercom system. It engaged by fire (direct or indirect). The TC and immediately halts in place and ceases all driver know the difference between a kill and movement. Any further movement results in a a near miss because the system sounds a cheat kill. A vehicle assessed as a mobility kill continuous buzz when killed, but only a series of may still use its weapons and communications beeps for a near miss. A near miss can flash systems until it becomes a firepower, commo or the CVKI light on the vehicle up to five times. A catastrophic kill. At that time, the vehicle and its near miss can also occur when a target is crew comply with EXPRO requirements for engaged by a weapon not capable of destroying that type of kill. the vehicle. Vehicles may continue to move 3. FIREPOWER KILL: A vehicle during a near miss. assessed as a firepower kill receives an audio g. AT Weapon Adjudication signal through the vehicle intercom system. All 1. Conditions. use of the weapons system(s) immediately (a) No BLUFOR AT engagement ceases. The MILES system concurrently may occur without an OCT present to throw a disables the main weapons system, preventing grenade simulator for launch signature. No its further use. Any attempts to use auxiliary OPFOR AT engagement may occur without a weapons systems results in a cheat kill. A leader present to throw a grenade simulator for vehicle assessed as a firepower kill may still launch signature. move and use its commo systems until it (b) OCTs or OPFOR leaders will becomes a mobility, commo or catastrophic kill. ensure that gunners have all required equipment At that time, the vehicle and its crew comply – tripod, missile tube, command launch unit or

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

sight, batteries, thermal sight, etc. – and that the gunner simultaneously engages with MILES equipment is functional. system. (c) OCTs or OPFOR leaders will (b) The result of the engagement not allow gunners to have spare missiles, (hit or miss) is the same as a normal MILES rockets or ammunition unless they have been engagement. MILES rules the battlefield. properly requisitioned, carried on the vehicle (in (c) Crew of engaged vehicle takes simulated or paper form) IAW the vehicle load appropriate action IAW EXPRO for a normal plan, and carried to the firing position. MILES engagement. (d) For weapon systems with no 3. Procedures for use when there MILES, the unclassified maximum effective is no MILES for a weapon (e.g. SPG-9). These range (MER), probability of hit (PH) and results procedures will not be used to compensate for are depicted in Figure 2-2. MILES malfunctions, poor boresighting, (1) OCTs and OPFOR leaders expenditure of ammunition or any other reason. make the decision if the weapon is in range. (a) Procedures (BLUFOR (2) Hits are determined by the roll gunner). BLUFOR may only use these of a die in accordance with the PH range. A PH procedures when they have a multi-national of 1-3 means that when the die is rolled, a 1, 2, attachment with an AT weapon for which there is or 3 results in a hit and a 4, 5, 6 results in a no MILES. miss. (1) The gunner tells an OCT he is (3) For vehicles, M indicates a tracking an enemy and wishes to fire. The mobility kill and K indicates a catastrophic kill. gunner must either point out the target or allow Any hit on a field fortification destroys the the OCT to look through his sight. If the OCT fortification and wounds the occupants. There cannot identify the target, no engagement may are no other effects of hits. Firing on personnel occur. The OCT then expends a grenade and structures will have no effect. simulator as a launch signature. (4) During an engagement with a (2) The OCT calls his TAF and tank, for the indicated AT weapon systems in describes the location and type of target. Figure 2-2, only the second AT rocket or (3) The TAF rolls a die to recoilless rifle round that hits a tank will have an determine results and informs OCT who then effect. (E.g. the first RPG fired from a PzF 3 will informs the gunner of the result (hit or miss) of have no affect while a second hit results in a the engagement. mobility kill on a tank). (4) If the BLUFOR vehicle is (5) During an engagement with a tracking and a hit occurs, the TAFF sends the PC, for the indicated AT weapon systems Figure appropriate kill code to the affected vehicle and 2-2, the first hit will be a mobility kill and the informs the RTOC who then informs the vehicle second AT rocket or recoilless round that hits a crew. If a miss, the RTOC informs the target PC will destroy the PC. (E.g. the first RPG fired vehicle crew they are under fire. The OPFOR from a PzF 3 results in a mobility kill while a crew will take appropriate action depending on second hit results in a catastrophic kill on a PC). the effect. (6) Tanks include all tank-like (5) If the OPFOR vehicle is not targets and field fortifications. PCs include all tracking, the TAFF will inform RTOC of the tracked and wheeled vehicles that are not tanks. location and type of vehicle. The RTOC contacts 2. Procedures for AT MILES the vehicle crew (through the chain of command Engagement without ATWESS. If ATWESS as necessary) and informs the OPFOR crew of rounds are not issued then an OCT or OPFOR the result. The OPFOR crew then takes the leader must expend a grenade simulator for any appropriate action. If the RTOC cannot contact AT weapon system engagement (e.g. TOW, AT- the vehicle crew, a mounted OCT will move to 4 or RPG). Dry firing MILES is not authorized the location of the enemy vehicle and inform the on the battlefield. crew as above. (a) The gunner tells an OCT or (b) Procedures (OPFOR gunner). leader he is tracking an enemy and wishes to OPFOR may only use these procedures when fire. The OCT or leader then expends a they have a multi-national attachment with an grenade simulator as a launch signature. The AT weapon for which there is no MILES.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

(1) The gunner tells his leader he is suicide vests and air strikes. tracking an enemy and wishes to fire. The a. EFFECTS OF ARTILLERY ON gunner must either point out the target or allow VEHICLES AND PERSONNEL: See Chapter 4 the leader to look through his sight. If the leader Fire Support Online Annex in JMRC Digital cannot identify the target, no engagement may Command Post. occur. The leader then expends a grenade b. EFFECTS OF A MINE STRIKE ON simulator as a launch signature. VEHICLE/INDIVIDUAL/IED/VBIEDS/SUICIDE (2) The leader calls RTOC (this VESTS: See Chapter 5 Engineer. may occur through the normal Warrior chain of c. EFFECTS OF CBRN: See Chapter command) and describes the location and type 9-4 CBRNE Casualty Assessment. of target. The RTOC then informs the TAF. d. EFFECTS OF (3) The TAF rolls a die to determine FASCAM/SCATMINES: See Chapter 5 results and informs RTOC who then informs the Engineer. leader and gunner of the result of the e. USE OF PYROTECHNICS: engagement. See Chapter 11, Safety, para. 11-16.b. (4) If the BLUFOR vehicle is tracking f. EQUIPMENT MARKING: Destroyed and a hit occurs, the TAF sends the appropriate equipment is marked as destroyed with kill code to the affected vehicle and contacts an fluorescent orange tape. Damaged equipment is OCT. (The vehicle will stop, max elevate and marked with yellow tape. rotate armament over the back deck). If a miss, g. DIRECT FIRE BREACHES: Direct the OCT may inform the target vehicle crew they fires may be used to create breaches by firing are under fire. only at pre-designated breach positions with the (5) If the BLUFOR vehicle is not appropriate weapons system. Fires at other tracking, the TAFF informs an OCT on the result points cause “holes” and/or BDA to personnel of the engagement and OCT informs crew of inside of the building. OCTs determine when effected vehicle on the result of the engagement sufficient direct fire has hit a building to create a and uses Blue Gun with the appropriate kill breach and when this fire causes personnel in code. The BLUFOR crew then takes the the room of impact to be casualties IAW their appropriate action. MILES cards or to be suppressed. Weapons 4. Notes. effects for building entry are replicated at (a) The purpose of these procedures existing breach sites, doors, and windows. DES is to enable units to train with their weapons as or simulators may be used outside of buildings they would use them in combat. Always at existing breaches to indicate hits. When the adjudicate in a way that allows this. appropriate number and type of rounds have (b) Range, probabilities of hit and hit been fired, an OCT replicates effects. effects are less than they would be with real h. MANUAL BREACHES: Interior and weapons. This replicates the effects of the exterior walls are constructed of concrete battlefield, both physical and psychological. masonry unit, (CMU). Units may simulate Training must be (or rather seem) harder than explosive devices using the Demolition Effects battle. Simulator (DES) for entry techniques. Training (c) This is adjudication, not units must not damage the buildings anywhere simulation. While adjudication enables training, it other than at these predesignated positions to should not be used to compensate for error or create breaches. Units may use chainsaws to inefficiency. Never use adjudication when the create breaches in doors. When the unit follows equipment does not work, is not present, or the proper techniques to create a breach in a does not have ammunition. There are wall, the OCT replicates effects. fundamental lessons that must sometimes be i. ASSESSMENT AND MARKING: learned the hard way. OCTs subjectively assesses the effects of burning buildings caused by fires, explosions, 2-7 BATTLEFIELD EFFECTS: Due to certain etc. Buildings that are destroyed are marked limitations of MILES/SAWE, OCTs use control around their entire perimeter with orange tape guns to kill or near miss BLUFOR or OPFOR and with a red chemlight on each corner of the personnel and vehicles so that they experience building. Rooms identified as destroyed are the effects of mines, artillery, IED’s, VBIED’s, marked by two red chemlights tied together with

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

orange engineer tape, draped over the window 4. Rotational units provide sill of the destroyed room (one chemlight tied on FLA support and a malfunctions NCO to provide each end of the engineer tape). Soldiers inside emergency medical coverage on all airborne the room are assessed IAW their MCC cards. operations. This element operates as white cell and monitors DZSO frequency. WHITE 2-8 TACTICAL AIRBORNE OPERATIONS: CELL FLA support is escorted by an OCT When conducting tactical airborne operations at element for DZ coverage. the JMRC, units execute operations IAW b. MILES. There is no grace period their tactical SOP and applicable publications. during airborne operations. Once Paratroopers All participating aviation and AF aircraft operate land on the DZ, they will activate their canopy ICW JMRCA2C2 SOP and JMRC EXPRO for release assembly and place their weapon(s) and deconfliction of airspace. other combat systems into operation. After they a. DZSO/DZSTL OPERATIONS. remove their parachute harness, they will Units provide a trained, current Drop Zone immediately don their assigned MILES body (DZ) party for the conduct of all personnel or harness and turn on their assigned PRTL, if equipment drops, both real and notional. DZ’s issued, as if they were part of their individual are set up IAW unit SOP. The DZ party combat systems. Paratroopers will don their (Drop Zone Safely Officer (DZSO), Assistant MILES halos (head sensors) on their helmets Drop Zone Safety Officer (ADZSO), after they report to their assembly areas. OCTs malfunctions NCO, Medical package) operate as will assess Soldiers as casualties if they do not white cell on the DZ. DZ party are escorted by don their MILES systems and immediately turn teams while operating in the box. Drop Zone on assigned PRTLS in a timely manner. Support Team (DZST) party for equipment drops c. INJURIES/ACCIDENTS AS A sets up the DZ IAW unit SOP and operates RESULT OF AIRBORNE OPERATIONS. All tactically and remains competitive IAW JMRC parties take action IAW para 11-1c of the EXPRO and, if compromised and engaged, will JMRC EXPRO. DZSO/malfunction NCO is be adjudicated IAW with the JMRC EXPRO with allowed to conduct duties at the accident scene the following exceptions: IAW the appropriate regulation. 1. If, as a result of the adjudication of combat casualties, all required 2-9 OPERATIONS IN CAVE COMPLEXES and qualified DZST party members and their Military operations in cave complexes are alternates are assessed as casualties prior to adjudicated IAW paragraph 2-4 MOUT the conduct of actual airborne operations, then Operations. OCT allows the minimum DZST party to a. Rubbling of caves is authorized by remain on the DZ with appropriate BLUFOR units. Units must be able to produce communications gear in order to provide Drop reconnaissance reports, calculations, and Zone coverage for the conduct of actual air schematics of demo emplacements to the senior resupply operations. The DZST party are engineer. The senior engineer determines if the assessed as KIA’s and must be reconstituted calculations and placement of the charges are IAW JMRC EXPRO upon completion of the adequate to rubble the cave complex. airborne operation. b. BLUFOR units demonstrate the 2. OPFOR must not tamper with capability to rubble a cave complex. DZ markings for actual airborne operations once c. NO PYRO or Smoke are used inside markings are emplaced. any cave complex. 3. BLUFOR units may either d. If a cave complex is successfully cache parachutes competitively at a collection rubbled, the PRO COB from the nearest MOUT point for later pick up, or provide a white cell site is notified and dispatched to physically parachute detail with sufficient transportation seal all apertures at the site. A visible sign assets to transport the airborne items used, or a marked “RUBBLED” is placed on the main combination of both. When a parachute detail is gate. authorized, it must be coordinated through and e. Cave complexes may be escorted by and occur after significant DZ reconstituted as mission sets dictate. assembly and security operations have taken place.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

2-10 PROCEDURES AFTER A NEGLIGENT investigation results and recommended DISCHARGE: corrective actions NLT 48 hours to the JMRC a. All negligent discharges are serious senior trainer after the investigation is complete. breaches in discipline and will be thoroughly c. The OCT observing the negligent investigated to determine the cause appropriate discharge will adjudicate the incident according measures needed to prevent future incidents. to where the round would have likely impacted. b. Training units will conduct a formal d. The training unit will create and investigation and appoint an investigating officer forward a serious incident report to the HICON. for all negligent discharges. The training unit commander will be prepared to brief the

Figure 2-1: Small Arms/Crew-Served Weapon Effects Adjudication

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-2: AT Weapon Effects Adjudication

Tank PC Helo

Kill Code Weapon MER [m] PH Result PH Result PH Result

15 PzF 3 400 1-3 M (2nd) 1-3 M, K (2nd) 1 K

03 AT-3 2,500 1-4 K 1-4 K 1-2 K

07 AT-5 3,000 1-4 K 1-4 K 1-2 K

09 GIL (Spike) 2,000 1-5 K 1-5 K 1-3 K

14 Carl Gustav 200 1-3 M (2nd) 1-3 M, K (2nd) 1 K

14 SPG-9 600 1-3 M (2nd) 1-3 M, K (2nd) 1 K

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-3: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for T-72 MBT

Figure 2-4: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for M84 MBT

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-5: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for BMP-2 IFV

Figure 2-6: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for BRDM-2 w/AT-5

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-7: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for RECON BRMD-2

Figure 2-8: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for Mi-24 HIND F

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-9: OPFOR Vehicle Capability for SA-8 GECKO

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 2 MANEUVER

Figure 2-10: SKOLKAN OPFOR DISMOUNT UNIFORMS and WEAPONS

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE

3-1 GENERAL: The Joint Multinational Commander determines the operational gain is Readiness Center provides training greater than the information lost. The J-2 opportunities for the brigade within the limits of (Intelligence Officer) designates and updates their current Intelligence, Surveillance, and this list. Reconnaissance (ISR) capability, current Note: It is up to the training unit to update the doctrine, and host nation constraints. The JRFL based on mission and other rotational objective is to provide a realistic training event to requirements. The EA and ES restrictions below the brigade intelligence team in an immature will be followed during all rotational exercises. theater of operations. Intelligence OCTs will b. Electronic Warfare (ES): ensure that intelligence teams operating at 1. EW Support Requests: All JMRC complies with their current rules of BLUFOR/OPFOR EW/CEMA support requests engagement to facilitate realistic training. The will be submitted to JMRC CEMA staff for training unit chain of command is responsible to review. When SIPR connectivity is available, ensure that they conduct training within the EW/CEMA support requests will consist of a parameters of US law, DOD and US Army combination of Joint Tactical Air Requests regulations, and applicable operations orders. (JTAR), Joint Tactical Air Support Request (JTASR), Electronic Attack Request Form 3-2 PURPOSE: To describe the administrative (EARF), Cyber Effects Request Form (CERF) and exercise control measures in place to and a Concept of Operations (CONOP). When facilitate realistic, safe training. SIPR connectivity is not available, EW/CEMA support requests will consist of JMRC 3-3 CYBER ELECTROMAGNETIC ACTIVITIES EW/CEMA 5 Line request, Brevity Codes, and a (CEMA): CEMA at JMRC is composed of Concept of Operations (CONOP). The JMRC Frequency Management, Electronic Warfare, CEMA OIC or designee is the final approving and Cyber Environment Replication. CEMA authority for all BLUFOR/OPFOR EW/CEMA operations at the JMRC are closely regulated to support requests. ensure the training unit meets its training 2. OBSERVER COACH COVERAGE: objectives while preventing infractions of host Most BLUFOR EW assets are virtual Echelons nation regulations, limitations, and constraints. Above Brigade (EAB) assets that are ran out of a. Frequency Management. The JMRC the simulations center. OPFOR EW capabilities frequency manager provides the initial Joint are primarily non-emitting replicators of threat Restricted Frequency List (JRFL): an approved systems articulated in the enemy order of battle. list of frequencies that are used for electronic CEMA OCT presence is a requirement for warfare training. These frequencies will be EW/CEMA effect adjudication processing and divided into Taboo, Protected and Guarded will coordinated through the HICON. Live EW frequencies: systems will be approved with CONOP and 1. TABOO. Any frequency of such frequency request through EUCOM EW and G6. importance that it must never be deliberately 3. Electronic Attack (EA): Electronic jammed or interfered with by friendly forces. This attack is a division of electronic warfare involving includes international distress, stop buzzer, the use of electromagnetic energy, directed safety and controller frequencies. Component energy, or antiradiation weapons to attack operations and communications elements personnel, facilities, or equipment with the intent designate and update this list. of degrading, neutralizing, or destroying enemy 2. PROTECTED. Friendly forces combat capability and is considered a form of operational frequency of such critical importance fires. that jamming should be restricted unless (a) Only 29 series or school trained necessary or until it is coordinated. Component live system operators will conduct EA operations and communications elements operations. This restriction applies to designate and update this list. both BLUFOR and OPFOR. 3. GUARDED. Enemy frequencies (b) The base order will provide the currently being exploited for combat information units a restricted frequency list for the and intelligence. This list is time-oriented in that rotation. This list includes the list changes as the enemy assumes different frequencies that are off limits to the combat postures. These may be jammed if the training unit. CEMA OCT will oversee

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE

EW professional lock out of these d. Jamming / EW Effects: Jamming and EW frequencies. effects will be replicated, and request 4. ELECTRONIC SUPPORT (ES): procedures will be published in the HICON Electronic Support involves the search for, order. No real world jamming is authorized in intercept, identification, and location of sources Germany due to government restrictions. of radiated electromagnetic energy (intentional and unintentional) in order to recognize and 3-4 DETAINEE OPERATIONS: All detainee collect information on the threat. ES provides operations follow these guidelines unless information necessary for immediate decisions theater-specific or EXCON guidance dictates involving EW operations and other tactical variation. actions. a. FIELD CAPTURE (a) Only 29 series or personnel in 1. AUTHORIZATION FOR CAPTURE: CMF 98 series will conduct ES Any Soldier may temporarily detain/capture an operations. This restriction applies to individual due to operational necessity or as both BLUFOR and OPFOR. specified by the unit's SOP. An OCT is required (b) The base order will provide the to be present during the capture or detention of units a restricted frequency list for the any personnel. If a capture is made without an rotation. This list includes OCT present due to unforeseeable events, the frequencies that are off limits to the senior ranking OPFOR Soldier will act as the training unit. SIGINT teams will lock OCT until an actual one arrives. See Chapter 3 out these frequencies. Figure 3-1 for the JMRC DUSTWUN flowchart of c. Cyber Environment Replication (CER). events for further details. The JMRC CER Specialist conducts cyber 2. POINT OF CAPTURE SEARCH security training operations against RTU PROCEDURES: personnel to improve BLUFOR understanding of (a) The OCT has the authority to stop a search cyber vulnerabilities to the tactical mission and at any time, and the search will proceed only to develop mitigation and response strategies for under direct supervision of an OCT. those vulnerabilities. The restrictions below will (b) Captives are authorized one safe pocket and be followed during all rotational exercises. must identify such to the capturing unit. 1. OBSERVER COACH COVERAGE: (c) Captives will be treated humanely and will Cyber injects will be coordinated with the lead not be aggressively handled during the search. rotational planner and Mustang 30 to ensure Detainees will cooperate unless otherwise cohesiveness with overall RTU training directed by the supervising OCT. objectives. The Mustang 30 will be advised of all (d) Captives will not understand English cyber injects in advance of training and may be instructions until an interpreter is present, but in-place to record RTU responses to cyber will understand obvious visual commands. effects. (e) Captives will not be flex-cuffed due to safety, 2. RESTRICTIONS: Cyber injects will but the unit must possess adequate restraining not be initiated against any unit without previous devices in order for the OCT to adjudicate that coordination and authorization from the Exercise the detainee is secured. If the unit does not Lead Planner. Any cyber inject added after the present proper detention devices, the captives start of the exercise will require authorization will remain unrestrained. The captives will hold from the DTOC CHOPS to ensure it does not restraining device in their hands. conflict with current training objectives. The CER (f) Captives will not be blindfolded or hooded specialist will use cyber injects to mimic real- due to safety restrictions. The captive will hold world scenarios in a non-destructive manner to the hood, gag or blindfold in their hands. If reinforce and test RTU personnel knowledge of available, spray painted goggles will be provided Computer Security Use, Information Assurance to captives which they will then utilize in order to and Social Networking security practices. prevent them from attaining an unfair advantage 3. CER MITIGATION MEASURES: The to collect information from the capturing unit. division base OPORD will provide the brigade (g) Once proper search and capture procedures tactical unit information assurance measures as are completed, the OCT will direct the captive well as the expected cyber-attack reporting that he/she is sufficiently restrained and will not procedures from Brigade to Division level. attempt to escape. The OCT will ensure that

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE captives act as if they are bound, and/or 4. CAPTURED PERSONNEL blindfolded. AUTHORIZED FOR EVACUATION: (h) Upon completion of search procedures, (a) All COBs are authorized to be field captured. captives will either be turned over to CIVPOL Upon completion of field processing, OCTs will authorities for further processing, transported to determine which COBs may be evacuated back the battalion detainee collection point, or to the DCP and the Captives will then be transported to the Brigade Detainee Collection referred to as detainees. Point (DCP). (b) All OPFOR are authorized to be field (i) Captives will maintain control of all of their captured. Upon completion of field processing, sensitive items until transported to the holding OCTs will determine which OPFOR personnel facility. will be transferred to the DCP. At the DCP, (j) At the point an individual is no longer allowed OPFOR personnel will be handled as detainees to leave under his/her own authority, he/she will as required by their role in the exercise and the be considered detained and the detention circumstances of their capture. timeline will begin. The unit has 12 hours to (c) Upon arrival at the DCP detainees can be process and transfer detainees from point of physically contained by placing them in areas capture to the DCP. OCTs will terminate any that are restrictive in nature, such as a holding event that exceeds 12 hours if the detainee has area surrounded by wire. The transport of not been successfully transferred to the DCP. detainees within the confines of the DCP will be The Brigade has an additional 12 hours to conducted IAW approved facility SOP as long as process detainees and is responsible for the it does not violate safety guidelines of the transfer of detainees to the Division Detainee EXPRO. Holding Area (DHA). (d) An OCT is authorized to end the detention or (k) Detainees will not attempt to flee unless interrogation at any time. authorized by an OCT. 5. HOLDING FACILITY GUIDANCE: 3. DETAINEE HOLDING AREA (DHA): (a) Transport Responsibility- The RTU has the When a DHA is in operation for the exercise, the responsibility to provide transportation and handling, processing, and interrogation of security of detainees from Point of Capture to detainees will be as realistic as possible and the DCP. An ACH is required for transportation meet U.S. DoD Policy requirements for the in tactical vehicles and eye protection if conduct of detainee handling and intelligence transported in an open bed. interrogations. Allied Joint Publication (b) Captives will complete in-processing at the (AJP) 2.5 (A) Captured Persons, Materiel & DCP NLT 12 hours from time of capture. The Documents (CPERS) stipulates procedures to DCP has an additional 12 hours to process and process detained persons to be operationalized transfer to the DHA. OCTs will terminate any between the Provost and tactical Intelligence event that exceeds 24 hours from time of staff so that intelligence information can be capture unless the unit has an approved collected through Intelligence Interrogations in extension in writing from NRDC-H. Extensions tactical combat conditions. Detainee operations may only be approved by HICON/ EXCON. must account for tactical questioning (TQ), (c) All trained unit personnel may conduct intelligence screening, and interrogations. tactical questioning (TQ) at the point of capture, Failure to implement synchronized and but only qualified interrogation personnel are operationalized CPERS operations with brigade allowed to conduct interrogations. (BDE) Intelligence (S2/S2X) requirements—may (d) The brigade will notify the division of the result in missed timely intelligence for BDE arrival of any captives to the DCP within two commanders’ PIR/CCIR. hours of arrival. a. Hard Stand 1264/HS 1264 vic (e) Sensitive items will remain in plain sight of grid (32U QV 0548 5735) will be the detainee the captive throughout all phases of the holding area (DHA) provided to the BDE RTU if detention process; capture, transport and the BDE plans, coordinates, and establishes holding at collection points. OCTs are authorized rotational measures in accordance with both to inventory sensitive items at any time. U.S. DoD Policy and AJP congruent with tactical (f) Contract COBs (male and female) may be rotations at JMRC. detained for up to 24 hours. Extensions must be approved by HICON and EXCON.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE

(1) The PROCOB will provide contract IAW Geneva Convention and approved unit COBs with a 3 x 5 stress card that they will keep SOP. in their designated safe pocket once BLUFOR 9. DETAINEE RIGHTS: makes the decision to detain and transport them Detainees maintain the basic rights afforded to to a collection point or holding facility. all Internees and Prisoners of War IAW (2) At any time the COB feels that they (a) the Geneva Convention are being treated inappropriately or have (b) Relative to the Treatment of reached their stress limit, they are authorized to Prisoners of War (GPW), 12 August 1949 present a “stress card.” All interrogations will (c) STANAG No. 2044 stop and the contact COB will be removed from Procedures for Dealing with Prisoners of War BLUFOR custody by an OCT and returned (PW) (Edition 5), 28 June 1994. immediately to the COB Base. (3) If a contract COB is detained for 24 3-5 COUNTERINTELLIGENCE ACTIVITIES: hours and no extension is approved, OCTs will a. The JMRC Senior Intelligence Officer terminate the detention and coordinate (SIO) will determine if counterintelligence assets administrative transport for the contract COB to are needed for a rotation and authorize the COB Base. counterintelligence activities during the planning (g) The unit operating the holding facility has the conferences through the use of responsibility to provide Class I, II, VI and VIII for Counterintelligence Special Operations detainees care throughout the duration of their Concepts (CISOC), activities specifically detention. The detaining unit is requirement to delineated in Annex B, Appendix 2 of the base provide adequate facilities and cover from order, or activities otherwise planned prior to the inclement weather. If unit is unable to provide execution of the rotation. classes of supply and support requirements, the b. When authorized, Counterintelligence detention will be terminated. agents will conduct collection, operations, and (h) Detainee Release: OCTs will strictly enforce investigations described in AR 381-20 (S), “The both 12 hour timelines from the point of capture Army Counterintelligence Program.” Military to DCP and from the DCP to the DHA. The Counterintelligence Collection (MCC) operations Brigade is not authorized to borrow time from will be reported through the channels their subordinate units’ timeline to increase their established as the Intelligence Information 12 hour timeline even though the total time Reports channel for HUMINT operations as would still be under 24 hours. determined by the base order. Operations and 6. DETAINEE PROPERTY: Investigations reports and activities must be Detainees will be treated IAW the Geneva reported through the Secret Internet Protocol Convention. Upon the detainee’s release all Router Network. A credentialed property seized to include; TADS, real or Counterintelligence Agent augmenting JMRC as replicated CLV, military issued or personnel an OCT must clear any report prior to further property, will be returned to the detainee. dissemination to validate that reporting is 7. INTERROGATION PROCEDURES: scenario based and not real world. Any (a) Interrogations will be conducted IAW incidental real world reporting will be approved facility SOP. immediately sent to the local 66th Military (b) One MI (interrogator) OCT in the actual Intelligence Field Office for action. interrogation cell and 1 MP OCT in the c. Uniform, force protection posture for observation cell must be present prior to the movement, and grooming standards are at the initiation of the interrogation. discretion of the training unit; however, any (c) All interrogation recording material (audio or departure from the base order must be in writing visual recordings of any type) will be treated as and approved by the training SIO or the brigade sensitive in nature, and must be accounted for level commander.. by the end of the rotation. (d) Dissemination of recording material will only 3-6 CAPTURED ENEMY EQUIPMENT (CEE). occur to the training unit and only upon COG a. Capture. approval. 1. Soldiers may not block a 8. DETAINEE TREATMENT: vehicle's path with their bodies to capture it. Soldiers who attempt to do so become

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE casualties IAW their MILES casualty card. captured Soldiers have sufficient food and Soldiers should approach stationary vehicles water. If a Soldier is merely searched and with caution. abandoned, he keeps one MRE and two 2. OCTs must supervise the canteens of water. OCTs make the final capture of any enemy equipment. OCTs determination of questionable items. determine if a capture has occurred. 9. Upon the capture of 3. The capturing unit may BLUFOR NVDs, the OCT notifies their TAF of consume, use, or evacuate captured supplies. the number and type of NVDs captured. The The capturing unit will not actually destroy TAF informs OPFOR TAF of the capture. At that supplies. The capturing unit OCT Team contacts time, the OPFOR is allowed to bring that number OPFOR TAF to arrange credit for and and type of NVDs into the box. evacuation of captured supplies. 1-4IN RTOC is 10. Upon the capture of then authorized the same amount and type of BLUFOR crypto that is still keyed, the OCT bulk supplies to replace consumed/used determines which fills were present and relays supplies to be administratively moved to the this information to their TAF. The TAF provides capturing unit. OPFOR may conduct one-for-one the information to EXCON and OPFOR exchange of CL V magazines with dead or TAF. If a filled crypto device is captured, the wounded dismounted personnel, both enemy same process is followed. For MANPACK and friendly. CL V in catastrophically destroyed Radios, the OPFOR is provided the appropriate vehicles cannot be utilized. fills and the OPFOR brings in the equipment for 4. If the capturing unit desires to use in the maneuver box. Vehicle radio sets/kits destroy a supply stockpile/cache, it must show stay with the vehicle. The OPFOR personnel the OCT the resources necessary to accomplish may monitor and exploit the captured system the destruction. The OCT marks the supplies as IAW para 3-8a(12). destroyed and contacts the appropriate teams 11. Captured wheeled vehicles. CSS OCTs to arrange for evacuation of the (BLUFOR or OPFOR). BLUFOR or OPFOR notionally destroyed supplies to the BSA or vehicles can be captured. Movement of the notification that the supplies are not usable until vehicle by the capturing unit can be conducted, pushed as “paper supplies” during LOGPAC with the following limitations. operations. If the capturing unit desires to (a) Capturing unit must evacuate and retain/exploit accountable demonstrate the ability to operate the vehicle. If property, a Soldier from the captured unit (dead unable to demonstrate an ability to operate the or alive) must remain with the property to vehicle, it will be assessed as a catastrophic kill. maintain accountability. Units will not damage or (b) The driver of the vehicle destroy government property. Do not take must remain with the vehicle at all times and will anything from a cache without an OCT’s follow the instructions of the captors. One knowledge. member of the capturing unit must ride in the 5. Destroyed CEE is replaced passenger seat of the captured vehicle and IAW normal reconstitution timelines and remain in plain sight, simulating a captor driving procedures. the vehicle. Capturing unit will place one 6. If an OCT assesses a vehicle member of their unit in the passenger seat of the prior to its capture, the captor can only move it vehicle to simulate driving. The driver’s MILES IAW the limitations listed on the vehicle SBDA harness is re-keyed to allow assessment if the card. vehicle is later engaged. If the driver’s MILES is 7. If an OCT assesses a bunker then activated, the CAPTOR (Soldier in the or fighting position as damaged or destroyed, passenger seat) is assessed IAW his MILES the unit can search it. Casualty Card. 8. The capturing unit will not (c) The unit must show they take TA-50, weapons, radios, crypto equipment, have room in their organic vehicles to move the protective masks, MILES, NVDs, or other captured personnel, including a seat that would accountable/personal property. Personal be occupied by the person now driving the property includes consumables, tobacco, and captured vehicle. any other item purchased by the Soldier. The (d) Unit receives credit for capturing unit is responsible for ensuring that detaining the person driving the captured

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE vehicle, in accordance with the same timeline as Site Exploitation (TSE) will be as follows: other personnel detained during the same (a) The capturing unit must capture. If the driver of the captured vehicle is document the captured material and properly the only remaining survivor to be detained, then document the chain of custody. the unit will simulate the driver being in their (b) The material will be vehicles and deliver him/her to the holding evacuated to the highest HQ involved in the facility. OCTs will track the timeline of capture as rotation. if the detained person was actually in the (c) The BLUEFOR will turn over vehicle. Once the captured vehicle has been captured material and any reports or information moved to the FOB or rear area, the driver will be the unit has to the OCT so that the OCT can delivered to the collection point for additional deliver the materials to HICON and/or EXCON. processing. (d) HICON will provide back to (e) Unit receives credit for the unit a report (the specificity of which is capture of sensitive items and other equipment dependent on the quality of the BLUEFOR on vehicle, but cannot use or remove them from reports and handling procedures) in the vehicle, to include BFT. designated format with information on the (f) If there are no OPFOR appropriate unit or organization. personnel present with a captured vehicle, (e) These procedures will be BLUFOR has two hours to search and over- used for all materials captured as part of TSE or watch the vehicle. At the end of two hours the post blast analysis. OCT will terminate the event and notify the RTOC to recover the vehicle. 3-7 MILITARY SOURCE OPERATIONS 12. Aircraft may be captured but All personnel executing Military Source will not be moved at the captor's direction. Only Operations (MSO) training must be adequately an Aviation OCT may authorize movement of a certified and cleared to conduct MSO. captured aircraft. a. TRAINING CERTIFICATIONS. 13. The capturing unit may 1. US HUMINT personnel retain CEE as long as the CEE has exploitation participating in training can conduct source value and the capturing unit takes responsible operations at the certified levels approved by action towards exploitation. All CEE is returned their 35M MOS training and verified by a at SOBE, if abandoned by capturing unit or at HUMINT OCT. the direction of EXCON. 2. Multinational HUMINT 14. Upon the capture of an personnel participating in training will only armored vehicle, the capturing unit may search conduct operations authorized by the national the vehicle and consume, use or evacuate caveats from their country. captured supplies. OPFOR cannot capture but 3. Training certifications must be can exploit M1 or M2 specifically for radio cleared by the senior HUMINT OCT prior to frequency fills. rotational training and operations. 15. Upon the capture of a 4. Augmented OCTs must be BLUEFOR mortar, the OCT notifies their TAF of certified and/or approved through the senior the number and type of mortars captured. The OCT prior to supervising RTU MSO. TAF informs EXCON and OPFOR TAF of the b. SECURITY CLEARANCES. capture. At that time, the OPFOR is allowed to 1. OCTs and planners will bring that number and type of mortars into the ensure all RTU HUMINT personnel will have box. OPFOR must capture the complete mortar required security clearances prior to training. system including the barrel, base plate, bipod, 2. Multinational HUMINT and sight. The OPFOR must have a minimum of personnel must have approved security three personnel and a means of transporting the clearance documentation from their embassy. system to get credit for the capture and the 3. All security clearances must OPFOR can only operate the captured mortar be submitted to JMRC S2 prior to training. system with a trained mortar crew. 16. The process for BLUEFOR to receive intelligence from CCE and material captured and documented as part of Tactical

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE

3-8 BIOMETRICS 3-9 TEMPORARY SECURE a. STORING OF BIOMETRIC DATA COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION 1. HICON will provide BLUFOR FACILITIES the approved biometric database at the start of a a. Units may establish Temporary rotation. Secure Compartmented Information Facilities 2. Any American Soldier can be (T-SCIF) in support of a training exercise. Units entered into the biometric database by the should coordinate with the JMRC S2 for specific BLUFOR. questions about establishing the T-SCIF. 3. Biometric data will be used only for training and rotational purposes and will not be shared with databases administered outside of JMRC. b. EQUIPMENT 1. BLUEFOR will draw all biometric equipment from the JMRC S2. 2. As of Jan 2010, JMRC has 20 SEEKS for MN use and 36 SEEKS for US use. 3. BLUEFOR will be given access to the biometric database on the JMRC server at the beginning of a rotation or training event and will then be responsible for administering the database with assistance from the BAT/HIIDE FSR. JMRC will maintain a back up of all data. c. PROCEDURES FOR BIOMETRIC INFORMATION COLLECTION 1. Prior to the start of a rotation or training event, JMRC will create a database with the biometric data of personnel that are participating in the rotation with their rotational information (such as name, address etc…) as well as fictional personnel that will not be replicated in the rotation but which serve to increase the size of the database and train BLUEFOR on biometric database management. 2. During the rotation any US Soldier, whether replicating an insurgent, contractor or COB maybe have their biometric data collected. The US Soldier should supply the information they were given for the rotation not their real name and information. 3. Persons hired for the rotation through a contract will only be entered into the database within the limits of their contract. If the contract does not allow for the collection of biometric data from the contracted COB the OCT on scene will provide any incriminating or relevant information on the COB that would be otherwise available.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 3 INTELLIGENCE

Figure 3-1: JMRC DUSTWUN flowchart of events.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT

4-1 GENERAL: a. COMMUNICATIONS: RTU BDE Fires a. MANEUVER UNITS: Maneuver units Cell must maintain 24 hour voice and digital deploy with organic fire support assets. Field communications with DIVARTY Headquarters artillery organization for combat, tactical (HICON). missions, and amount of support provided are b. DIVISIONAL RADAR COVERAGE: It contained in the Corps, Division and BCT is a unit responsibility to request additional OPORDs. Planning and coordination of fire firefinding radar coverage. The BDE Fires Cell support assets are the responsibility of the Fire may request coverage through DIVARTY Support Coordinator at the respective unit level. (HICON) in support of planned or emergency The COG apportions CAS allocations through displacements of assigned assets. Units submit EXCON. Units may request additional requests for additional coverage NLT one hour (constructive) fire support assets through prior to planned use. Duration will not be Vampire 07. greater than two hours. Approval is dependent b. CL V APPROVAL AUTHORITY: upon HICON operations and prioritization, with EXCON in coordination with the NRDC-H orders V07 providing the final decision. process, establishes unit basic loads and c. MET SUPPORT: Units must use the controlled supply rates for each weapon system profiler system IAW FM 3-09.15 for current MET. based upon rotational training objectives and If the profiler system is unavailable or damaged, unit haul capacity. RTU requests forward the unit must request MET from HICON. Failure positioning and emergency requisitions of to follow this procedure will result in reduced ammunition through 41st FIRES (HICON). FA accuracy due to not meeting the five CSS OCTs will verify requests to ensure RTU requirements. maintains haul capacity for authorized load during the RSOI process. 4-3 REQUIRED FIRE SUPPORT REPORTS: c. TRAINING LOCATIONS: All battalion Fire Support Cells (FSCs) provide one TOCs, combat trains, field trains, batteries, unclassified digital copy of all Fire Support (FS) platoons, and radars participating in the rotation products and / or briefings to their Fire Support must physically occupy positions within the and / or Field Artillery OCTs. The FSCs provide training area (or Maneuver Coordination their OCTs updated documents as they are Areas/Local Training Areas). Units will not produced and disseminated. The BCT transmits occupy replicated unit locations unless target lists, fire plans, and Fire Support previously approved during the JELC cycle or by Coordinating Measures (FSCMs) digitally to their V07 once unit has arrived at JMRC. higher headquarters. d. WHITE CELL UNITS: Battalion Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs), and 4-4 FIRE CONTROL: other administrative elements not participating in a. HOWITZER CREWS – The OCT for the rotation cannot assist or pass tactical all US howitzer formations will detonate one information to units in training. All units must hand grenade simulator to replicate signature utilize their respective white cell for all personnel effects for each volley from a platoon. For multi- moving back to home station prior to unit release national formations, replication will be system upon completion of training. Refer to Policy based. Letter #2 for additional details. b. MORTAR CREWS: Mortar crews (BLUFOR/OPFOR) will perform all crew drills to 4-2 DIVARTY HEADQUARTERS: The Fires standard. The mortar OCT will detonate one Cell within HICON functions as the DIVARTY hand grenade simulator to replicate signature Headquarters. FA units submit all operational effects for each volley from a 120mm system requests to the DIVARTY Headquarters for and larger. For 82mm and below, replication will approval by the Division FSCOORD (V07). be for the mortar crew to These include requests for counter-fire fire one M16/M4 with blank adapter into the coverage, additional firefinding radar coverage, mortar for each round to be fired to replicate the changes to the FA Organization for Combat, firing of the mortar. OPFOR mortar and changes to the Controlled Supply Rate (CSR), dismounted rocket crews will report their location meteorological (MET) support, and requests for to the Vampire TAFF. During Decisive Action additional ammunition, etc.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT rotations, OPFOR artillery (120mm and above another mission. After all procedures are will typically be replicated by constructed units). executed correctly, the howitzer will wait 15 c. MORTAR PLATOON WITHOUT AN minutes before resumption of fire. FDC: The mortar crew must show the mortar 2. Replicated BLUFOR and OCT on the ground the range to the target and OPFOR howitzers must wait 15 minutes from have a mortar set-up in the direction to be fired. end of mission before they may resume firing to The mortar crew will then follow 4-4(d). An OCT replicate the time taken to extract the round. will be present and verify that the mortar firing site is properly established and meets the 4-5 DIRECT FIRE ENGAGEMENTS: At the parameters for which it will be used (i.e. mask beginning of the rotation, a firing unit must and overhead clearance, range to intended demonstrate to its OCT proficiency in direct fire target, and replication). Prior to firing, the OCT crew drill against dismounted and mounted will determine the point of impact on a map threats. To fire “Killer Junior”, the section must using the range given by the mortar crew and have correctly computed Killer Junior tables the actual direction the mortar is pointed in. posted at the engaging howitzer. OPFOR mortar crews will inform the Vampire a. ENGAGEMENT CREDIT: An OCT TAFF of all fire missions. The RTOC will notify must observe an engagement for the unit to the Vampire TAFF of the caliber, type and receive credit. The howitzer must orient its tube number of rounds, launch grid, target grid, and toward the target and apply the correct quadrant time of firing prior to attack. The Vampire TAFF at the range determined. will determine any possible acquisitions based on RTU’s radar plan and the OPFOR indirect 4-6 FIRE MARKING: The Dragon firemarker attack data if an acquisition is received and team will replicate the effects of all indirect appropriately communicate the acquisition to the missions. The fire markers will replicate specific RTU. missions as follows: d. PRIOR TO FIRING A MISSION: Prior a. ARTILLERY MISSION (HE /DPICM): to firing a mission or making a subsequent 1. Initial volley: One air burst correction, the RTU FDC must give the OCT a simulator, one artillery simulator, one hand fire order that includes: grenade simulator, one smoke grenade. 1. Target number 2. Duration: one hand grenade 2. Target location simulator every 30 seconds. 3. Pieces to fire b. MORTAR MISSION: 4. Special instructions 1. Initial volley: one air burst 5. Type of projectile simulator, two hand grenade simulators, one 6. Charge smoke grenade. 7. Fuse time setting when 2. Duration: one hand grenade applicable every 30 seconds. 8. Number of rounds c. MLRS/MRL: 9. Range to fuse function (when 1. Initial: Five air burst applicable) simulators, five hand grenade simulators. 10. Range to impact (when 2. Duration: One hand grenade applicable) simulator every 30 seconds. e. FIRE MISSION TIME STANDARDS: 3. Fire Strike (BM-21) will be All units will fire at their sustained rate of fire. replicated by ten artillery simulators dropped in a After the RTU has established initial times for 30 meter radius. Casualties will be assessed fire missions, the replicated unit’s fire mission based on SAWE results from the Vampire TAFF time standards will be the average fire mission and relayed to the OCT or Dragon Firemarker times of the rotational firing unit. Replicated on the ground. firing unit’s precision guided munitions will be d. FA DELIVERED SCATMIN: Refer to calculated in the same manner. Chapter 5, paragraph 5-4.b.2. f. MISFIRE PROCEDURES: f. ILLUMINATION: One illumination 1. RTU howitzer sections must flare every 30 seconds or as directed by properly execute all procedures to extract the Vampire TAFF. rounds in the presence of an OCT before firing g. SMOKE (HC AND WP):

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT

1. Duration less than 10 min: current mission. Early notice to move does not required number of smoke grenades or smoke decrease the displacement time. If a controlling generators for target size. FA TOC wants a replicated unit to begin moving 2. Duration for over 10 min: at a specified time, it must direct displacement to required number of smoke pots or vehicle based begin at the appropriate time. smoke generators for target size. 2. Survivability Movements: h. AIR DELIVERED VOLCANO Replicated Units will execute survivability moves MINEFIELD: Refer to Chapter 5, paragraph 5- within initial PAA based on Survivability Criteria 4.b.2. provided to the FDC OCT by the RTU. Any i. PRECISION GUIDED MUNITIONS: Survivability Criteria changes must be One artillery simulator per target/volley. communicated to the FDC OCT for them to take j. GMLRS: One artillery simulator and effect for the Replicated Unit. three hand-grenade simulators at point of 3. Emplacement/Displacement: impact. Any building destroyed by GMLRS will Once movement is complete, a replicated firing be off limits for 24 hours. unit cannot fire until emplacement is complete. If k. CRATER ANALYSIS: RTU’s can a controlling FA TOC wants to direct an in-place, request crater analysis information from the ready to fire time, it must include emplacement OCT on the ground at the location of the indirect time in its planning factors. Replicated units will fire. If an RTU requests crater analysis, the on have equivalent emplacement/displacement ground OCT can request Point of Origin (POO) times as the live units demonstrated during EMT and Point of Impact (POI) data from the Vampire lanes. TAF. c. REPLICATED UNITS FIRING ON THE MOVE: Replicated firing units can receive 4-7 ATTACK CRITERIA: JMRC casualty a fire mission while on the move. The assessment tables (CAT) are unclassified emplacement time will remain the same as based off surface to surface weapon established emplacement times in order to approximations. They serve as an reflect the time it takes to notify the unit and for approximation of what the IS system will the unit to stop at a suitable location and determine based upon munitions fired by either prepare to fire. The Vampire CP OCT will inform RTU or OPFOR. The tables shown at the end of the BN FDC of the replicated unit’s location. the chapter depict projected casualties based Upon receiving end of mission, the unit will upon the number and type of rounds fired into a displace according to established times and 100m radius. Units should determine their attack continue to its original destination. The criteria in conjunction with the commander's replicated firing unit will only remain in place if attack guidance for fire support. Adjudication for directed by the controlling FA TOC. all indirect fire casualties will be executed primarily by the closest OCT to the impact site. If 4-9 SURVEY: no OCT is available, a Dragon firemarker will aid a. LIVE UNITS: All firing units and in casualty assessment – particularly in the case supporting radars require common and correct of OPFOR casualties not in immediate proximity survey data to be accurate. Failure to use to an OCT. common and correct survey data will result in a degradation of accuracy calculated and 4-8 REPLICATED UNITS: administered by the Vampire TAFF. A formula a. DEFINITION: RTU Firing batteries or for degradation will be pre-approved by Vampire platoons without howitzers, launchers, or 07 IOT maintain consistent adjudication. FDC/POCs, or entire units assigned to or 1. Using a Position Azimuth supporting the RTU based on exercise design. Determining System (PADS) or conventional b. MOVEMENT: survey to initialize and update artillery and 1. Between PAAs: Replicated units radars ensures common survey as does using move on the battlefield at a rate of 20km/hr on PADS or conventional survey to establish roads and 5km/hr cross country. Upon receiving Survey Control Points (SCPs) and orienting the order to move, replicated units cannot begin stations for towed howitzers, mortars, and movement until the displacement time is forward observers. complete and the unit has finished firing its

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT

2. The use of the “Double the five requirements for accurate fire beyond Dagger Method”, Gun Laying and Positioning observer target location error. System (GLPS), or a declinated Aiming Circle The following are some examples: are authorized on all locations for a common a. Survey or database errors survey picture with little to no degradation in b. Lack of common survey. positioning. c. Failure to record or apply Muzzle 3. Hasty survey is less accurate Velocity Variations (MVVs) than GPS. d. Not updating MET IAW FM 3-09.15 4. OCTs will verify survey data Radars not using the most current MET when at all firing unit, radar, and other observer wind speeds exceed 20 knots/hour. locations. e. Incorrect target location. b. REPLICATED UNITS: Replicated f. Inaccurate piece data: units will experience accuracy degradation 1. Aiming point errors based on RTU units established survey 2. Failure to boresight / verify procedures (e.g. if the RTU fails to properly boresight apply survey the same inaccuracies in the 3. Fire Control Alignment Tests instrumentation system (IS) will be applied to (FCATs) not within tolerances. replicated units. 4. Inoperative fire control panels on MLRS 4-10 COUNTER FIRE AND SURVIVABILITY: g. Incorrect computation of a. RTU units may receive counter fire minimum quadrant from OPFOR artillery. Replicated Units execute . survivability moves within initial PAA based on 4-12 LASER OPERATIONS: The Hellfire Survivability Criteria provided to the FDC OCT Ground Support System (HGSS), Mini Eye-safe by the RTU. Laser Infrared Observation Set (MELIOS) and b. Failure to properly emplace the radar M1/M2/M3 family of vehicles with Eye-safe may result in no radar acquisitions, or multiple Laser Filters (ELF) are the only laser range- unwanted acquisitions. finders/designators allowed to laze or designate c. Failure to ensure the radar has the during force on force. The HGSS will replicate minimum track volume required will result in the Ground/Vehicular Laser Locator Designator decrease of indirect fires acquisitions. (G/VLLD) and the Lightweight Laser Designator d. Failure to properly survey the radar Rangefinder (LLDR). RTU will draw HGSS on a will decrease acquisition accuracy. one for one basis after a Fire Support OCT e. If Vampire TAFF determines that an verifies the presence of an operational G/VLLD RTU radar will acquire an OPFOR fire mission, or LLDR. the OPFOR fire mission will not be executed until appropriate data has been pushed to the 4-13 SPECIAL MUNITIONS (Excalibur, Radar OCT in order to provide a drop card to the Illumination, Smoke, and FASCAM): Actual RTU for their counterfire battle drill. firing units must demonstrate f. LCMR Radars. If Battalions bring their proficiency both in the FDC and firing unit to LCMR Radars, the Maneuver OCT Team will employ each type of special munitions before provide oversight ensuring the radar has been replicated firing units can fire those munitions. set up properly and would function if turned on. a. EXCALIBUR: The FS TAFF will draw the appropriate radar fan 1. Each section must in the IS. If OPFOR fires a mission that would demonstrate proficiency in preparing the been acquired by a LCMR the TAFF covering Excalibur training round for firing before it can that maneuver team will be contacted before the fire that round during operations. A firing unit mission is executed to pass the acquisition data may demonstrate its proficiency to a firing to the RTU. battery OCT during the preparation for an operation to enable it to fire Excalibur during 4-11 ACCURACY OF FIRES: To provide more execution. Replicated firing units may fire realistic battlefield effects, JMRC degrades the Excalibur after the RTU demonstrates accuracy of indirect fires when units fail to meet procedural proficiency.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT

2. OCTs will determine the adjudication will be assessed as a miss for the effectiveness of Excalibur missions. OCTs will RTU. monitor the following in the FDC/POC: b. ILLUMINATION: Since JMRC -method of control (3 types AMC, WR, replicates mortar and artillery illumination with TTF) hand-held parachute flares, Firemarkers cannot -observer location adjust the burst height or spread. One flare -target location represents one illumination round. Currently, -Target Location Error (TLE) is not JMRC does not replicated IR illumination and greater than 10 meters if requiring a direct hit or will adjudicate all IR illumination rounds as not greater than 20 meters for exposed and standard illumination. material targets c. SMOKE: JMRC replicates mortar -Missile Flight Path (MFP A & B) and artillery smoke using smoke grenades, and Geometries are built in the AFATDS smoke pots. Firemarkers replicate target attitude -all Fire Support Coordination Measures and duration as computed by the FDC. (FSCMs) and Friendly Unit positions are Responsibility for replicating smoke rests with updated (if needed) and are plotted on the the Dragon battlefield effects team. AFATDS, chart, and Battle tracking maps to d. FASCAM: The HICON order will ensure accurate locations specify the approval process for firing FASCAM. -Ballistic Impact Point (BIP) with a 500 Based on current US policies, units are not meters radius is built into the AFATDS and permitted to request or shoot ADAM. proper coordinating checks are conducted to clear all FSCMs 4-14 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT: -Black Keys are installed and are valid a. All casualties will be handled IAW with the proper Date, Time, Group (DTG) Chapter 8 of this EXPRO with the following -Unit has the Maneuver Footprint exception: All replicated fires platoon personnel Templates Overlay for their Chart and Battle casualties and damaged or destroyed tracking map to correctly lay out the BIP equipment will be treated IAW with the locations personnel replacement process and battle loss -all Coordinating Pieces are on the replacement process procedures for JMRC. The same Time (i.e. Sensor, Shooter, FDC, replicated fires battery/platoon will have Maneuver (if needed) replicated battle roster numbers established, -MET has been validated and applied to along with replicated bumper numbers by the all AFATDS processing the Excalibur Fire RTU prior to X days. No real world evacuation Mission will be required for a replicated howitzer out of -AMC response time added to time of action or personnel killed or injured, however all flight and sent in the message to observer required paperwork and timelines will be -MFP updated and sent to any followed IAW replacement process procedures. coordination level needed (default is -32,999 b. MAINTENANCE: Maintenance must needs to be tailored to current situation for be performed in the training area as a part of the mission fired) exercise. Non-mission capable vehicles must be -ensure the target selection standard is recovered to the combat trains/UMCP or to the updated to account for new TLE BSA. During DATE Rotations, vehicles road- -ensure ammunition is updated in marching out of Albertshof will not return to AFATDS Albertshof if they become non-mission capable. -ensure Howitzers in the AFATDS are Under no circumstances will individual replicated PGM capable. guns be used to augment live batteries in the 3. The FDC/POC must compute training area to replace a non-mission capable and conduct all Excalibur fire missions IAW live howitzer. procedures in TC 3-09.81, and its unit SOP. c. LOGISTICS: All logistical support will 4. The fire support OCTs (27s) be conducted tactically and based from field must ensure that near point mensuration has locations. No logistical support will be based out been conducted prior to any Excalibur missions of Camp Albertshof or other cantonment area, being processed through the RTU FDC. If near unless those areas are designated Forward point mensurtaion has not been conducted Operating Bases by the JMRC CHOPS for the

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT training exercise. All resupply will be conducted OCT on the ground to replace ammunition utilizing RTU organic assets. expended/destroyed, not to exceed the CSR. 1. Classes I, II, III, and VI will be (e) Units may request additional handled on an actual basis, with no simulations allocations of ammunition beyond their CSR. granted. The two types of requests are Immediate 2. Classes IV, VII and VIII of Consumption and an Adjustment to their CSR. supply will be requested through appropriate (1) Immediate consumption is channels. An OCT at the Brigade designed to supplement the CSR when a Support Area will verify/approve the request. majority of the ammo has been consumed 3. Class IX will be handled on beyond the planned amount on a given battle. It an actual basis except for Simulated Battle is not intended as a combat multiplier. In order Damage Assessments (SBDA). Chapter 8 of to force units to prioritize missions, an this EXPRO describes the procedures for SBDA immediate consumption request must be repair. submitted through the BDE S4 to the DIVISION 4. Class V for RTU: Inert rounds G3, with a copy furnished to the DIVARTY S4 will be loaded, if available, by weight and volume (FA CSS OCT). The request for immediate on a 1:1 basis to constitute a valid UBL. If consumption must be submitted at least 24 available, inert rounds will be separated by type hours before the DS BN intends to use it. The of ammunition, and will have the appropriate immediate consumption request will never notional charges and fuses. Additional exceed 50% of the JMRC CSR, since its intent ammunition will be drawn based on availability. is to replace CL V expended in a heated battle (a) Blank ammunition for 5.56 and "get the battalion through" until they can mm, 7.62 mm, .50 caliber, MGSS M30 rounds, next draw their CSR. If the immediate blank shot gun shells, and AT-4 (VIPER) consumption ammunition isn't entirely expended, ATWESS cartridges will be issued in a tactical DIVARTY will decrease the next CSR by an manner. Ammunition supply procedures will be amount equal to the remaining ammunition. conducted IAW Chapter 8 of this EXPRO and (2) An adjusted RSR is a the remainder of this paragraph. forecasting tool BN XOs and S3s can use to (b) Upon the conclusion of OCT weight a battle on a certain day. DS BNs can link up (MILES check and safety brief), the DS submit adjustments to their RSR NLT 48 hours battalion begins with their START-EX UBL on prior to the requested pick-up time for the CSR. hand and uploaded on their vehicles. An FA The adjustment is sent through the BN S3 to the CSS OCT must authenticate subsequent DA BDE S3, with a copy furnished to the both the FORM 581s to replace ammunition DIVARTY S3 and DIVARTY S4. Adjustment expended/destroyed, not to exceed the CSR. documentation to the RSR is a DA Form 581s Subsequent ammunition must be picked up from along with an analysis memorandum that the designated ATP. Copies of the authenticated expresses the adjusted RSR in terms of rounds DA FORM 581s must be provided to the FA by type by tubes per day. BDEs will then CSS OCT or individual designated by the CSS coordinate the adjusted RSR with DAO. DAO OCT. An OCT must sign the DA FORM 581 will forward RSR adjustment documentation prior to the battalion ammunition officer through the EXCON to the FS TAF. The physically drawing the ammunition from the DIVARTY Commander will review changes to ATP/ASP/CARP. Ammunition is requisitioned the RSR and the DIVARTY staff will coordinate IAW unit FSOP. Further, units are required to changes to the CSR based on the RSR complete DA form 5515-R upon delivery of documentation. Once coordinated, the Battalion ammunition. Ammo Officer takes the DA Form 581 and the (c) Unit CSR is published in the required amount of haul capability to the ATP at Corps/Division OPLANs and OPORD. The CSR the same time as the CSR is being drawn for the begins on X1 of the exercise. requested date. (d) Replicated firing units will (f) 105 mm Howitzers, 155 mm receive delivery of their CSR at 2400 hours Howitzers, MLRS: Vehicle ammunition carrying daily. They will begin the exercise with their capacity for 105 mm, 155 mm, and 227 mm authorized UBL on hand. The unit must request ammunition is IAW the appropriate TM -10 for ammunition using DA FORM 581, signed by the that vehicle.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 4 FIRE SUPPORT

(g) Vehicles carrying artillery ammunition will be loaded according to doctrinal/unit load plans and will not have any other items present inside the vehicle or in the bed of the vehicle where ammunition is intended to be carried. The only exception is for JMRC-issued MILES carrying cases. The RTU will be issued 80mm ammunition boxes to be used for carrying simulated ammunition cards. One ammunition box will replicate one flat rack of ammunition. Only one ammunition box may be carried by one PLS (h) Units may resupply themselves with Class V via airdrop. Units must request the ammunition before it is delivered, in order to have it added to their ammo on hand. (i) Artillery ammunition re-supply will never exceed the real world haul capacities of a rotational unit and the replicated haul capacities of the replicated unit. If inert rounds aren’t used to replicate ammunition, then haul capacity will still be followed by the RTU and enforced by the OCT on the ground. Ammunition that exceeds haul capacity will not be delivered, and will be removed by the OCT on the ground. (j) Artillery ammunition is not reconstituted at any time with the destroyed equipment it was being transported on. New ammunition requests must be completed and approved by higher to offset the loss of ammunition due to battle damage.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

5-1 DIG OPERATIONS: certified on demolitions to their respective a. NO-DIG AND RESTRICTED DIG. national standard. Units must communicate in “No-Dig and Restricted Dig” overlays will be writing that they intend to use demolitions at the published in the HICON order for each training JMRC and what type of demolition systems will rotation. Units will strictly observe all restrictions be trained/used NLT the Main Planning marked on the overlay. Conference. Units must coordinate through the  Excavations by hand or mechanical means JMRC sustainment planners and their national are not allowed within five meters of a tree. authorities to ship and store demolitions at the  Improved tank trails will not be cut or JMRC. Units must request through TASCE for excavated for any reason. Units can dig no DES materials NLT the Main Planning closer than 10 meters to the shoulder of an Conference. improved tank trail. c. HANDLING. Units will handle training  Water retention ponds will not be cut or demolitions in the same manner as live excavated for any reason. Units can dig no demolition material. OCTs may assess as closer than 25 meters to any retention pond. casualties Soldiers who mishandle demolitions  Digging will not occur within any town or materials. built up area. d. RESUPPLY. Units must reorder  Units do not require a dig permit to conduct expended demolition materials through the tactical dig operations. Tactical dig established Class V resupply system in order to operations are those required for counter- receive demolitions for future missions. mobility and survivability during the course e. TARGET/MISSION ASSESSMENT of combat operations. Covering OCTs will AND ADJUDICATION. Amounts and placement approve all tactical digs IAW the “No-Dig of explosives are key factors in military and Restricted Dig” overlay. See figure 5-3. demolition projects. Units are required to  All other dig operations require a dig permit. conduct a reconnaissance of the proposed b. DIG REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. target and gather critical information to calculate Units will record an eight-digit grid to all man- the amount of explosives needed to destroy the made excavations and report location grids up target. Engineer OCT verifies demolition through their chain of command, HICON, and calculations and placement of charges prior to the covering OCT. any force receiving credit for destroying an obstacle or structure. Units must have on hand 5-2 TRAINING DEMOLITIONS: and correctly place the amount of demolition a. PREFERENCE. Demolition effects training aids calculated to receive credit for simulators (DES) are the preferred training aid at destroying an obstacle or structure. the Joint Multinational Readiness Center. DES f. URBAN BREACHING. Units are produces sufficient visual and audio effects to allowed to conduct demolitions urban breaching enhance battlefield realism. DES will be missions. Units must communicate the intent to constructed IAW FM 3-34.214 to replicate conduct urban breaching training to the covering explosive charges and systems. MDI, detonation OCT team during the rotational Main Planning cord, time fuse, electric and non-electric blasting Conference. Units will only place live urban caps, and fuse igniters can be used during breaching charges on OCT approved targets. situational training exercises and force-on-force See Table 5-1 Weapon Effects for Urban operations. Units are allowed to create Urban Breaching Charges for adjudication of effects. breaching charges. Units will calculate Net g. SAFETY AND USE. Explosive Weight (NEW) and observe the  All demolition missions are accompanied by surface danger areas IAW FM 3-34.214. a unit risk assessment signed by the unit b. PRE-ROTATION CERTIFICATION commander. AND COORDINATION. Units must certify  Units may pre-prime demolitions with Soldiers for using demolition systems, to detonating cord at any time. Units will not national standards, within six months of the connect or emplace a blasting cap to any desired rotation. Units must provide their demolitions without an engineer OCT’s covering OCT team a memorandum, signed by permission. the unit’s commander (O-5, OF-4 NATO, or  Units can build ignition systems at any time. higher) stating that the Soldiers are currently A minimum of two minutes of time fuse is

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

required. In addition, a test burn must be variants). The MICLIC must be fully operational; conducted in the presence of an engineer electronically and mechanically. For multiple OCT. MICLIC launches, failure to overlap cleared  Fuse igniter(s) will not be pulled without an areas from successive launches will result in the engineer OCT on site and without the OCT assessing vehicles in the un-cleared areas. permission from the chain of command. Minefields are not considered completely  If an electrical system is used, the blasting reduced until a lane is proofed by a Mine- cap and firing wire must be shunted until Clearing Blade (MCB), Mine-Clearing Roller used. No transmitting military radios will be (MCR), ACE, or equivalent multinational within 100 meters of the un-shunted blasting equipment. cap. The engineer OCT will verify the testing 2. MICLIC OPERATIONS of the electric wires, blasting caps and  All MICLIC components must be on hand circuits. and operational; both electronically and  The unit is responsible for notifying their mechanically IAW TM 9-1375-215-13&P. chain of command to clear the danger safety For multinational variants technical zone. After the danger safety zone is publications are required to demonstrate cleared and the unit verifies accountability of proper function of the system. all personnel, the senior leader on site will  Prior to mission execution, the engineer unit notify the engineer OCT they are prepared must demonstrate to the engineer OCT that to detonate charges. all components of the MICLIC are present  The unit, in conjunction with the engineer and fully functional. OCT, is required to proof the lane to ensure  The MICLIC must be employed IAW all demolitions have detonated prior to procedures outlined in FM 3-34.214 or allowing personnel or equipment to pass national regulations. through the lane.  The “Smokey Sam” sub caliber device will  In the event of a demolition misfire, the be fired to replicate the launching of the Engineer OCT determines what actions will rocket. Ten seconds after the “Smokey be taken. Demolition misfire clearing Sam” launches an OCT will detonate a hand operations are conducted as stated in FM 3- grenade simulator to simulate line charge 34.214. detonation.  Units may use prepared charges or  If the unit is not able to utilize the “Smokey manually laid demolition only if the engineer Sam” then ten seconds after the arm raises, OCT observes the preparation of the charge an OCT detonates a grenade simulator that and ensures that the charge is prepared, simulates the rocket firing. Ten seconds handled, emplaced, detonated, and proofed later or in conjunction with the operating by a qualified, competent unit engineer,E-5 unit’s firing command, a second grenade (US), OR-5 (NATO), or higher. The unit is simulator is detonated simulating the line responsible to ensure that the charge is charge exploding. handled safely through all phases of the 3. MICLIC ADJUDICATION operation. If the OCT observes neglect or AND ASSESSMENT unsafe handling of the charge they will  Once the MICLIC is fired, OCTs will inform the team 07 and confiscate the adjudicate effects for the MICLIC charge. charge. The OCT will then dismantle the After the 62 meter standoff is taken into charge and/or depose of it properly. The account, OCTs will remove any destroyed unit/Soldier will then be decertified at the mines in the 14m x 100m path credited to discretion of the team 07. the line charge. Any mines left in the lane by the OCT must be removed using appropriate 5-3 COMBINED ARMS MOBILITY proofing/reduction techniques. OPERATIONS – MANEUVER:  Immediately following the detonation and a. EXPLOSIVE OBSTACLE OCT action, the unit clears all mines along REDUCTION TECHNIQUES. See Table 5-2 for the "direct line" of the MICLIC (14m x Breach Adjudication. 100m). Any mines left in the lane by the 1. MINE CLEARING LINE OCT must be removed using appropriate CHARGE. (All platforms and multinational proofing/reduction techniques.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 For multiple MICLIC launches, failure to  Firing procedures for U.S. MICLIC. The overlap cleared areas from successive Smokey Sam is to be fired as you would an launches will result in the OCT assessing actual MK22 Rocket, using the actual vehicles in the un-cleared areas. MICLIC firing cables and blasting machine,  Minefields are not be considered completely with the following exceptions: reduced until a lane is proofed by a Mine- Clearing Blade (MCB), Mine-Clearing Roller  Remove the tape from the Rocket at the (MCR), ACE, or equivalent multinational time you would insert the pin into the equipment. head of the MK22 Rocket.  The unit clears any wire obstacle breached  A shunt is used to protect the Smokey by the line charge. Sam Rocket if the improvised cable is  Casualties may be assessed on unprotected used. and exposed personnel (dismounts,  Remove the shunt whenever you personnel in soft skin vehicles, TC’s in connect the Rocket cable to the charge hatches, etc.) within 200 meters to the rear, container as if you had unscrewed the 800 meters to the sides, and 400 meters to cap on a real rocket cable. the front of the MICLIC launching platform.  One proofing asset (tank with roller/plow,  Employment/Safety during Firing. ACE) may be directly in front (1 meter) of the vehicle towing or carrying the MICLIC  Units will implement live rocket and line without becoming a kill (IAW FM 3-34.214). charge MICLIC safety procedures 4. SMOKEY SAM during employment. PROCEDURES: SUB-CALIBER MK22  Units will prepare Smoky Sam sub- ROCKET REPLICATOR caliber devices at the engineer assault  Installation procedures on U.S. MICLIC position. equipment shown below. Modifications to  Units may not use the Smoky Sam sub- the mount and firing procedures must be caliber device if dismounted Soldiers are discussed during and developed during the within the SDZ. The unit OCT will rotational MPC. Smokey Sam CLV must be detonate a grenade simulator to provide ordered during the MPC. ground signature of rocket launch.  Units will not fire the Smoky Sam sub-  Bolt the mount onto the top of the caliber device if damage to the rocket launcher rail. occurs during transportation.  Install the Smokey Sam igniter by  The unit OC-T will make the final check running the electrical leads through the to ensure the area is safe before the launcher tube from the front, so that the Smoky Sam sub-caliber device is fired. igniter extends from the front of the tube 5. ANTI-PERSONNEL and tape it in place, covering as little of OBSTACLE BREACHING SYSTEM the igniter as possible. (APOBS), MAN PORTABLE LINE  Connect the electrical leads from the CHARGE (MPLC) OR SIMILAR NATIONAL igniter to the Rocket cable, and isolate DEVICE. each wire separately with electrical tape.  The APOBS or MPLC must be employed (If an improvised Rocket cable is used IAW procedures for operation under usual shunt it with a short piece of demo wire and unusual conditions as specified in TM 9- and secure it in place with tape). 1375-219-13&P or the Asymmetric Warfare  Run the wire along the side of the Group MPLC handbook dated launcher rail and tape it so it doesn’t 05Decemeber 2011. become cut or pinched.  The RTU must demonstrate to the Engineer  Slide the Smokey Sam Rocket onto the OCT prior to execution that all device launcher until it touches the back plate. components are on hand and fully (Ensure the fins are between their guide functional. pins). Use a couple inches of tape to  The OCT will simulate firing the line charge keep the Rocket from sliding off during by detonating a hand grenade simulator travel. after a 10 second delay for a mechanical

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

initiation, or on the operator’s command for approximate grid, and type of weapon a command initiation. Five seconds after the system that will be utilized to the OCT. first hand grenade simulator, a second hand  The unit must engage the mine with the grenade simulator will be detonated following bursts IOT simulate a successful simulating detonation of the line charge. direct fire and detonation of the landmine:  Immediately following the detonation, the  M249 or 5.56 equivalent – two 3-5 round unit clears all explosive hazards and wire bursts obstacles along the "direct line" of the  M240B or 7.62 equivalent – one 5-7 APOBS (.6m x 45m) or MPLC (1ftx82ft). round burst  The unit will then proof and mark the cleared  M2 or .50cal equivalent – one 5-7 round lane. burst  The unit clears any wire obstacle breached  Once the gunner fires the required bursts by the APOBS. the gunner takes cover to minimize 6. M1A2/M1A3 BANGALORE exposure to shrapnel/debris. TORPEDO OR SIMILAR NATIONAL  Upon completion of the direct fire method; DEVICE. the OCT will inform the unit of assessed  The unit must demonstrate to the Engineer effects. OCT prior to execution that all M1A2/M1A3  If assessed as reduced, the OCT will then components are on hand and fully functional proceed up to the assessed land mine(s) to include the priming system. DES and remove them prior to the unit proofing Bangalore is the only approved Bangalore and marking the lane. for use at HTA.  The unit will properly proof and mark the  OCTs will ensure the Bangalore Torpedo is lane prior to unit advancement. primed within one of the approved methods b. MECHANICAL OBSTACLE as outlined in FM 3-34.214. REDUCTION TECHNIQUES. See Table 5-2 for  OCT will inspect the emplacement of the Breach Adjudication. Bangalore Torpedo and priming method 1. PUSH/PULL THROUGH utilized. OCT will ensure that all Soldiers are METHOD. Units may use the push through at least 200 meters to the rear and 1000 method to reduce lanes in Conventional MFs meters left and right from the blast, and in and Scatterable MFs, however it is not defilade. Soldiers in a “missile proof shelter” recommended. (such as a buttoned-up armored vehicle)  Vehicles will move at no more than 5 mph in need only be 100 meters away. Upon a straight line (no turning/changing satisfactory emplacement, accountability of direction). personnel, established MSD and detonating  Vehicles will maintain a minimum distance of sequence the OCT will throw a hand one (1) meter for safety purposes. grenade simulator to replicate the blast. If  The “pushing” vehicle must be of the same Soldiers are un-protected the OCT will vehicle type or larger as the “pushed” assess casualties. vehicle.  The unit clears any wire obstacle breached  The “pushing” vehicle must have its gun by the Bangalore. tube to the side or rear. 7. DIRECT FIRE REDUCTION.  Vehicles may not be “pushed” uphill through This method is used to clear a single or up to a minefield. three landmines within a relative proximity not to  If a roller, plow, or blade asset is reducing a exceed 5 meters (16 feet) spacing between the lane in an obstacle and becomes disabled, it landmines. The unit must not be less than 100 cannot be “pushed” through a minefield. meters (328 feet) to direct fire a single landmine 2. MINE CLEARING BLADE and 200 meters (656 feet) to direct fire up to OR SIMILAR NATIONAL MINE CLEARING three landmines IOT not receive casualties as a BLADE ASSET . result of the direct fire.  All components of MCB or similar National  Prior to direct fire of the landmine the unit Mine Clearing Blade asset must be on hand must positively identified the type of mine and operational IAW applicable TMs, FMs (AP or AT), estimated distance from mine and safety messages. (no less than 100 meters) from the unit FLT,

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 Units must maintain appropriate spoil on the  All components of MCR must be on hand blade i.e. (up to the top of the moldboards). and operational IAW applicable TMs, FMs Plows will only be set at the 8” depth setting. and safety messages. If the MCB does not maintain appropriate  Each roller bank will be destroyed after it spoil on the blades (up to the top of the encounters two mines. OC-Ts will use a moldboards), the first mine that comes in hand grenade simulator to replicate the contact with the MCB will destroy the blade mine’s detonation on the roller bank. on the appropriate side of the tank. OC-Ts  On the third mine, per roller bank, the will use a hand grenade simulator to vehicle will be assessed as a mobility kill. replicate the mine’s detonation of the blade.  Crews will maintain the gun tube to the side  The second mine that comes in contact with or rear. If the main gun of the tank is not the MCB on that side of the tank will destroy traversed to the side during roller the tank. In this case, an OCT will manually operations, and a mine is encountered by assess the tank as a mobility kill. the tank, the tank will be assessed as a Additionally, if the MCB comes completely firepower kill upon completion of the breach. off the ground the tank will be assessed as a 4. ACE AND ARMORED D-7. mobility kill if the tank encounters a mine. Skimming with a blade asset (ACE or Dozer) is  When using an engineer blade to clear a considered a high risk operation that units can path through a scatterable minefield, use the use to safely reduce lanes. skim technique. Start skimming 100 meters  Dozers must be sandbagged to protect the from the suspected leading edge of the operator (IAW FM 3-34.210) or enough spoil minefield. to prevent blade to mine contact. If  Crews will maintain the gun tube to the side appropriate spoil is not maintained and a or rear. If the main gun of the tank is not mine contacts the blade, the blade is traversed to the side during plowing, and a destroyed and the vehicle can no longer be mine is encountered by the tank, the tank used for breaching operations. The OCT will will be assessed as a firepower kill upon throw a hand grenade simulator and completion of the breach. manually assesses the vehicle as a  A grenade simulator will signify each mine catastrophic kill. If multiple mines contact the encountered. blade the OCT may deem the operator as a  To plow on an improve tank trail the crew casualty and adjudicate accordingly. must:  The blade asset must make multiple,  Lower the plow and then raise the plow overlapping passes of no more than 15 to indicate the start and end point. meters, using a herringbone technique as  Drive straight and no more than 5 mph described in FM 3-34.210. until through the obstacle. 5. ASSAULT BREACHING  OCT directed pause for two minutes to VEHICLE. The Assault Breacher Vehicle (ABV) simulate raising the plow. with the Full-width Mine Plow (FWMP) attached  Each side of the plow will be destroyed after is capable of reducing lanes through a minefield. it encounters two mines if spoil is properly  All components of FWMP must be on hand maintained. The third mine to strike the tank and operational IAW applicable TMs, FMs on that side will result in a mobility kill. and safety messages.  If a similar National Mine Clearing Blade  During reduction operations the ABV must asset has technical data stating the asset maintain adequate spoil in front of the can withstand additional mine strikes, that FWMP to prevent contact with mines. data will be provided by the owning unit to  The FWMP can sustain three AT mine JMRC NLT the Final Planning Conference strikes per side before it becomes non- for the exercise in order to ensure proper mission capable. The OCT on the ground adjudication during the exercise. will detonate hand grenade simulators as 3. MINE CLEARING ROLLER. each mine detonates on the FWMP. The MCRs are best used to proof lanes in obstacles fourth mine strike per side will result in a breached by other means, such as the MICLIC mobility kill for the ABV the covering OCT. If or MCB. If units use rollers to detect, proof or the FWMP comes completely off the ground reduce minefields the following applies. during reduction operations the ABV will

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

also be assessed as a mobility kill if it bridges, fascines, blades, and tracked vehicle encounters a mine. reduction.  An ABV with the combat dozer blade (CDB)  Blade assets either physically reduce the attached is not recommended for use in obstacle, or if the obstacle is on an existing conducting reduction operations due to the tank trail, move to the edge of the obstacle CBD width being less than that of the ABV and replicate reduction by continuously track width. moving forward and backward for five  The ABV will be assessed as a mobility kill minutes. by the OCT on the ground if an ABV with the  Assault bridges must physically be placed CDB attached comes in contact with a mine. across the replicated or actual gap. Units The OCT will throw a hand grenade cannot replicate use of an assault bridge. simulator to replicate the detonation of the  Fascines may either physically reduce an mine. actual gap or replicate gap reduction if the 6. STRYKER MINE PLOW. The gap is replicated. When replicating reduction Engineer Squad Vehicle (ESV) Stryker Mine with a fascine, the fascine will be placed next Clearing Blade (MCB) is not capable of reducing to the intended lane before forces may pass or proofing minefields with buried mines. The through the lane. MCB does not create spoil in front of the blade  Combat tracked vehicles may physically and uses chains to prevent mine contact with reduce a dry gap or replicate reduction. If the the MCB. tracked vehicle is capable of physically  All components of MCB must be on hand reducing a dry gap the operator must identify and operational IAW applicable TMs, FMs the technical manual (if available), describe and safety messages. the reduction technique, and demonstrate the  During reduction operations if the MCB reduction technique to the covering OCT prior comes in contact with a mine, then that side to mission start. If a tracked vehicle replicates of the MCB is destroyed. The OCT on the reduction of a dry gap the operator must ground will use a grenade simulator to describe the reduction technique prior to replicate the mine strike. mission start, and during the mission move to  If the ESV comes in contact with a mine on the edge of the replicated gap and move the same side that the MCB was destroyed, continuously back and forth for ten minutes. then the ESV assessed as a catastrophic kill c. MANUAL OBSTACLE REDUCTION by an OCT. TECHNIQUES. 7. STRYKER MINE ROLLER. 1. GRAPPLING HOOK/HOOK The ESV can also mount a Light Weight Mine AND LINE (ALL VARIANTS). Manual reduction Roller (LWMR) to support mobility operations. techniques will be conducted IAW unit SOP. The LWMR is recommended to only be used When grappling, if a grappling hooks hits a during proofing operations. If an ESV with a mine, an OCT will assess the mine as destroyed LWMR attached is used to detect, proof, or along with the grappling hook and a small reduce minefields, the following applies. portion of the grappling hook line; due to anti-  All components of LWMR must be on hand handling devices. The lassoing technique thrown and operational IAW applicable TMs, FMs or placed around a mine, incurs the same anti- and safety messages. handling and casualty radius  During reduction operations if the LWMR adjudication/assessment. In addition, every time comes in contact with a mine, then that side a mine is moved using the lasso technique 15 of the LWMR is destroyed. The OCT on the feet of rope will be destroyed. ground will use a grenade simulator to  Anti-tank mines: An OCT will assess replicate the mine strike. casualties when Soldiers fail to protect  If the ESV comes in contact with a mine on themselves against the mine and or anti- the same side that the LWMR was destroyed, handling devices. An OCT will remove all then the ESV assessed as a catastrophic kill reduced mines prior to a vehicle moving thru by an OCT. the lane. 8. MECHANICAL DRY GAP  Antipersonnel mines: Proper grappling REDUCTION. Training units may reduce all techniques of trip-wires will result in the forms of dry gaps at the JMRC using assault grappled trip-wire AP mines being detonated

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

without casualties (i.e., hook as 60 meters of 3. OBSTACLE REDUCTION, line attached, Soldiers seeking cover after RECOVERY AND BATTLEFIELD throwing hook, Soldier moving to the end of RESTORATION. the excess rope before pulling hook towards  Obstacles are recovered IAW Chapter 1, him and throwing the hook three times para 1-8, POST BATTLE FIELD (crow-foot method) before moving to the end RESTORATION. of the grappled area to begin process  The emplacing unit is responsible for again). Failure to adhere to this procedure recovering all obstacles and restoration of will result in an OCT casualty assessment of the battlefield. the grappler.  Obstacles remain in effect throughout the  The OCT will throw a hand grenade training event unless they are properly simulator to replicate the detonation of the reduced by the training unit or OPFOR mine. during the course of the exercise or are 2. MINE DETECTOR (ALL recovered by the training unit at the direction VARIANTS). of the EXCON.  All components of mine detector must be on  The unit owning the obstacle is responsible hand and operational IAW applicable TMs, for removing the obstacle from the battlefield FMs and safety messages. during battlefield restoration.  The unit must follow their own SOPs and 4. OBSTACLES AND OFF conduct operations safely. The OCT LIMIT AREAS. adjudicates casualties as needed.  Obstacles are not tied into off limit areas, but 3. MINE HANDLING AND can be replicated in off limit areas to achieve RENDER SAFE. Soldier demonstrates and effects. follows steps in unit SOP. A talk through with the  Emplacing units replicate obstacles in off OCT thru all the steps before the Soldier limit areas by: proceeds is required. Failure to follow unit SOPs or talk through procedures will result in the OCT  Placing sufficient quantity of barrier assessing casualties. material to cross the off limit area at the point where the obstacle enters the off 5-4 COMBINED ARMS OBSTACLE limit area. INTEGRATION:  Emplacing unit will position the required a. GENERAL. manpower or equipment at the off limit 1. SAFETY. Units will not area to wait the required time to construct obstacles that are inherently emplace the obstacle across the off limit dangerous. Covering OCTs reserve the right to area. determine if an obstacle is dangerous.  For obstacles that require mechanical 2. REPORTING assets to construct the equipment must REQUIREMENTS. All training units will report wait the appropriate time to complete emplacement of reinforcing and protective the obstacle. obstacles through their chain of command to  If materials and time are not accounted HICON, and to their covering OCT. Reports will for, a lane will be created at the point include at a minimum: where the obstacle meets the off-limits  Obstacle Number area to simulate a bypass  Obstacle Type around/through the obstacle.  8-Digit Location (Center Grid or Corners); if 5. USE OF VEHICLES AS a point obstacle include orientation and OBSTACLES. Tactical vehicles may not be dimensions. used as obstacles. Only if authorized by EXCON  Composition may junk vehicles be used as obstacles in  If located in an JMRC Urban area include MOUT training sites. building number, floor, and specific location. 6. BARRIERS. Barriers Reporting Obstacles to the covering OCT does (concrete or plastic) may be utilized as obstacles not alleviate the training unit from reporting for blocking, canalizing, or disrupting obstacles to their parent unit IAW their SOP. movements by both BLUFOR and OPFOR.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 Vehicle with blades may be used to breach, 2. SCATTERABLE MINES move, or otherwise render obstacles (SCATMIN)/REMOTELY DELIVERED constructed with concrete or plastic barriers MUNITIONS (RDM). ineffective. (a) BLUFOR SCATMIN.  BLUFOR and OPFOR will exercise caution  BLUFOR is limited to using the Remote Anti- while pushing concrete or water filled plastic Armor Munitions (RAAM) and Volcano to barriers in order to prevent damage to construct SCATMIN mine fields or similar equipment or destroy resources. Barriers will national systems. Authorized RAAM only be moved far enough to create a DODICs are D509 and D503, and the suitable lane through the obstacle. authorized VOLCANO DODIC is J003. b. LANDMINE AND NETWORKED  The minimum SCATMIN SAWE supported MUNITIONS. dimension is 50x50 meters. 1. PERSISTENT MINES.  Release authority and the number of Replicated persistent anti-tank/vehicle SCATMIN minefields authorized will be landmines are authorized for use at HTA IAW stated in the HICON order for the training with national policies and caveats. All national rotation. policies and caveats must be identified prior to  Report intention and request for execution of the start of the exercise with the covering OCT any anticipated SCATMIN minefields team. through the Brigade Engineer to HICON at a  Mines may be buried, camouflaged, or minimum of 30 minutes prior to planned surface-laid. emplacement of the SCATMIN. This will  Mines with tilt rods must be buried or staked allow fire markers and OCTs to position IAW doctrinal publications. Failure to do so themselves to mark and adjudicate the will result in mines not receiving complete SCATMIN. Reporting is IAW the HICON effects. reporting requirements. A SCATMINWARN  Placing a white sticky label on the top of the will be sent 30 minutes prior to execution of mine replicates arming and fusing of training a SCATMIN minefield unit mines. The label must have the DTG,  Exposed personnel and vehicles located in the emplacing Soldier’s unit, and his initials. the safety zone or footprint of the SCATMIN “Hundred Mile and Hour” tape or engineer minefield while it is being fired may be marking tape may be used instead of a assessed as casualties. white sticky label.  All SCATMIN will self-destruct when they  A 2” Styrofoam square placed underneath reach their expiration time, based on when the anti-tank training mine replicates anti-lift they were emplaced unless otherwise devices. Training units must replicate the directed by COM instructions. See Table 5-3 additional time per anti-tank mine necessary SCATMIN SD Windows. to emplace each AHD.  Units may only SCATMINWARN the number  The use of anti-handling devices and booby of available loads they have for a particular traps is allowed at JMRC, IAW national system. Example is the BCT can fire 2 policies and caveats, provided the Class V is RAAM targets, then the BCT may only have properly requested and on hand and the 2 open SCATMINWARN targets at any correct procedures are used IAW the given time. appropriate doctrine. (b) ARTILLERY DELIVERED  BLUFOR persistent AT/AV landmine types RAAM OR SIMILAR NATIONAL SYSTEM. must be identified prior to the start of the  The duration of a RAAM minefield is either 4 exercise. OPFOR persistent AT/AV or 48 hour duration. landmines are the TM-62 and TM-89, and  The standard artillery delivered minefield is the OPFOR persistent AP landmine is the a short duration, medium density, 400m x PMN2. 400m meter square. Units are not limited to the standard duration/ density. Units may fire one 200mx200m, 200mx400m, 400mx400m or 200mx800m RAAM only unless otherwise authorized and resourced by HICON.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 Inaccurately or improperly executed execution when he lowers it (system off, ADAM/RAAM minefields are emplaced as minefield complete). fired.  The emplacing unit marks the minefield  Marking RAAM. Fire markers will mark with yellow aiming stakes/pickets and artillery delivered minefields with: training SCATMINES at each corner.  Five air burst artillery simulators and  The unit must report in writing the eight one violet smoke when they receive digit grid coordinate for each corner and ‘shot’ from the firing battery. start/end point of the center line of the  Yellow Pickets on the corners and two minefield to the covering OCT. Yellow Pickets, one meter apart, at the  The training unit will also place training center of the minefield. mines on all trails entering the minefield.  Training mines are placed on tank trails  Assessing Volcano Minefield BDA. When leading into the minefield, within the the first vehicle enters a VOLCANO capability of the Fire marker or OCT. minefield the over watching OCT or fire  An additional violet smoke and hand marker will: grenade simulator will be thrown when  Initiate a violet smoke grenade and a the first vehicle enters the minefield and hand grenade simulator as the first is assessed as a casualty. For vehicle enters the minefield and assess subsequent vehicles, only a hand casualties. grenade simulator will be thrown.  Hand Grenade simulators denote all (c) GROUND EMPLACED subsequent kills as additional vehicles VOLCANO OR SIMILAR NATIONAL SYSTEM. enter the minefield.  Allocation of Volcano loads is determined  SAWE is the primary adjudicator of through the HICON operations order. effects until a lane is created in the  All components of the VOLCANO system minefield. must be on hand and operational to emplace (d) AIR DELIVERED a minefield IAW the applicable manual. VOLCANO OR SIMILAR NATIONAL SYSTEM.  With an OCT present and observing, the unit See Chapter 7, Aviation, Paragraph 7-11. must turn the system on and drive the center 3. OPFOR RDM. line(s) of the minefield IAW the procedures  OPFOR is limited to using the artillery outlined in doctrinal publications. delivered RDM with a maximum dimension  Ground VOLCANO minefields will receive of 200x1000 meters, ground emplaced RDM minimal effects along the centerline. This is with a maximum dimension of 120x1500 traveled pathway will be adjudicated by the meters; and infantry emplaced RDM with a covering OCT. maximum dimension of 20x10 meters.  Units cannot use the centerline as a true,  All OPFOR RDM are AT/AP mix. cleared path for vehicle travel unless they 4. OCT COVERAGE execute breaching, proofing and marking RESPONSIBILITIES. An OCT, from the owning operations along the path. training unit, will provide coverage of any  There is no requirement for the VOLCANO SCATMIN field until it self-destructs. If no unit system to actually launch training mines. owns the SCATMIN field then an engineer OCT  Marking Ground Emplaced VOLCANO will provide coverage. Minefields.  Assessment. SAWE is the primary means to  OCTs initiate VOLCANO with a hand assess BDA in a SCATMIN field. If SAWE is grenade simulator and a violet smoke non-operational the covering OCT will grenade at the start of the center line manually assess BDA. There is no limit to and the end of the center line as the the number of vehicles destroyed by the VOLCANO system executes the SCATMIN field unless the area covered by minefield. the destroyed vehicles creates a lane in the  The TC of the emplacing vehicle raises obstacle. a red flag to signal the start of the  Reduction: Once a unit prepares to reduce a execution (system deploying mines), lane through the SCATMIN field, SAWE is and keeps it raised until the end of turned off and BDA is manual adjudicated by

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

the covering OCT. If the attempt to emplace considerations or where constructed the actual a lane fails, then SAWE is turned back on. obstacle across the tank trail would violate the c. CONSTRUCTED OBSTACLES. EXPRO. 1. EMPLACEMENT.  Administrative lanes must be at least 3  Units may construct obstacles that can meters wide to accommodate one-way physically block roads and trails using traffic only. Units will close the administrative materials issued through the Class IV/V lane with a single strand of concertina wire supply system. Excavation, use of berms or hooked (not tied) to the pickets on each side earthen obstacles is not authorized on tank of the lane. The single strand of concertina trails or within 5 meters of tank trails. wire will have a single piece of white Earthen berms may be used on tank trails if engineer tape threaded through the top of the spoil is brought in from a site not further the wire to mark the lane. Illuminated night than five meters from a tank trail. markings are required.  If a unit wishes to emplace a tank ditch,  An engineer OCT will validate the replicated berm, or other constructed obstacle across a obstacle by placing a placard on the tank trail but cannot due to EXPRO obstacle indicating what it is and that it constraints it must be replicated. Replicate meets EXPRO standards. See Figure 5-1 for construction of the obstacle by positioning placard example. the required equipment, materials, and  Only OCTs, fire markers, JMRC EXCON, or manpower at the site and wait the emergency vehicles may use this lane. appropriate amount of time to "complete" the Training Unit or OPFOR personnel or obstacle. If equipment is required to vehicles observed using this lane will be construct the obstacle, i.e. D7, ACE, or assessed as a SBDA catastrophic kill for an chainsaw, then the equipment must be EXPRO violation and must be reconstituted operated the entire wait period. Mark the IAW Chapter 7. The training unit and replicated obstacle as an administrative OPFOR must physically reduce the obstacle lane; see Chapter 5.6, paragraph 3.B. for and create a separate lane. administrative lanes.  Units will leave sufficient rolls of wire and  An engineer OCT will validate the replicated pickets stacked to the side of the tank trail, obstacle by placing a placard on the and on the friendly side of the obstacle, to obstacle indicating what it is and that it replicate consumption of Class IV materials meets EXPRO standards. See Figure 5-1 for needed to actually complete the obstacle. placard example. See Figure 5-4 for OCTs will open the lane, and allow all pictures of Engineer Obstacles. tactical traffic to maneuver through it if 2. ADMINISTRATIVE LANES. insufficient barrier materials are not stacked Training Unit and OPFOR units will provide an near (within 10 meters) the obstacle and in administrative lane, on designated plain sight. administrative routes, through any wire/picket,  When terrain is too restrictive and an log, road crater, or tank ditch obstacle. The administrative lane is the only point that can primary purpose of designated administrative be breached, a unit may breach at the routes is to allow direct access to ambulance administrative lane provided the unit moves exchange points (AXPs) for emergency vehicles. breaching assets to the edge of the See Appendix A-16 for administrative routes obstacle, remain stationary for the time requiring an administrative lane. The required to breach that obstacle and expend administrative lane will be on the tank trail itself, assets necessary to conduct the breach. and not adjacent to the tank trail, or a bypass During this period, the breaching element is around the obstacle. If a route has not been subject to all battlefield effects. designated as an administrative route, wire  OCTs, fire markers, JMRC EXCON, or obstacles, or the standard EXPRO marking emergency crews will open and close the system for road craters or abatis are lane to permit passage through the obstacle. authorized to be constructed over that route 3. WIRE OBSTACLES. without constructing an administrative lane.  Units will not construct any wire obstacle Administrative lanes are used to replicate that is inherently unsafe. Examples include, obstacles along primary routes for safety but are not limited to, single strand barbed-

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

wire, un-marked cattle fence, or tangle foot. and used as obstacles if approved in The covering OCT is empowered to advance by the covering OCT team. Tactical determine if a wire obstacle is unsafe and vehicles may not be used as obstacles. require its removal.  Units defending urban training sites will  11-Row obstacles requiring an establish a minimum of one administrative administrative lane will the mark the lane lane into the urban site for real world both at the 1st and 11th row IAW medical evacuation. administrative lane markings and the 2nd -  Obstacle Reporting: Defending units must 10th rows will only cover ½ of the tank trail report all obstacles and booby traps in and so long as it supports one-way traffic. around urban sites. Defending units must 4. EARTHEN OBSTACLES. also physically show covering OCTs all  All earthen obstacles should be constructed obstacles prior to NLT the defend time. IAW applicable doctrine. Earthen obstacles  Units may not dig in urban sites. effects are self-adjudicating. Units will not d. DEMOLITION OBSTACLES. receive constructive credit for improperly  Units may employ demolitions obstacles at prepared earthen obstacles. the JMRC.  Units will use administrative lane markings  Demolition obstacles are not simulated, but to replicate earthen obstacles designed to are replicated requiring training units to have cross tank trails and/or off limits areas. the required DES on hand to create the  Units will mark all anti-vehicular ditches with obstacle. The covering OCT will review all “U”-shaped pickets every 25 meters with the demolition calculations to ensure the unit “U” side facing away from the spoil. Chem- sufficiently employs the correct amount of lights will be placed in the “U”, every 24 DES to achieve the desired effect. hours, to prevent vehicles from rolling into  Demolition obstacles improperly replicated the ditch during limited visibility conditions. will achieve only achieve limited effects as 5. LOG AND PRE- determined by the covering OCT. FABRICATED BARRIERS(CUBES, JERSEY  Demolition obstacles will be activated by the BARRIERS, DRAGONS TEETH, ETC). covering OCT once all demo calculations  Units are allowed to construct or emplace and charge placement and paperwork are barriers out of logs and other pre-fabricated verified, placards are placed, and barriers. All log and pre-fabricated barriers administrative lanes established if required. must be requested and received from the 1. ABATIS. JMRC CL IV yard.  Units may employ abates using either DES  Units will not cut live trees, deadfall, or logs or mechanical means. found in the training area to construct log  DES will be placed on the ground next barriers without permission from the JMRC to the trees and systems must be S-4. If a unit is found cutting live trees or emplaced before the OCT authorizes using deadfall or logs found in the training the blast. Improperly placed charges will area without permission then they will be result in trees failing in a direction assessed a monetary fee. deemed appropriate by the covering  Barriers may be placed on all tank trails OCT and may not receive the desired unless it requires an administrative lane. effects. 6. RUBBLE AND URBAN  Created abatis may be replicated with CLUTTER OBSTACLES. either saws and/or heavy equipment.  Units may place obstacles on any trail or Equipment must physically be operated road within the urban sites. Neither Training on site for the required time to create Unit nor OPFOR may emplace obstacles in the abatis. tunnels. Units may place wire obstacles on  Abatis are marked by a single strand top of existing structures, and only wire concertina wire across road at start and end obstacles to block the sewer entrance. points of obstacle. Each side of trees used  Existing buildings and structures may not be will be marked with engineer tape tied altered or damaged to create obstacles. together wrapping once around each tree  Civilian (junk) automobiles located in used. URBAN TRAINING site may be relocated

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 Abatis effects are activated once the 5-5 SURVIVABILITY: covering OCT installs the obstacle placard. a. Vehicle and individual positions will 2. ROAD CRATER. be constructed IAW applicable national  Units may employ road craters using DES standards and doctrine. Units must identify what shaped and cratering charges, or assigned standards are being used to construct mechanical sets (where digging is survivability positions to the covering OCT. permitted). If digging is not permitted the  Units will not be allowed to occupy positions covering OCT will adjudicate dig time. deemed unsafe by the covering OCT.  Two DES shots are required for  Improperly constructed fighting positions demolition created road crater. The first and other excavations that would not shot is for the shape charges, and the provide adequate protection will result in second shot is for the cratering charges. OCT adjudication of elements occupying the The shape charge shot can be removed position if engaged. if the unit decides to mechanically  Survivability positions cannot be replicated. prepare the holes for the cratering Units must physically prepare survivability charges. positions. Survivability positions cannot be  Road craters created with mechanical constructed in off-limit areas. means will follow the procedures b. MARKING AND REPORTING. outlined for a tank ditch. The only  Marking of Locations. All unoccupied difference is the method of marking. survivability positions and excavations will  Replicated road craters are marked with a be marked IAW unit SOP. Marking positions “U”-shaped picket tripod within the crater with a U-shaped and Chem-lights at each of center line, and the perimeter outline is the four corners during limited visibility is marked in a ring of concertina wire. Effects recommended. will only be adjudicated inside the concertina  Marking is not required for occupied wire perimeter. positions; crews may remove marking when  Road crater effects are activated once the they occupy. covering OCT installs the obstacle placard.  All survivability positions will be recorded 3. BRIDGE DEMOLITION. with an eight-digit center grid and reported  Units may employ bridge demolitions at the through the units chain of command to JMRC. Des is used to replicate demolition of HICON, and to the covering OCT. the abutments, approach, and wear surface c. SAFETY. of the bridge. Units will not use DES on the  Pre-dig Observer. The unit will conduct a support structure of the bridge. Units will surface only inspection of the proposed place required DES charges on the ground digging site for unexploded ordnance prior to and mark the location of the intended the excavation start. structure cuts with tied white engineer tape.  All heavy equipment operators are required Covering OCTs will verify demolition to wear their body armor and helmets when calculations prior to blast to adjudicate operating non-armored excavation effects post blast. equipment to protect against potential UXO  The covering OCT will use two grenade detonation. simulators and one white smoke grenade to  All training units will comply with the JMRC indicate the bridge is destroyed. tactical dig instructions. All survivability  Units will mark the bridge demolition with an positions must be approved by the covering administrative lane marking at either end of OCT prior to excavation start. the bridge and a “U”-shaped picket tripod in the center of the bridge. If the approach was 5-6 EXPLOSIVE HAZARD OPERATIONS: cratered then an additional road crater must a. IED Replication. Improvised be marked before and/or after the bridge. Explosive Devices (IEDs) at JMRC are  Bridge demolition effects are activated once replicated using approved audio and visual the covering OCT installs the obstacle devices. All IEDs are competitively placed into placard. the training scenario meaning OPFOR will not administratively place IEDs into play.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

 Upon detonation of an IED, OCTs on the  The covering OCT adjudicates effects in ground will use visual and/or administrative accordance with IAW Table 5-4. means through TAF and relevant OCT  OPFOR engaging in an SIED are not channels to halt the effected training unit in competitive for 24 hours after detonation. order to assess battle damage to personnel 3. DEEP BURIED IEDS. and equipment IAW Table 5-4.  OPFOR may use deep buried emplacement  IEDs are valid only if all five components are with HME and military grade munitions IEDs. replicated and present with the visual IED OPFOR will use deep buried IEDs IAW the device; trigger, initiator, main, charge, power OE. source, and container. All components must  OPFOR Requirements: be connected together and pass continuity  Minimum 2x personnel and 1x vehicle when activated. on site.  IEDs replicated at JMRC will represent  OPFOR must be on site for a minimum current IED threats across the world and of 45 minutes. may change from rotation to rotation based  OCT Requirements: on the replicated operational environment.  Verify OPFOR is on site for a minimum  IED effects are typically created by one of of 45 minutes with required personnel three means at the JMRC. and equipment.  IEDES. The Improvised Explosive  Mark blast area with crater mat or Device Effects System is the Army’s pickets and C-wire with a crater plaque program of record for IED effects and is following IED detonation. the primary means used at the JMRC. b. UNEXPLODED ORDNANCE (UXO).  Grenade simulator. An OCT may use a 1. SAFETY. grenade simulator to replicate the audio  JMRC has both real world and training and visual signatures of the IED. unexploded ordnance on the battlefield. To  Siren. Some IEDs are connected to ensure the safety of everyone and proper sirens that will emit an audio and/or training for the rotational unit, the following visual signature to replicate IED procedures are in place. detonation  For safety purposes Soldiers will consider all 1. VBIED. UXO found on the JMRC battlefield as live.  VBIEDs will consist of a modified OPFOR Even blue painted training ordnance can vehicle with two or more 155mm military have explosive hazards associated with grade munitions and/or 100Lbs or greater of them and thus should not be handled by HME. untrained Soldiers (examples include  Adjudication of VBIEDs will be in spotting charges in 2.75” hydra sub- accordance with Table 5-4. munitions and practice bombs).  Upon event termination, the OPFOR vehicle  Soldiers will not touch, run over, or disturb will return to the RTOC. UXO for any reason.  If a modified OPFOR vehicle is unavailable, 2. LIVE UXO REPORTING an OCT will replicate the VBIED with three AND MARKING. Any Soldier spotting a UXO artillery grenade simulators and a smoke will perform the following measures: pot, or three artillery simulators and three  Prepare a standard UXO Spot Report (See smoke grenades. However, OPFOR must Soldier's Manual of Common Tasks, Skill notify the covering OCT and still provide a Level 1, STP21-24 SMCT 093-401-5040 designated VBIED vehicle. (SL1) - React to Unexploded Ordnance  If executed as a suicide VBIED, an OCT will Hazards) and forward the report through assess OPFOR as KIA, and are not their chain of command and through their competitive for 24 hours. covering OCT. 2. SIED.  UXO Marking: Do not move or remove  OPFOR replicates a suicide IED with one or anything on or near a suspect UXO. Any more T-IED booby trap devices attached to UXO found will be marked using the NATO their person. UXO markers or, as an alternative, with pickets or stakes. Place chem-lights and engineer tape three (3) feet off the ground

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

so that they are visible from all approach 5. VERIFICATION. After the routes. detonation and verification of the disposal by the 3. EOD SUPPORT. The JMRC rotational unit and the OCT, the rotational unit has no tenant EOD unit to respond to UXO will contact their chain of command with a green reports. Rotational EOD units in support of the and clear and the O/CT will contact the DTOC rotation or the Grafenwoehr EOD response team with green and clear. will respond to all requests for EOD support in d. ROBOTS. the training area. 1. DRAW. Units are able to  Live UXO. If the rotational EOD unit draw robotic equipment for the BCT from the determines that the ordnance encountered Raptor 14 team. is live, the responding EOD unit will follow 2. DISTRIBUTION. Robots are the demolition procedures outlined in para 5- for EOD and route clearance teams. Distribution 12 for disposal operations. Unit will construct of robots is up to the BCT to determine between protective works if required. Information on the two entities. all items destroyed or not destroyed by the 3. EMPLOYMENT. The robot rotational EOD unit will be forwarded to the will only be employed within the usage limits of JMRC Safety officer and the Raptor 14 team the equipment and when an OCT is present to EOD OC-T to have the UXO removed from observe the operation. There will be no the JMRC UXO database. simulated use of the robots.  Training UXO. EOD units will treat all 4. ASSESSMENT. The robot training munitions as actual munitions and will be assessed as a catastrophic kill if an IED will perform all necessary procedures to is detonated within 5 meters. The robot will be mitigate or eliminate the UXO hazard. assessed as mobility kill if an IED is detonated  Scrap. EOD units will remove all scrap between 5 and 15 meters. The robot will no ordnance out of the immediate area to longer be able to function properly, but will be eliminate the confusion of whether it is live able to move, if an IED is detonated between 15 or not. All scrap will be disposed of by and 25 meters. detonation at the end of rotation by the 5. VEHICLE ASSESSMENT. If rotational EOD unit. the robot system is in a vehicle that becomes a c. LIVE UXO/IED DEMOLITION catastrophic kill the system will also be PROCEDURES. destroyed. The system can be transferred from 1. LIVE DEMO. The rotational vehicles with mobility, communication, or EOD/EN units are authorized to utilize live Class firepower kills under OCT supervision. V demolition materials during force on force and 6. RESUPPLY. The unit can live fire. request another device in the same manner as 2. SDZ & TCP. The rotational requesting the replacement vehicle. unit will clear the SDZ for the explosives being utilized in the destruction. The unit will set up 5-7 MILITARY WORKING DOGS: TCPs to stop all traffic into the SDZ; this a. GENERAL. A military working dog includes OCT vehicles and contractors. team consists of one dog and on handler trained 3. CLEARANCE. After the SDZ and certified as an entity. An Army MWD will and TCPs are established, the rotational unit normally be a military police, engineer, or calls their chain of command to go red direct. special forces, qualified in his or her primary This request must go all the way to the DTOC MOS. for approval. The rotational BCT does not have b. ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY. the authority to authorize red direct for live 1. MWDs are not a stand-alone demolitions. Simultaneously the demolition system for conducting search operations and will qualified OCT contacts the DTOC to request red not be separated from their handler. If assessed direct status. as casualties the MWD team will remain 4. EXECUTION. Upon receipt of uncompetitive until the team is reconstituted red direct from their chain of command and final through normal EXPRO. approval of the OCT on the site; the rotational 2. To prevent accidental injury unit may detonate the charges. from working dogs, all personnel should keep a 5 meter buffer from the dog whenever possible.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

When working off leash they can become and a target folder to depict the method of involved in fighting with feral dogs and other attack and resources required IAW doctrinal animals and can be endangered by heavy publications. volume, high speed traffic. Although some types  Units will consider only actual existing of MWD are not trained to bite and hold, these conditions for preparing demolitions plans. dogs still have inherent nature to bite. There is no replication for dimensions and materials (i.e. “caves” are actually 5-8 SUBTERRANEAN OPERATIONS: constructed of sewage culverts not of solid a. JMRC has constructed facilities to rock). replicate caves and tunnels throughout the  The training unit must physically construct maneuver training area. These facilities provide all cribbing or forms for elevated charges the training unit the opportunity to exercise and tamped charges. operations in restricted spaces in a realistic  Each charge will be replicated by a 5”X8” environment. card depicting the type and quantities of b. Subterranean Demolitions. demolitions used and a sketch of how it is  Unless otherwise specified in pre-rotation constructed. The 5”X8” card will be placed exercise design or in combat instructions, where the actual demolitions would be training units are authorized to replicate the placed. The emplacing unit will wait the demolishing (rubbling) of these facilities to required time to complete the charges, as deny the opposing forces their use. determined by their OCT.  Units will have to demonstrate and prepare  An engineer OCT will determine if the detailed plans for the execution of the calculations and placement of the charges demolition. Units are only authorized to will adequately rubble the cave complex. replicate the use of MTOE equipment and  If the cave is adequately destroyed, then the standard demolitions. engineer OCT will coordinate with EXCON  At no time will DES or pyrotechnics be used to have the complex locked and placed off on or inside these facilities. limits for the duration of the exercise.  Training units will complete a Demolitions Reconnaissance Record DA Form 2203-R

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

5-9 ADJUDICATION TABLES:

Table 5-1: Weapon Effects For Urban Breaching Charges EXPLOSIVES DISADVANTAGES CHARGE OBSTACLE ADVANTAGES NEEDED Wall Breach Charge (Satchel Charge or Breaches - Does not destroy rebar UShapedCharge) through wood, - Detonation - High overpressure masonry, or - Easy and quick to make cord - Appropriate attachment Casualty effects: Any brick, and - Quick to place on target - C4 or TNT methods needed personnel within 10 meters reinforced - Fragmentation on opposite side of concrete walls wall/door from charge become a casualty. Silhouette Charge Wooden doors; - Minimal shrapnel creates man-size Casualty effects: Any - Easy to make hole. - Detonation personnel within 3 meters - Makes entry hole - Bulky; not easily carried Selected walls cord on opposite side of to exact (plywood, wall/door from charge specifications Sheet-rock, becomes a casualty. CMU)

General Purpose Charge Door knobs, - C4 - Small, lightweight Casualty effects: Any mild steel chain, - Other locking mechanisms - Detonation - Easy to make personnel within 2 meters locks, or may make charge ineffective cord - Very versatile on opposite side of door equipment become a casualty.

Rubber Strip Charge Wood or metal - Small, easy to doors; dislodges - Sheet carry Casualty effects: Any doors from the Explosive - Uses small personnel within 2 meters frame, windows - Detonation amount of on opposite side of door with a physical cord explosives become a casualty. security system - Quick to place on target - Small, lightweight Flexible Linear Charge - Quick to place on Wooden doors; target windows cuts Casualty effects: Any Detonation - Several can be - Proper two-sided adhesive door along the personnel within 2 meters cord carried by one man required length off the on opposite side of door - Will defeat most charge. become a casualty. doors regardless of

locking systems

Doorknob Charge Detonation - Small, lightweight Doorknobs on Casualty effects: Any cord or flexible - Easily transported - Other locking mechanisms wood or light personnel within 2 meters linear shaped - Quick to place on may make charge ineffective metal doors on opposite side of door charge door become a casualty.

Chain-link Ladder Charge

Casualty effects: Any Rapidly creates personnel within 5 meters a hole in chainlink - C4 - Cuts chain link on opposite side of door - Man must stand to emplace fence large - Detonation quickly and becomes a casualty. it enough to run Cord efficiently NOTE: All doorknobs and prop- through sticks will become secondary missiles; any charge placed on metal may create shrapnel.

NOTE: All doorknobs and prop-sticks will become secondary missiles; any charge placed on metal may create shrapnel.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

TABLE 5-2: TRAINING UNIT BREACHING ASSETS BREACH ASSET OBSTACLE TYPE EFFECT REMARKS Conventional MF For Scatterable MFs, OCT determines based on TNT/C-4 one charge per 5 # of mines/charges Scatterable MF meters of depth OCT determines IAW Refer to paragraph Bangalore Torpedo Wire & Conventional MF Section 5.3, paragraph FM 3-34.214 1.D. Wire 14 m X 100 m path in Refer to paragraph MICLIC the direction the rocket Section 5.3, paragraph All Mine Fields is pointing 1.A. Anti Personal Direct Line Refer to Section 5.3, APOB/MPLC paragraphs 1.B. and 1.C. Wire 0.6m x 45m OCT determines, IAW Shape/ Crater Charge Road Block FM 3-34.214 3 mines per side Conventional MF disables system. Refer to paragraph Mine Clearing Rollers ARTY SCATMINE Section 5.3, paragraph 200 M 2.C. UMZ 120 M 3 mines per side Conventional MF disables system Refer to paragraph Mine Clearing Blade ARTY SCATMINE Section 5.3, paragraph 400 M 2.B. UMZ 120 M Skimming w/ ACE, Conventional AP MF OCT determines IAW OCT determines if IAW

Dozer Scatterable AP MF FM 3-34.10 FM 3-34.10 OCT determines if IAW Refer to paragraph Vehicle Push Through All Minefields Section 5.3, paragraph ROE 2.A. AVLB RC, ATD Actual Effect Actual effect or 5 Blade Asset RC, ATD minute delay * MOPMS employed as a fix obstacle IAW Paragraph 5-5.o.13 are equivalent to Volcano obstacles for adjudication of breach effects

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Table 5-3: SCATMIN SD Windows

SD Time SD Window Begins 4 hours 3 hours 12 minutes 48 hours 38 hours 24 minutes 5 days 4 days 15 days 12 days

Table 5-4: IED Adjudication

M1,M2, M3, STRYKER Stryker w/o Armor, M113, Armored Light Skinned IED Type Personnel W/Armor M88 HMMWV Vehicles KIA 60 m Mob Kill 15 m Mob Kill 15 m Mob Kill 15 m Cat Kill 25 m WIA up to VBIED 100 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 40 m SBD up to 40 m Mob Kill 50 m KIA 2 m SIED SBD up to 5 m SBD up to 5 m SBD up to 5 m SBD up to 10 m WIA up to 15 m

1-2 Military Mob Kill if direct hit Mob Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit KIA 10 m Ordnance IED WIA up to 25 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 40 m

3 or more Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Daisy Chained KIA 25 m IEDs WIA up to SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 40 m 40 m KIA 5 m Mob Kill if direct hit Mob Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit HME< 10lbs WIA up to 15 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 40 m KIA 10 m Mob Kill if direct hit Mob Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit Cat Kill if direct hit HME>10lbs WIA up to 25 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 30 m SBD up to 40 m KIA Direct DSC/EFP Line< Direct Line Cat Kill Direct Line Cat Kill Direct Line Cat Kill Direct Line Cat Kill 50m < 30 m < 40 m < 40 m < 40 m

*All adjudications are subject to OCT discretion

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Figure 5-1: Obstacle Placard

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Figure 5-2: IED Emplacement Communication

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Figure 5-3: No Dig Overlay

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Figure 5-4: Engineer Obstacles

Road Crater

Abatis

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 5 ENGINEER

Figure 5-5: Engineer Obstacle Enemy Adjudication Chart

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 6 AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY

6-1 PURPOSE: To outline Air Defense Activities at JMRC, and describe Air Defense 6-5 MILES/AGES II ENGAGEMENTS: requirements and restrictions. a. MILES/AGES (or AGES II, when fielded) must be operational and must be used 6-2 DIVISION EARLY WARNING (DEW) NET: for a successful engagement (i.e., the ATWESS Rotational units will receive warnings from the cartridge must be fired and the FLASHWESS HICON G3 Air only in the form of ADW/LADW must be operational for a valid engagement reporting: White / Snowman, Yellow / Lookout, when available). or Red / Dynamite. Actual radar tracking of b. The Avenger is replicated by the rotary wing assets in the box is the responsibility Avenger force-on-force trainer (FOFT) MILES of BLUFOR ADA assets. system or the Mobile Air Survivability Trainer (MAST). 6-3. ACTIVE AND PASSIVE AIR DEFENSE c. AVENGER engagements will be a. ACTIVE AIR DEFENSE. A valid determined IAW MILES engagements against engagement is determined when the fire unit MILES/AGES (AGES II) equipped aircraft. acquires tracks and properly fires the weapon Against non-MILES/AGES (AGES II) equipped system at a positively identified target when aircraft, engagements will be determined IAW within range. Firing systems must be operational Paragraph 6-4 (below). to engage a target. MANPADS must fire the d. An OCT will simulate the launch of designated blue marked ATWESS cartridge to SAMs from the Avenger system using white star achieve a valid engagement when ATWESS is clusters. available. The maximum effective range of the Stinger MILES is 5000m. OCTs will replicate the 6-6 NON-MILES GROUND TO AIR firing of an ADA weapon system with a white ENGAGEMENTS: star cluster or a grenade simulator when a. Helicopter: Refer to paragraph 7-10. available. The OCT notifies their respective b. Non-MILES engagements are Training Analysis Facility (TAF) who notifies the evaluated based on the level of air defense Falcon TAF, Dodge City, to inform the OPFOR against the appropriate attacking aircraft (Refer aircraft of the shoot down when aircraft are to 7-8). operating without the MILES system. c. Combined Arms for Air Defense b. PASSIVE AIR DEFENSE. Passive air (CAFADs): One half or more of a company/team defense measures are monitored by both air available small arms/automatic weapons must defense OCTs and maneuver Co/Tm OCTs. be fired toward the aircraft to constitute a valid Use of passive air defense measures such as engagement. obscuration, dispersion and other limiting d. BLUFOR AD weapons fire is limited measures impact on the assessment of BDA to the ATWESS simulators (STINGER or SAM) during air attacks. or paper replicated ammunition available, as outlined in Chapter 8, Combat Service Support. 6-4 AIRCRAFT a. ROTARY WING. The OPFOR 6-7 ASET IV (AERIAL SURVIVABILITY currently use the UH-72A Lakota helicopter EQUIPMENT TRAINER): All rotational aircraft painted in a desert camouflage pattern to must emit (squawk) Identify Friend Foe (IFF) replicate the MI-24HIND (See page 29, Figure 2- code during operations at JMRC IAW HFCA, 7). Types of BLUFOR RW are based on HAAF SOP and the HTA APG. IFF code allows EUCOM Reg 350-50 and approved troop list ASET-IV radar system to track aircraft. Aircraft (Refer to figure 2-7). that do not squawk Mode III code during b. FIXED WING. BLUFOR and OPFOR missions in the box will be assessed as fixed wing Aircraft are based upon availability. destroyed. All services routinely support both red and blue forces with CAS. Aircraft that are not MILES 6-8 UAS GROUND TO AIR ENGAGEMENTS: equipped will be assessed by OCTs. 1. UASs can only be engaged (See paragraph 6-6 NON-MILES while over the competitive area of “the box”. GROUND TO AIR ENGAGEMENTS (CAS)) Additionally, UASs can only collect intelligence on terrain within the competitive area of “the

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 6 AIR DEFENSE ARTILLERY

Box”, and may be restricted in rotation tactical (e). If the UAS was in the orders from conducting ISR operations before a general vicinity of the estimated UAS location at set time for a given mission. the time of the engagement, EXCON will utilize 2. SUASs. An SUAS in-flight is the pK ratios found in Figure 6-1: UAS a very small target to hit. No guided system can Engagement Chart of the Chapter 6 Online track it and it is difficult to detect when operating Annex to adjudicate the engagement, (pH will above 300 feet AGL. At JMRC, SUASs may be equal pK). engaged at any time during its launch, flight or (f). For any weapons recovery phases. Probability of Hit (pH) will engagement other than listed above, pK will be equal Probability of Kill (pK). If OPFOR kills a 1% as long as it falls within the weapon’s range. BLUFOR soldier holding an SUAS, the SUAS is (g). EXCON will utilize a 1% pK considered destroyed as well. ratio to adjudicate SUAS damage assessment 3. Shadow/Corps-level UASs. from 0-250’ AGL. Above 250’ AGL pK is 0%. Class IV UASs such as Shadow and Corps-level 5. Upon notification, the OCT UASs will not be engaged while within 1km of covering the destroyed UAS will have the UAS their launch or recovery sites. operator immediately stop transmitting any intel 4. Adjudication Procedures data and then recover the UAS. (a). AD weapons location, 6. Reconstitution. To facilitate distance to target, UAS altitude, and UAS training during JMRC rotations, UAS will be environmental conditions (day/night, illumination, reconstituted 6 hours after proper paperwork ceiling, etc.) will all be considered when making has been submitted for a replacement UAS. adjudication assessments on class IV UASs. (b). All weapon systems used in an AD role must “see” the UAS target to get credit for acquisition. This makes night acquisition extremely difficult. UAS lighting is a mandatory requirement in a training environment and therefore makes it unrealistic to allow night detection and acquisition. For these reasons UASs will not be engaged between sunset and sunrise. Given the small radar cross-section and radar absorbing profile of Class IV UASs, no radar system will be allowed to track them. Class IV UASs will emit mode 3/C transponder codes; however no radar or AD System, (ASET IV), is allowed to use this information for early warning or acquisition. (c). Any element that engages a UAS will report the following to the EXCON: (1). Time of engagement and weapon system utilized. (2). Method of detection and engagement (3). Weapon system location. (4). # of rounds expended on target. (5). Estimated UAS location, altitude and direction of flight. (d). EXCON will contact the UAS OCT and determine the following: (1). Actual UAS location at time of engagement. (2). Actual UAS altitude at time of engagement.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

7-1 PURPOSE: This chapter provides the plan as well as acquisition of additional parking Aviation rules of engagement for all rotary wing space, if necessary. and fixed wing aircraft participating in operations 3. TACTICAL PRE-ACCIDENT PLAN: conducted at JMRC in the HFCA and EDR-137. A tactical pre-accident plan will be developed and provided to the Falcon Team Safety OCT 7-2 GENERAL: Army aviation is a division/corps prior to unit arrival. A rehearsal must be asset whose operations span the depth of scheduled and completed prior to the the battlefield (Close, Deep & Rear). Its use commencement of aviation operations. must be within the division commander’s intent. 4. SURVEYS: Assembly Area (AA) Aviation is a maneuver asset conducting surveys will be conducted within 24 hours of Attack/Reconnaissance, Air Assault and General occupation or as per unit SOP, whichever is Support Aviation missions in concert with the earlier. Any off post landings will be surveyed in ground scheme of maneuver and must be accordance with the MRA publication AER 350- coordinated and approved through the chain of 22. The Falcon Team OCT will assist the unit in command by EXCON. While operating on 40s the completion of this process. rotational units will treat 40s as an active airfield at all times. OCTs performing OCT duties will ROTATIONAL GUIDANCE: not be saluted during rotation on 40s. 1. APPROACHING AIRCRAFT: Tail 7-3 AVIATION SAFETY: rotors and drooping or low main rotor blades due a. REFERENCE: Aircraft operating at to aircraft start-up, coast down or cross slope JMRC will do so IAW the JMRC AIRSPACE landings present hazards to ground personnel. CONTROL SOP (Redline Brief), and all Soldiers must gain the attention of the pilots or applicable aviation publications. The unit must crew chief before approaching the aircraft. Soldiers will approach UH-60/ /AH-64/ LUH-72A also possess a current/updated hazards map. aircraft from a 45-90 degree angle after gaining This requirement pertains to any areas where attention and acknowledgement from an aircrew aviation operations will be conducted and may member. Soldiers will approach CH-47 aircraft be tailored for individual rotations. If missions from a 180 degree angle (the tail of the aircraft) are exclusive to only the HTA then an O/C after gaining attention and acknowledgement special map will suffice and will be provided by from an aircrew member. the Falcon Team. If operations take place 2. HOVERING: Aircraft will not use outside the HTA (within the HFCA) then a hovering techniques to intentionally stir up dust 1:50,000 map will incorporate all current or debris when conducting aerial searches for obstacles and be available to each flight crew. opposing ground forces. Refer to Chapter 11, Safety for additional 3. AIR ASSAULT/AIR MOVEMENT information OPERATIONS: All applicable coordination and training must be completed prior to the PRE-ROTATIONAL REQUIREMENTS: execution of air assaults/movement operations. The extent of this training will vary based on unit 1. RISK MANAGEMENT: The RTU will training objectives and time allotted, however provide a copy of exercise risk assessment to every attempt should be made to Falcon Team Safety OCT prior to D-1. Any incorporate/develop a training plan that mitigates additional training, not specified in the initial the overall risk level i.e. cold load/hot load assessment, will require an amendment prior to training. Requests and approval for aircraft mission execution. (i.e. escape and evasion “seats out” operations will be IAW Army training, extraction training, etc.) Regulation 95-1 and applicable USAREUR 2. PARKING PLAN: The RTU will guidelines. It is the RTU’s responsibility to develop and submit an aircraft parking diagram coordinate for approval prior to mission prior to D+1. RTU will use the designated execution. parking plan naming convention as per JMRC 4. OCT RTU RISK MITIGATION: If a Airspace Control SOP, appendix 1, Pg. 54. hazardous event/ situation arises a Falcon OCT Falcon Team Safety OCT will provide RTU with may direct changes to mission profile, aircraft any requested help in development of parking lighting, routing, or aircraft altitude in order to ensure the safety of the BLUFOR / OPFOR

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION aircrews. This applies to all aircraft conducting for guidance from HAAF tower and/or a operations with the JMRC HFCA and EDR-137 Falcon OCT. 5. AIRCRAFT LANDING: Helicopters 2. OCTs of SUAS units (i.e. may be required to land during tactical Raven) will be notified to have any airborne operations either to check a kill code or assess SUAS immediately return to launch site and battlefield damage. Crews will ensure the area land. OCT will report to EXCON when the SUAS selected for landing will not interfere with ground is on the ground. They may resume the mission vehicle maneuvering. Aircraft will not approach, once the MEDEVAC aircraft has departed the dust, or land within 100 meters of Soldiers or EDR. vehicles except at designated PZs. Crews must 3. Any Class IV UAS operator ensure that the landing area selected is suitable, will immediately command the air vehicle to free of hazards, and will not exceed aircraft climb to no lower than 4000 MSL, or higher as limitations. assigned by ATC, and hold at an ACP 6. PYROTECHNICS: Units will not designated by HAAF ATC. If ceilings are below throw pyrotechnics from an aircraft nor will any 4000’ MSL the operator will command a climb to unit fire star clusters, simulated air bursts, or the maximum altitude afforded by the ceiling simulated air defense weapons systems directly until the MEDEVAC aircraft has departed the at any BLUEFOR/OPFOR aircraft. EDR. 4. Fixed wing aircraft will either ADDITIONAL SAFETY GUIDANCE: climb or remain above the coordinating altitude, or higher as assigned by HAAF ATC, until the 1. ACCIDENTS OR MISHAPS: Units MEDEVAC aircraft has departed the EDR. are responsible for the security and investigation of any ground or aviation mishap IAW DA PAM 7-4 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION: 385-40 and DA PAM 385-90. Aircrews that a. AIRCRAFT MARKINGS: Prior to and experience known or suspected damage will throughout force-on-force operations, all aircraft notify and report the required information to their will be marked and re-applied as necessary, in chain of command as soon as possible. Crew white chalk with three foot high and two inch actions will be conservative, the safety of the thick numbers. The identification code is the first crew is of the utmost importance. Additional letter of alphanumeric designator of the movement or continued use of the aircraft will Company or Troop element (i.e.; E / 1-1 not be authorized until cleared by the Cav) and the last two of the aircraft tail number command/maintenance/safety in accordance (i.e.; 22330) result in the following aircraft ID with the RTU’s SOP. It is the RTU’s Code – E30. For UH-60 / AH-64 aircraft, the responsibility to conduct biological testing in numbers will be placed midway and on both accordance with AR 385-10 and DA PAM 385- sides of the tail boom. For CH-47 aircraft, the 40. Units may request assistance from Falcon number will be placed midway between the nose OCT Team and JMRC. Units must immediately and the cargo door. These chalk numbers will notify the Senior Aviation Trainer, Falcon 07, in remain the same throughout the rotation. the event of a mishap. Courtesy copies of Exceptions are aircraft carrying general officers, accident reports and logs will be given to the MEDEVAC aircraft performing real-world Falcon Safety OCT. evacuation missions, and aircraft providing direct support to Falcon OCT (Augmentee 2. MEDEVAC: In the event of real world aircraft). Falcon OCT will provide chalk marking aerial MEDEVAC operations, HAAF tower for marking the aircraft. and/or a Falcon OCT will notify all aircraft operating within the HTA. 1. All rotary wing aircraft will land, if airborne, at the nearest suitable landing area until cleared to continue mission by HAAF Tower/Advisory or a Falcon OCT. 2. Aircraft established on the ground will maintain position and wait

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

Figure 7-3 Aircraft Chalk Identification outside of EDR-137 through their chain of b. IFF / MODE 3/A: All aircraft command IAW applicable publications. conducting operations within the JMRC HFCA d. AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS will squawk Mode 3/A and Mode C, IAW REQUIREMENTS: Units will only use authorized applicable publications. frequencies as assigned by JMRC S-6. (Aircraft, c. EDR-137: All aircraft operating in the ground vehicles, man portable radios, etc). EDR-137 will utilize the assigned codes IAW the Airborne FM Frequency Hopping is allowed Air Tasking Order (ATO), Airspace Control Plan within EDR-137 IAW host nation restrictions. and unit TACSOP. Aircraft must establish radio communications d. OCT AIRCRAFT: The Falcon OCT with a Falcon OCT prior to mission execution. If Team utilizes the UH-72A Lakota helicopter to utilizing HAVEQUICK, as approved by 5th Signal conduct OCT duties. The Falcon Team is the CMD, using authorized FMT sets 1-3, units will only Army Aviation unit in Europe which flies this be prepared to provide TOD. If HAVEQUICK particular aircraft and as a result the UH-72A communications cannot be established with the OCT aircraft is distinctive in size and shape. OCT, then single channel UHF communications OCT aircraft are primarily green in color though will be maintained. on occasion OPFOR (desert camouflaged UH- e. IFF: Standard request procedures for 72A aircraft) will be utilized for OCT duties. IFF apply. JMRC will request approval for ADA Regardless of the helicopter used, all OCT and AVN units to use IFF frequencies for aircraft will fly with position lights and anti- rotations through the USAREUR Frequency collision light on at all times. OCT Aircraft will Management Office (FMO). Units need to bring maintain lateral and /or vertical separation all their IFF fills from home station. times weather permitting. OCT aircraft will f. LOAD REPLICATION: All ammunition, cargo, descend to terrain flight altitude to conduct any passengers and sling loads are treated as having needed manual adjudication of BLUFOR / real weights. Weight and balance records and OPFOR weapons engagements. fuel loads must correspond as appropriate. e. OPFOR AIRCRAFT: Desert Aircraft configuration must correspond with the camouflaged UH-72A aircraft will replicate planned aircraft load and the equipment must be enemy aircraft as dictated by JMRC HICON operational. Crews will provide a copy of the (ie…MI-24 Hind D-F, or AH-64D-E, etc.) These Sling Load work sheets to the Falcon OCT prior aircraft may conduct tactical missions at terrain to lifting a sling load. flight altitudes without external lighting. h. NVD OPERATIONS: See Chapter 11 for Safety and applicable publications. 7-5 AVIATION MISSION PLANNING: i. LIGHTING AND BLACKOUT a. INFORMATION TO OCT: AVN TF, OPERATIONS: battalion and company level units will provide 1. Flight operations conducted Falcon OCT: with no visible external lighting must be 1. Consolidated Alpha Roster to approved through the Senior Aviation OCT. The include personnel information, vehicle bumper intent to conduct Blackout Operations must be and aircraft tail numbers. addressed in unit JMRC training objectives 2. Aircraft manifests. submitted to the Falcon Detachment. Minimum 3. Two copies of orders, lighting is IAW REDLINE brief. overlays, communication cards and kneeboard 2. JVB/VIP Aircraft. Operate packets, and a copy of the mission’s risk under full lighting and must coordinate through assessment for each mission. EXCON and the Falcon Detachment IOT ensure This information may be provided on diskette in Airspace Control de-confliction. PFPS 3.1.2 (Falcon VIEW) format if unit is so j. MISSION COMMAND: BLUFOR units equipped. must adhere to the graphic control measures b. BRIEFING: Rotational units must and Airspace Control structure IAW the JMRC receive a Redline/EXPRO/Safety brief with the Airspace Control SOP, Aviation Procedures Falcon OCT Team prior to conducting Guide (published for MRXs), Airspace Control operations within the EDR-137 / HFCA. Order (ACO), overlays, and orders issued by c. FLIGHT WAIVER: Units must obtain HICON. approval for weekend and after-hour flights

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

k. OUT OF SECTOR FLIGHT: Aircraft e. ATO/ACO: Division G3 Air, in flying out of designated maneuver boundaries or coordination with EXCON, will publish the over flying noise avoidance/posted no fly areas ATO/ACO and push it to the BDE S3 Air. The are subject to OCT manual adjudication. This BDE Airspace Control element will forward will result in the aircraft receiving battle damage Airspace Control Requests for airspace control and resulting in the execution of a forced landing measures to HICON / EXCON. Aircraft will IAW the Falcon OCT instructions. The aircrews comply with all graphic control measures, to will receive specific instructions pertaining to the include brigade/task force boundaries, and level/degree aircraft damage and personnel airspace specifics outlined in the rotation ACO injury. and Special Instructions (SPINS). Changes to l. PERSONNEL: Units will ensure one the airspace structure will be published in the seat per UH-60 aircraft and three seats per CH- daily SPINS and updated in the ACO if they will 47 aircraft are available for OCTs. OCT will fill affect the duration of the rotation. aircraft seats based on mission requirements. f. DAILY TRAINING AREA BULLETIN No BLUFOR personnel will leave the LZ without (TAB): The daily TAB will be included by the G3 an OCT monitoring their element, either in the Air in the daily ATO/ACO/SPINS. Aircrews must aircraft, in an OCT aircraft operating in chase review the daily TAB for restrictions prior to mode, or via the Information System (IS) flight. THIS REPRESENTS A REAL WORLD platform. HAZARD TO FLIGHT. g. COORDINATION ALTITUDE: 7-6 AIRSPACE CONTROL: Unless designated differently in the ACO, a. GENERAL: Airspace Control consists coordinating altitudes are as follows (These of those actions that ensure the synchronized altitudes apply to both rotational and non- use of airspace and enhance the mission rotational training aircraft in the HTA): command of those forces using airspace. The  Ground – 2500’ MSL: Helicopters and Airspace Control system includes those SUASs. organizations, personnel, facilities, and  4000’-4500’ MSL: Tactical UAS and procedures required to perform the Airspace larger. Control function. The BLUFOR rotary wing  5000’-7500’ MSL: Air Force Fighters. aircraft, and UAS operating during rotation will 1. If any system is not flying that have airspace priority over red air UAS and day, (per the daily JMRC Training Area Bulletin), should coordinate with Falcon OCT, the COG flying aircraft can utilize the additional airspace has authorization to switch priorities of airspace with proper coordination with Hohenfels Tower. at any time. For example, CAS aircraft can be cleared lower, b. REFERENCES: JMRC Airspace or helicopters or UASs can be cleared higher by Control SOP, and Airspace Tasking Order HAAF ATC. (ATO) the Airspace Control Order (ACO). 2. If HAAF ATC will be closed EXCON is the approval authority for use of during flights when coordinating altitude EDR-137. The Commander of HAAF is the deviations are required a request will be directed approval authority for the use of the JMRC to the Commander, Hohenfels Army Airfield, HFCA. Maneuver units are not authorized use of DSN 466-3395/3122/2614, FAX 466-2173 48 the Hohenfels Army Airfield. hours prior for inclusion into the JMRC Training c. The maneuver brigade commander area bulletin (TAB). will manage the airspace over his area of 3. Any additional airspace responsibility through his staff and through restrictions will be designated in the JMRC liaison officers (LNOs) from the Air Force, Army, training Area Bulletin, (During rotations ADA, and Army aviation. restrictions will be published as a ROZ or ROA d. AIRSPACE CONTROL PLAN: The in either the daily SPINS if temporary, or in the DIV G3 Air and/or BDE S3, in coordination with ACO if permanent for the rotation). EXCON, will develop the Airspace Control plan 4. During rotations, fixed wing NLT D+1, The Aviation BN LNO and/or BDE/BN CAS aircraft may descend below the S3 will provide copies of the airspace coordination altitudes only after receiving management plan (annex, execution matrix and Bullseye OCT approval which is coordinated overlays) to HICON and the Falcon OCT Team. through the Falcon OCT Team. Due to the

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION limited amount of airspace in EDR-137, CAS 7-8 GROUND TO AIR ENGAGEMENTS Aircraft will not descend below coordinating (HELICOPTER): Aircraft are subject to two altitude while UASs are operating. types of ground to air assessment; MILES on h. FLIGHT ROUTES: The flight route MILES and subjective assessment. (ingress and egress) and landing zone (LZ) for a. MILES EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT: For aircraft must be within rotational unit sector. All aircraft fully equipped with MILES, assessments route changes / deviations must be approved by will be made based primarily on the MILES HICON. system utilizing aircraft kill codes. MILES rules the battlefield. OCT will assess aircraft BDA 7-7 AVIATION MILES/SMODIMS: cards IOT determine the amount of damage to a. REFERENCE: Refer to Chapter 2, the aircraft and the extent of personnel injuries. Maneuver for additional information. OCT will subjectively assess damage to aircraft b. REQUIREMENTS: All MILES capable that receive MILES near misses; or that in the aircraft will have functioning MILES SMODIM, opinion of the OCT received the quality and AGES and/or TESS to fly on missions in the quantity of small arms fire to warrant EDR. Exceptions are aircraft carrying general assessment of damage. officers and MEDEVAC aircraft performing real- b. NON-MILES EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT: world evacuations. For Aircraft not fully equipped with MILES, the Aircraft experiencing MILES malfunctions should primary means of assessment is subjective immediately contact the OCT. Units are based on observations made by Falcon OCT. responsible for coordinating MILES contact This includes the subjective assessment of support through the MILES warehouse; the aircraft damage and personnel injuries IAW FALCON OCT team can facilitate this. SBDA packet and personnel MCC. This does c. PRE-TAKEOFF CHECKS: not reduce the requirement for operational Prior to each mission, units with MILES-installed MILES on all aircraft. OCT can contact the aircraft will inform Falcon OCT when the aircrew Falcon OCT through EXCON/Falcon OCCS will be available for MILES and TESS pre- channel when they observe ground fires engage takeoff checks to ensure proper function of the BLUFOR aircraft. The ground OCT and Falcon MILES equipment. OCT will discuss the range to the aircraft, d. INDIVIDUAL WEAPONS SYSTEM II aircraft actions (i.e. hovering or moving, masked (IWS II)/PERSONNEL MILES SET: All or unmasked), and the type and number of personnel, to include contract maintenance rounds fired at the aircraft IOT make the personnel, will wear IWS II. appropriate and timely adjudication. The final Exceptions are as follows: damage assessment will be assessed by the 1. Personnel performing crew Falcon OCT and will be relayed to the ground duties (flying) or performing maintenance on OCT through Falcon OCCS / EXCON. aircraft (inside the rotor disk) may temporarily NOTE: Under no circumstances will a ground remove their IWS II/Personnel MILES sets, OCT engage/determine aircraft BDA without MICH and LBE in order to reduce the risk of consulting a Falcon Team OCT. FOD and personal injury while conducting aircraft maintenance. Personnel inside the rotor 7-9 AIR TO GROUND ENGAGEMENTS disk not conducting maintenance or performing (HELICOPTER): Assessments will be made by crew duties will be assessed as an EXPRO MILES on MILES engagements and subjective violation/non-battle casualty. calls based on OCT observations. 2. Personnel performing refuel a. Aircraft fully equipped with and rearm of aircraft will temporarily remove operational MILES engagement systems; the their IWS II/ Personnel MILES sets in order to primary means of assessment will be laser kill reduce the risk of personal injury or potential codes for ground targets. MILES rules the FOD damage to the aircraft. battlefield. 3. IWS II/ Personnel MILES b. Aircraft not equipped with a MILES sets must be worn during downed aircraft engagement system requires the Falcon OCT to recovery operations. physically engage the targets with the "controller gun" or contact the TAF to coordinate with a

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION ground OCT for manual adjudication for each The crew is permitted one “mayday” call. Crews engagement. are reminded to add the word “simulated” during c. Prior to the engagement the BLUFOR this radio call. Crews and passengers (unless aircraft must transmit an effective target accompanied by an OCT) must stay with the handover to the OCT. The handover must aircraft until met on the ground by an OCT. include the description of the target being Crews will then follow the directions of the OCT. engaged (type and number), distance and Aircraft passengers will activate MCC and may heading, and number/type rounds used to dismount, cross-level, and continue the mission engage. The Falcon OCT will provide feedback IAW MCC and the OCTs approval. on the effects of the engagement if the MILES 2. In the event of a MILES or systems are not functioning correctly. OCT adjudicated catastrophic kill, the aircraft will d. HELLFIRE: land at the nearest suitable landing area. All 1. Personnel operating remote crew and passengers are considered KIA and HELLFIRE laser designators will adhere to the will self-kill their IWS II (insert and turn the published guidelines for safety fans. yellow key). All equipment and cargo are 2. Laser designators must have considered non-operational. An OCT may direct positive communications with the firing unit on destroyed aircraft to return to the AA due to an OCT monitored net. weather or crew day considerations.

7-10 AIR-TO-AIR ENGAGEMENTS 7-12 DOWNED AIRCRAFT ACTIONS (HELICOPTER): Air to air maneuvering is a. DOWNED AIRCRAFT SEARCHES: prohibited. Air to air maneuvering is defined as OPFOR personnel may board damaged aircraft changing the heading, altitude or attitude of the under the supervision of the administrative KIA aircraft in order to engage an aircraft. No internal crewmember and an OCT. Aircraft are liable to weapon systems may be utilized in the search for 1 hour upon initiation of the search. engagement of another aircraft while airborne. OPFOR can search A/C for tactical intel, with This does not limit the aircrews from assisting the supervision of the PIC, to ensure safety of ground forces with their engagement of enemy both the searcher and the aircraft. Personnel aircraft or the utilization of artillery fires if in searches of passengers and crew may be accordance with command guidance and conducted IAW CHP 3 under the supervision of rotational ROE. Falcon OCT and EXCON will an OCT. assist with adjudication in the event that artillery b. MULTI-SHIP FLIGHTS: During fires are utilized. formation flights, if aircrew receives a MILES kill light or steady tone the aircrew must notify OCT. 7-11 BATTLE DAMAGE AND SIMULATED The OCT will adjudicate the kill and make the BATTLE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT decision as to where the aircraft will be downed (BDA/SBDA) based on mission time lines, and personnel on a. MILES ASSESSED SBDA AND board to better facilitate the aviation mission EXCEPTIONS: SAWE/MILES will determine the c. AIRCRAFT RECOVERY: Downed outcome of all engagements. The following are aircraft recovery team (DART) and the Pre- exceptions to this rule and will be controlled / Accident Plan may be exercised in the event of adjudicated by OCT’s: downed aircraft. Any maintenance or recovery 1. Indirect fire. team is subject to OPFOR engagement and 2. TACAIR. must be equipped with IWS II. No actual 3. NBC. “wrench turning” will occur for SBDA. However, 4. Direct fire engagements for the DART must consist of the appropriate non-MILES aircraft to include air to ground / manuals, forms, tools, equipment and ground to air engagements. personnel. Aircraft are considered fully mission b. SBDA: capable when the appropriate DART has 1. In the event of successful simulated fixing the aircraft or prepared the engagement indicated by a MILES CVKI light aircraft for recovery. illumination, steady audio tone in the aircrew Aviation OCT on the ground will determine when headsets, or OCT adjudicated SBDA, the aircraft “simulated” damaged aircraft and aircrew will land at the nearest suitable landing area. members will depart for the Assembly Area (AA)

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION or continue the mission. OCTs are the final in the vicinity of the LZ, it will not be authorized release authority. to offload its troops. Once the lift returns to the 1. Time and assets required to PZ the aircraft may be reconstituted and used simulate repair of MILES and non-MILES again if authorized in the Combat Instructions. damaged equipment will be "real world", IAW However, the troops and equipment cannot be the Maintenance Allocation Chart. reinserted on a follow on lift. Depending on the 2. The training unit will tactically aircraft BDA a 20 minute reconstitution time may recover all BLUFOR damaged aircraft. be assessed. 3. After the unit tactically evacuates all casualties and KIAs from a 7-13 DAMAGED/DESTROYED AIRCRAFT destroyed aircraft, the unit will coordinate the WHILE ON THE GROUND: administrative movement of that aircraft with an a. The only time aircraft are authorized OCT. If the unit fails to coordinate the recovery, to engage other aircraft with internal aircraft crews and aircraft are subject to tactical play. weapons systems is when an aircraft is on the 4. Destroyed aircraft or ground ground. (i.e. infil of PAX at LZ). Engaging aircraft equipment item will remain destroyed after must monitor/deconflict airspace on CTAF. If no change of mission (COM) instructions for the communication is established then airspace will Aviation Unit until the proper personnel and not be occupied by opposing forces and supply replacement procedures have been engagements will be accomplished by relaying completed and valid document numbers have details of the engagement to the Falcon OCT for been received issuing replacement equipment. If adjudication while maintaining aircraft the aircraft or equipment were destroyed prior to separation. LD the equipment will not be reconstituted until b. The Falcon OCT will mark aircraft five hours after the higher S4 receives the adjudicated as damaged with a yellow “X”. appropriate replacement requisitions, and a valid Marking will be created utilizing chalk. document number has been issued. From LD-5 c. The Falcon OCT will mark aircraft through COM the unit can initiate the adjudicated as destroyed with a red “X”. This replacement requests but equipment will not be marking will be created utilizing chalk. reconstituted until COM instructions are received and the appropriate supply procedures have 7-14 AIRCRAFT SURVIVABILITY EQUIPMENT been completed. (ASE): d. ESCAPE AND RECOVERY: Units a. Units may not use chaff/flare to cover must coordinate with the Falcon OCT Team in capabilities of the CMWS at JMRC. Units will order to conduct personnel recovery training. No show DA 581 demonstrating requisition and crewmember or passenger is permitted to delivery of chaff, in order to receive the execute escape and recovery without prior survivability enhancement that chaff affords. coordination and direct OCT supervision. Self- b. The aircrew will land their aircraft as a extraction of aircrew members by means not result of the illumination of the MILES-kill light or including the crew being seated in a seat and steady audio tone and immediately notify the secured by a seatbelt is specifically prohibited. onsite Falcon OCT that they have a kill light Aircrew members must wear all elements of the illuminated. The on-site AVN OCT will manually IWS II and execute the escape and evasion plan adjudicate the aircraft / aircrew and determine IAW Unit TACSOP. BDA effects. RECONSTITUTION: If an OPFOR Aircraft is c. Radar jamming is not authorized at killed it will transition from terrain flight altitude, JMRC. turn on its anti-collision light and positions lights, climb to altitude (normally 2500 feet AGL), 7-15 POLYGON ASSETS (Replicated ADA): proceed to the designated checkpoint or Air Defense System engagements against non- boundary. Falcon 07 will be the authority for MILES equipped aircraft, including IR / AAA and OPFOR aircraft reconstitution. Destroyed aircraft RF SAM are adjudicated through coordination will wait 20 minutes prior to reentering the box. from the ASET IV operator or Warrior Tango If the aircraft is conducting an air assault or air contacting the Falcon OCT through movement mission and the troop carrying EXCON/Falcon OCCS Net. aircraft is assessed as a MILES kill on ingress or

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

7-16 AVIATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR the maneuver area complex. The Commander, CBRN (HELICOPTER): Operations Group, EXCON and the Team Chief, a. MOPP: Aircrews will have the BULLSEYE OCT Team, are the only individuals requisite NBC equipment and will be in the authorized to direct aircraft to depart the prescribed MOPP level for both flying and battlefield area. nonflying duties. This includes proper use of M8 c. RESTRICTIONS: Only one force’s for aircrew members and M9 paper for aircraft CAS (i.e., only BLUE or only RED aircraft) will and vehicles IAW unit TACSOP. There is no operate in a given exercise air corridor at any simulation of MOPP levels. one time. b. CHEMICAL EFFECTS: All d. COORDINATING ALTITUDE: helicopters, their crews, and passengers are Coordination altitude is IAW guidance from the susceptible to chemical hazards. Each aircraft Hohenfels Tower. will have a designated safety pilot who will not e. AIR TO AIR ENGAGEMENTS: Air-to- wear a mask. The other crewmembers and all air engagements between opposing fixed wing passengers will adhere to the prescribed MOPP aircraft are not authorized in JMRC airspace. level. f. SEAD MISSION: In order to maintain 1. Aviation OCT will determine the highest possible Probability of Kill (PK), units the level of contamination of personnel and should support all CAS missions with J-SEAD. equipment. Effects of persistent agents will CAS may execute Suppression of Enemy Air remain IAW the COM instructions issued by Defense (SEAD) missions by specifically pre- EXCON. designating the target description and location to 2. If, due to physiological, the Bullseye OCT and making the appropriate psychological, or environmental effects, a crew air-to-ground attack. cannot adhere to the prescribed MOPP level g. BLUFOR CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT: and conduct operations safely they will remove Aircraft operate under the control of the themselves from the situation. qualified/current rotational JTAC, or on-scene Bullseye OCT (JTAC qualified). The BULLSEYE 7-17. MEDEVAC OPERATIONS: MEDEVAC OCT Team and EXCON maintain overall control will deploy to JMRC with aircraft and a full flight of aircraft operating in the Maneuver area crew. In the event MEDEVAC aircraft are unable complex. For live and virtual CAS missions, an to deploy to JMRC then the following applies OCT must verify the target identity and weapons with respect to covering MEDEVAC missions: effects location during all engagements. a. MEDEVAC OCT will operate from the h. KEY LEADERS: The training unit back seat of the rotational unit aircraft. Joint Terminal Attack Controller (JTAC) b. All personnel being transported will personnel are considered "Key Leaders" and require hearing protection prior to loading the follow the EXPRO pertaining to Key Personnel. aircraft. When a JTAC member is assessed as a c. Unless waiver is approved, “Patients” casualty, the member will continue to control the may be carried on the litter to the aircraft but CAS mission. Any attacks executed after the must be secured in a seat prior to take-off. JTAC is assessed a casualty will not be adjudicated or provided effects on the battlefield. 7-18 FIXED WING (F/W) CAS: JTAC vehicles assessed as casualties are a. DESIGNATING AIRCRAFT: Red and considered mobility kills. The vehicle may not Blue F/W CAS are designated prior to each move, but all radios remain operational. rotation. F/W CAS supporting the OPFOR will i. SAFETY: The BULLSEYE OCT will use NATO tactics and simulate NATO assume control anytime the safety of air or munitions. Virtual CAS (vCAS) will be the default ground elements becomes a factor. platform for Red CAS. j. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: b. MISSION COMMAND: All aircraft will Additional information for F/W CAS is provided operate under the control of the BULLSEYE in Airspace Control SOP. OCT Team and EXCON, who will provide the k. AIR TO GROUND ENGAGEMENTS necessary coordination with HAAF and EXCON. (FIXED WING): Aircraft will obtain clearance into EDR-137 from the HAAF Tower upon entering and departing

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

1. BLUE and RED CAS Bombs and Maverick missiles are replicated by engagements are evaluated by the BULLSEYE two ground bursts each pass regardless of OCT for the appropriate aircraft and ammunition. number of bombs dropped. 2. The Bullseye OCT monitors (b) Strafe: A strafe will be the player communications networks to replicated by one ground burst per pass. determine the target description, location, (c) Secondary explosions: OCT ammunition, and if standoff munitions are used. will replicate secondary explosions as required. The Bullseye OCT Team adjudicates the l. VIRTUAL CAS PROCEDURES. The mission by pass in accordance with pre- Virtual CAS procedures are the same as Live approved assessment table. CAS procedures. 3. Fire markers or OCT designate where aircraft are attacking by 7-19 REPLICATED Theater/Division UAS throwing hand grenade simulators to indicate SYSTEMS GENERAL: aircraft ordnance IAW section 7.19.k.(6). If standoff munitions are used, the OCT will Reference Chapter 12 section 12-4. simulate the weapons effect, even if aircraft are not visible (IR Maverick valid standoff employment range may exceed 7 km). 7-20. LIVE UNMANNED AERIAL SYSTEMS Aircraft may release flares. These releases do (UAS): not replicate munitions. a. GENERAL. During JMRC rotations, 4. Prior to the execution of CAS UAS operate in a very limited airspace along (actual or virtual), the COG, or his representative with numerous helicopters. OCT must ensure (typically the Chief of Operations), will establish that UAS units and operators utilize all proper the effectiveness of CAS missions. control measures in order to maintain a safe 5. The Bullseye OCT training environment. determines the quality of attack for each aircraft b. SCOPE. These EXPRO procedures type and ammunition used, and assigns an cover the following all SUAS and TUAS during adjudication tier level based on factors including JMRC rotations. visibility, ceiling, and/or threat level. Errors in c. REQUIREMENTS CAS procedures will reduce or eliminate the (1) Personnel requesting to fly probability of a successful hit. Bullseye Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (SUAS) at adjudicates the mission by pass in accordance JMRC must meet the following minimum with the adjudication matrix. PK or damage requirements and provide documentation of factors include: Weather (ceiling and visibility), qualifications as applicable: threat (acquisition, control, and range), target (a) SUAS Initially acquisition (camouflage, motion, obstructions, Qualified (if not SUAS IQT, the RTU SUAS TDA, marking (laser, IR pointer, WP/HE/Illum Master Trainer may conduct an IQT course at round)), and aircraft acquisition systems (IR, HTA provided the coordination is completed IAW visual identification, controller talk-on). Falcon SUAS training checklist prior to arrival. (a) High PK is a combination of (b) 2xSUAS operators – these factors that allow the pilot to acquire and Current and Mission Qualified (MQ) to operate deliver ordnance on target while minimizing without a SUAS Master Trainer (MT). exposure to the threat. (c) Receive a Redline (b) Low PK is a combination of Brief by JMRC SUAS MT. these factors that make it difficult for the pilot to (d) Conduct a Local acquire and deliver ordnance on target without Area Orientation (LAO), either via SUAS exposing the aircraft to the threat. simulator or preferred live flight (JMRC MT must (c) A/G Munitions: Bullseye be present if OCT is not MQ). OCT’s will evaluate weapon selection and (2) A SUAS qualified OCT must delivery profile for tactical applicability and be present during all SUAS operations. proper execution. (3) A SUAS MT must be present 6. Aircraft Munitions Replication during all SUAS operations if the RTU does not (FIXED WING): have SUAS Mission Qualified (MQ) operators. (a) Bombs and missiles:

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION

(a) The MT can be from Coordination Order (ACO) will be forwarded to the RTU or one of the JMRC MTs. Division G2/G3 Air with the initial sortie request. (b) The MT must have (1) TUAS: The Brigade TUAS will fly completed the TRADOC approved MT course or between 4,000 and 4,500 feet MSL. Directorate of Evaluation and Standardization (2) Higher altitudes can be approved equivalency, and have appointment orders by through coordination with Hohenfels Tower. the first field grade commander or higher with organic SUAS assets. g. ROTATIONAL UNIT (c) If the MT is from the COORDINATION: RTU, a SUAS qualified OCT must be present for For planning and execution of TUAS flights, all SUAS operations. ROZ coordination needs to be established one (4) JMRC SUAS Trained OCTs hour prior to launch time. Coordination needs to provide: be conducted by BLUFOR/ REDFOR through (a) Adherence to AC2 OCT and the HTA tower. procedures. (b) AAR feedback as Units will prepare the necessary documents and SUAS SME. conduct the required coordination to ensure (c) Aid JMRC MT with Airspace Control Measures are established. Local Area Orientation (LAO) flights. h. UAS ENGAGEMENTS AND (5) Tactical Unmanned Systems ADJUDICATION. (TUAS) Shadow: A qualified TUAS OCT must 1. UASs can only be engaged be present for all TUAS operations. Preferred while over the competitive area of “the box”. MOSs are: 150U, 15W, or 15E. If not available Additionally, UASs can only collect intelligence then a rated aviator must be present during all on terrain within the competitive area of “the operations to include preflight, launch, recovery, Box”, and may be restricted in rotation tactical post-flight, and mission planning. orders from conducting ISR operations before a d. WEATHER LIMITATIONS: No UAS set time for a given mission. will be launched unless there is legal flying 2. SUASs. An SUAS in-flight is weather for the system being launched. Weather a very small target to hit. No guided system can briefs will be obtained from the Grafenwohr AAF track it and it is difficult to detect when operating Weather detachment, or from a unit weather above 300 feet AGL. At JMRC, SUASs may be detachment deployed with BLUFOR aviation at engaged at any time during its launch, flight or the HTA. When neither of the above listed recovery phases. Probability of Hit (pH) will forecasters is available weather briefs will be equal Probability of Kill (pK). If OPFOR kills a obtained from the OWS at Sembach. Weather BLUFOR soldier holding an SUAS, the SUAS is information will include not only ceiling and considered destroyed as well. visibility but also surface winds, winds aloft, 3. Shadow/Corps-level UASs. turbulence and icing. UASs will return to the Class IV UASs such as Shadow and Corps-level launch and recovery site, if weather advisories UASs will not be engaged while within 1km of are received that would ground Army Aviation their launch or recovery sites. Assets, if icing conditions are encountered, or if 4. Adjudication Procedures ceiling levels descend below UAS operating (a). AD weapons location, altitudes. distance to target, UAS altitude, and e. UAS LAUNCH, IN-FLIGHT, environmental conditions (day/night, illumination, RECOVERY AND EMERGENCY ceiling, etc.) will all be considered when making PROCEDURES: UAS flight procedures will be adjudication assessments on class IV UASs. conducted IAW the JMRC Airspace Control (b). All weapon systems used in SOP. Failure to follow the procedures in the an AD role must “see” the UAS target to get SOP should result in the assessment of a safety credit for acquisition. This makes night kill by the covering OCT. acquisition extremely difficult. UAS lighting is a f. AIRSPACE CONTROL: In order to mandatory requirement in a training environment ensure Division Airspace is maintained IAW and therefore makes it unrealistic to allow night procedural requirements, any airspace control detection and acquisition. For these reasons measures not covered in the base Airspace only direct fire on UAS at night will not count due

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION to the lighting requirements. Class IV UASs will 7-21 FORWARD ARMING REFUEL POINT emit mode 3/C transponder codes; however no (FARP) OPERATIONS radar or AD System, (ASET IV), is allowed to a. Class III use this information for early warning or (1) Fuel (Class IIIB) - If the acquisition. CSSB is unable to provide fuel, the unit will (c). Any element that engages a conduct a tactical move to the fuel farm. No UAS will report the following to the EXCON: administrative moves will be authorized. Convoy (1). Time of engagement and will have appropriate security and be equipped weapon system utilized. with MILES. The move from the unit’s assembly (2). Method of detection and area will be replicated in the amount of time and engagement distance from where the ASB would be located. (3). Weapon system location. If that is not feasible due to having the assembly (4). # of rounds expended on area near the FLOT, the convoy will move to the target. fuel point and shutdown for the time required for (5). Estimated UAS location, movement to and from the refuel location. altitude and direction of flight. (2). FAT COW - Fat Cow (d). EXCON will contact the operations are available for both ground and air UAS OCT and determine the following: units. If a unit desires the Fat Cow outside of (1). Actual UAS location at time 40S, OP19 or Stol strip then coordination must be of engagement. made prior to arriving. The senior Aviation trainer (2). Actual UAS altitude at time is the approval authority pending the approval of engagement. from JMRC. (e). If the UAS was in the b. CL V – All ammunition procedures general vicinity of the estimated UAS location at will follow guidance from Para 8-6 with the the time of the engagement, EXCON will utilize following changes. the pK ratios found in Figure 6-1: UAS (1). FARP (REARMING) - CBL. Engagement Chart of the Chapter 6 Online Space will be allocated on the FARP for the Annex to adjudicate the engagement, (pH will CBL. The storage area will have the quality equal pK). distance set in place by engineer tape or other (f). For any weapons marking mechanism. Support OIC will brief the engagement other than listed above, pK will be Logistics OCT on the setup and emplacement of 1% as long as it falls within the weapon’s range. all class V. As units use their CBL, requisition of (g). EXCON will utilize a 1% pK the CBL will be sent up through the S4 with all ratio to adjudicate SUAS damage assessment required documentation. from 0-250’ AGL. Above 250’ AGL pK is 0%. (2). SIMULATED REARMING: 5. Upon notification, the OCT When simulating rearming operations, the covering the destroyed UAS will have the UAS required equipment and specific number and operator immediately stop transmitting any intel type of personnel (e.g. 89B, 92F, 15Y/R) data and then recover the UAS. required for the operation must be present. If 6. Reconstitution. To facilitate no15Y/R or 89Bs are present, no arming will be UAS training during JMRC rotations, UAS will be allowed The minimum time for rearming aircraft reconstituted 6 hours after proper paperwork is 20 minutes per aircraft per pad. has been submitted for a replacement UAS. (3). ARMED AIRCRAFT BARRIERS: Unit must mark and/or replicate locations of i. FIGHTER MANAGEMENT: Crew rest barriers for segregation of armed aircraft, and is an integral part of risk mitigation and accident must maneuver appropriately around these prevention. As in manned aviation, it is a barriers within the FARP. commander’s policy. For appropriate guidelines (4). AMMUNITION STORAGE: Unit see the crew endurance guide at the end of this must replicate and mark off ammunition storage section. The guide is per proposed AR 95-23, area(s) within the FARP. Methods of marking UAS Flight Regulations. can include: identified/labeled pallets, cordon/engineer tape to mark area. (5) Exception: Aviation Battalions will not be required to work through the ground

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 7 AVIATION brigade. Para 8-6.a. will not be followed. The completed and/or Red Air presence has a Falcon Team will act as BDE Level sustainers. negative impact on the BLUFOR meeting its training objectives. 7-22 OPFOR AVIATION OPERATIONS f. RED AIR BLUFOR AIRSPACE (HELICOPTER): DECONFLICTION: Utilization of the TAF to a. OPFOR AIRCRAFT: Desert assist airspace deconfliction is a necessity camouflaged VIS-MOD LUH-72A helicopters. during a DATE environment. Crews will ensure These aircraft may operate as both lift and that they are completely aware of the location of attack platforms, depending on rotation all BLUEFOR aircraft prior to crossing an requirements. established FLOT. The responsibility also falls b. MILES: The VISMOD LUH-72A has on the OPFOR aircraft to ensure that they to do an integrated MILES sensor array that allows for negatively affect the RTU’s mission it to be “shot down” during MILES engagements. accomplishment. It is highly likely that mission Additionally, by publication of this EXPRO the analysis will result in similar objectives for LUH72 will have fielded the Tactical BLUEFOR/REDFOR. Engagement Simulation Shootback System e. SAFETY: RED AIR will monitor CTAF (LUH-TESS), giving the capability of MILES on to ensure deconfliction with BLUE Aircraft in the MILES engagements. If the OPFOR aircraft event of shared airspace (both operating in the being used is not fielded with LUH-TESS the same sector of the HTA). If RED AIR has a Falcon OCT team will adjudicate OPFOR MILES negative impact on BLUEFOR and the engagements. completion of their mission they will depart the c. OPFOR AIRCRAFT PLANNING: area. BLUE training objectives are the priority. Designated Red Air personnel have the responsibility for pre-mission planning, coordination, and mission execution for all rotational events in support of 1-4 INF. Pre- mission/rotational planning may include involvement in mission analysis, COA development, COA decision brief, commander back briefs, and combined arms rehearsals. On days that the Flacon team are in direct support of 1-4 INF the aircrews should conduct a face to face mission briefing at the RTOC with the 1-4 Battle Captain. This brief will finalize all mission specific details and provide real time battlefield updates that may be invaluable to flight crews. The Falcon Red Air crews must be flexible as the OPFOR mission will change based off the RTU’s mission progression. At a minimum, Crews will ensure that they are comfortable with airspace deconfliction measures, commo procedures, 1-4 IN Commander’s Intent, Mission Task and Purpose, and mission timeline before departing the RTOC. d. COORDINATION/GUIDANCE: Many missions will involve direct coordination with the OPFOR ground force commanders. This will assist in determining the most efficient and realistic method to complete the mission and accomplish a predetermined battlefield effect. Note: RED AIR may be advised to terminate based on the discretion of the COG, Falcon 07, or 1-4 IN Commander if mission intent has been

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

8-1 GENERAL: instructions for the type of injury. This section a. All BLUFOR units will observe compliments the annotated priority category. restrictions and constraints on the routes received in Division orders and are not authorized to use any other routes to move personnel or supplies unless approved by the Commander, Operations Group or his designated representative and EXCON. b. OPFOR: All OPFOR resupply operations will be conducted tactically and as part of the exercise. Exceptions must be approved by the JMRC S3 or his designated representative prior to the rotation.

8-2 COMBAT HEALTH SUPPORT (CHS): a. MILES CASUALTY CARD (MCC): 1. All Soldiers who are assessed as casualties will be provided with a MCC card by an OCT. Evacuation of civilian or role player casualties will be IAW the Law of 3. MCC Description Back: The Land warfare and unit SOP. back of the MCC is for OCT use and contains 3 2. MCC Description Front: The Sections. front of the MCC has 6 pieces of information: (a) Section 1 (red) contains the (a) Soldier’s Administrative Data call sign and point to point number for the OCT (red), including casualty’s battle roster number who initially adjudicated the Soldier as a and unit. casualty It is filled out to the right of the label. (b) Injury Priority (blue). (b) Section 2 (blue) contains the Additional information about injury priority is DTG of Injury. It is filled out below the label. covered later in this chapter. (c)Section 3 (rest of the card) is (c) The Injury Information and the Patient Timeline Information. It is used to Location (orange). This section provides an generate metrics regarding the effectiveness of injury diagnosis and the location of the injury. the evacuation plan across the battle space. It (d) Instructions for Injured contains information related to when the Soldier Soldiers (purple). This section will inform the arrives at various levels of care and the casualty if he is litter or ambulatory and to what survivability of the patient. extent, if any, that he can continue assisting the (1) "DTG of Treatment" unit. indicates the times the patient was initially (e) Information for Medic or injured, arrived at the CCP, arrived at the Role 1 healthcare Provider (brown). This section Medical Treatment Facility (MTF), and arrived at provides further information for responding the Role 2 MTF respectively. medics or healthcare providers. It contains initial (2) "Patient Treated" indicates if vital sign information and objective findings. An patient assessments or medical interventions OCT may adjust those findings based on the were given at the stations. Note that in keeping quality and timeliness of treatments rendered with TC3 guidelines, it may not be appropriate to after injury. render aid at every level of care. (f) Special Adjudication (3) "RTD" indicates that an OCT Instructions for OCT (yellow) This section adjudicates that a Soldier survived his injuries provides special adjudication instructions to and is released back to his unit. OCT's. Not all casualty cards have this section. (4) "DOW" indicates whether or If an injury is sufficient enough that the patient not the patient survives this level of care and is will die quickly on the battlefield without buddy evacuated to the next level of care. If a Soldier aid, CLS, or medic intervention it is annotated on expires while in transit between levels of care, it this section along with special adjudicating will be annotated at the lower level of care. E.G. If a Soldier expires while enroute between the Role 1 and the Role 2 MTF, the adjudicating

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

OCT will mark "DOW, Y" at the Role 1 MTF. the Role 2 MTF and receive treatment by the Role 2 healthcare providers. The evacuation times are not cumulative. The Role 2 MTF has the option of either evacuating the patients further or stabilizing them in their patient holding area. Patients will be RTD after three hours of stabilization inside the holding area. Role 2 MTF's will only be able to stabilize patients based upon the capabilities of the personnel and equipment the unit has on hand. If the Role 2 MTF is unable to hold the patient for recovery, then four hours will be granted for evacuation between Role 2 and Role 3 MTF's. This time begins once the patient is either moved outside of the patient holding/stabilization area into a staging area or loaded onto an evacuation platform. (c) Urgent. Soldiers with an “URGENT” casualty card must receive immediate first aid at either the point of injury (POI) or at a casualty collection point (CCP) with the amount of time allotted on the MCC (typically 10-20 minutes from time of injury), or they will be

assessed as Dead on Arrival (DOA) Casualties 4. MILES Casualty Cards fall prioritized as "URGENT" have one hour to be into one of the following four categories. evacuated from the point of injury to the Role 1 (a) ROUTINE. Soldiers with a MTF for initial stabilization by the Role 1 ROUTINE card may receive self or buddy aid physician or physician's assistant. The and require evacuation to a Medical Treatment casualties will then be given two hours to be Facility (MTF). ROUTINE casualties will be evacuated between Role 1 and Role 2 MTF and assessed as Dead on Arrival (DOA) if not treated by the Role 2 healthcare providers. This evacuated to the servicing MTF within 24 hours. time begins once the Role 1 physician or OCT's may reduce the Soldier's ability to assist physician assistant finishes rendering care. the unit, change the litter/ambulatory status, Casualties prioritized as URGENT will be given instruct the casualty to become unconscious, or two hours for evacuation between Role 2 and increase the patient's wound priority based on Role 3 MTF's. This time begins once the Role 2 the quality of medical treatment rendered and physician of physician assistant finishes the time elapsed since the Soldier was initially rendering aid. Stabilization within the Role 2 injured. ROUTINE casualties may resume patient holding area does not affect evacuation combat operations if an OCT verifies that times of casualties prioritized as URGENT. appropriate aid has been rendered at either a (d) KIA (Killed in Action). Role 1 or higher MTF by a qualified Battalion Aid (1) Soldiers with a KIA card Station Physician or Physician’s Assistant. must assume the role of remains. They may not (b) PRIORITY. Soldiers with a provide any information or assistance to the unit PRIORITY casualty card must receive proper and must remain in place unless physically treatment from qualified medical personnel. In moved. Any movement by remains (e.g. going to addition, they must be treated by a Physician or the latrine or retrieving a rucksack) must have Physician’s Assistant and be evacuated to a OCT approval. All remains must be evacuated to Role II MTF. Soldiers with PRIORITY injuries the Mortuary Affairs Collection Point (MACP). have two hours to receive treatment at a Role 1 (2) KIA, Remains not Found. MTF by a qualified healthcare provider Drivers and TC’s that have the requirement to (physician or physician's assistant) for remain with their vehicles will receive a KIA, stabilization. Once stabilized at the Role 1, the Remains not Found (KIA RNF) MCC. The patient is granted four hours to be evacuated to

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT adjudicating OCT must annotate on the standard KIA MCC “RNF”. 2. Non-standard vehicle loads (e) NBC Casualties. Any will be limited to the number and type of individual taking improper protective measures casualties that could be realistically loaded will be assessed as an NBC casualty. OCTs without causing further injury to the casualties. may assess NBC casualties based on protective Soldiers will not be placed in any situation that equipment failures. In addition, casualties will would compromise their safety. also be assessed in the downwind vapor hazard 3. Each casualty requiring area for incorrect actions. There will be transportation by litter must have a dedicated instances when both casualty cards will be in standard or improvised litter that will accompany effect. See Chapter 9, Paragraph 9-4 Casualty them throughout their movement in the Assessment for NBC Casualties. evacuation system. The unit may carry or drag (f) Special Circumstances litter casualties by one or two men but only to 1. Casualties will be protected (covered) areas. The unit can use a evacuated IAW current doctrine. When litter one or two man carry to move a casualty in an casualties are transported by a non-standard emergency situation where litters are not evacuation vehicle instead of an ambulance, the available and vehicles cannot get to the patient. casualties must be loaded and unloaded from 4. Casualties transported in a the vehicle/s by use of a standard or improvised vehicle that strikes a mine or is disabled in a litter. Once loaded, they must sit in the vehicle direct or indirect fire engagement will have their troop seats (for safety purposes). All litter MILES Casualty Card evacuation category casualties will be loaded, unloaded, and upgraded one level. “Urgent” casualties will be manually carried in a standard or improvised reassessed as “KIA”; “Priority” casualties will be litter during all MEDEVAC or CASEVAC related reassessed as “Urgent” casualties; “Wounded” operations. Evacuation times will be casualties will be reassessed as “Priority” administratively paused while casualties are casualties. The initial time of injury will be being transferred to and from litters for non- maintained; only the severity of injury will standard evacuation. change. (g) Bypassing Aid Stations. An c. Dead on Arrival (DOA) Casualties, will Urgent or Priority Patient can bypass Role 1 be declared “Died on the Arrival” (DOA) when treatment for a higher role of care, but they must any of the following cause death PRIOR to a still make it to the first role of care within one casualty arriving at the hour if “URGENT” or within two hours if BAS/BSMC. “PRIORITY.” 1. An URGENT casualty b. MEDICAL EVACUATION. All casualties receives no first aid at either a point of injury requiring evacuation will be physically (POI) or a casualty collection point (CCP) with transported to the medical treatment facility the amount of time allotted on the MCC (typically manned and equipped to provide the 10-20 minutes from time of injury). appropriate level of care. 2. The casualty receives 1. Casualty evacuation times improper medical treatment. are based on the injury category (ROUTINE, 3. Casualty evacuation times PRIORITY, URGENT). The time allowed for are not met. evacuation starts at the point of injury. Times are d. Dead on Arrival (DOA). The following not cumulative. steps will be adhered to once a Soldier is assessed as a DOB: JMRC Medical Evacuation Time Chart 1. After verifying, the MILES Category To Role 1 To Role 2** card is annotated with DOA, the OCT will require ROUTINE 24 Hours N/A the unit to transport these personnel to the PRIORITY 2 Hours 4 Hours Mortuary Affairs Collection Point (MACP) Point. URGENT 1 2 Hours e. DIED OF WOUNDS (DOW): The above guidelines also will determine if a casualty KIA N/A N/A is a DOW and apply the same as DOA. DOW ** Time from Treatment being rendered at terminology will only be used to identify the Role 1 until to arrival at Role 2. Times are not death of a wounded Soldier AFTER arriving at cumulative.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT the BAS or BSMC. By doctrinal definition a reporting/replacement and will follow instructions Soldier is not classified as a DOW unless death laid out below: occurs after entering into the medical system. (a) Name f. KIA/DOA/DOW EVACUATION: (b) Unit KIA/DOA/DOW Soldiers assume the role of (c) Rank remains and must be transported accordingly. (d) Status of Casualty 1. KIAs (Excluding KIA, RNF (e) Incident Date/Time casualties) are evacuated to Mortuary Affairs (f) Death Date/Time (I/A) Collection Point (MACP). KIAs will be uploaded (g) Inflicting Force onto vehicles as remains and will utilize troop (h) Summary of Incident seats prior to vehicles being put into motion. b. STRENGTH ACCOUNTABILITY. Transporting personnel in trailers is prohibited. The unit S1 will provide current personnel Soldiers will be transported IAW EXPRO strength (battle roster) and task organization Chapter 11, paragraph 11-12. (including all multinational attachments), face to g. TREATMENT AND SUPPLIES. The face, to his/her counterpart OCT prior to BLUFOR unit must have the required medical E1. supplies necessary to treat and sustain c. CASUALTY REPORTING. All units casualties during the treatment and evacuation will report casualties to the BCT Administrative process. These medical supplies must either be Logistics Operations Center (ALOC) IAW unit applied or, in some circumstances, simply SOPs. The BCT ALOC will either be the actual accompany the casualty during evacuation. BCT S1/S4 or a HICON representative. These "expended" medical supplies may be d. THEATER GATEWAY collected by the BLUFOR unit at the BSMC for 1. Personnel who have received packaging and resupplying medical units. It is a the highest level of medical care, were KIA, unit responsibility to requisition Class VIII DOW, or DOV will be transported to the Patient medical supplies, as is required. The BLUFOR Holding area (PHA). unit is responsible for ALL aspects of managing 2. The Theater Gateway is not Class VIII supplies. part of the rotational scenario and it is the h. WIA/KIA SENSITIVE ITEMS. It is the responsibility of the RTU to provide a White Cell responsibility of the BLUFOR unit to account for to manage the personnel. all sensitive items. Ideally, sensitive items will 3. Personnel will remain in the remain under the control of the WIA/KIA Chain Theater Gateway until the BCT S1 OCT has of Command and not be evacuated to the BSA. approved their reconstitution. Casualties can, however, be evacuated with 4. Reconstitution from the their sensitive items if no unit representative is Theater Gateway will be conducted on a twice available to take positive control of those items. daily basis at 0700/1900. 5. Transportation from the 8-3 PERSONNEL Theater Gateway back to the unit will be REPORTING/REPLACEMENT: provided under contractual requirement. a. GENERAL: A DA Form 1156, e. INDIVIDUAL RECONSTITUTION Casualty Feeder Report, will be completely PROCEDURES. processed through personnel channels for all 1. During a rotation with an RTU BCT evacuated US casualties (similar documentation and Brigade Support Battalion (BSB): is required for all multinational casualties) IAW the unit’s personnel actions SOP. No casualty (a) After processing through MACP or replacement personnel will return to units until upon release from Level II Treatment (FSMC), after DA Form 1156 and all other appropriate Soldiers will be transported to the Theater personnel requisition paperwork has been Gateway are available to be requested as completely processed through the personnel replacements through the BCT S1 (ALOC). replacement system.

1. MULTINATIONAL UNITS. Multinational partners are required to provide the following information for casualty

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 PERSONNAL RECONSTITUTION FLOW COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT KIA

determine, based on the tactical situation, that BCT S1 the unit or a portion thereof will be totally Remains MACP Collects replaced (for example, the unit gets over-run). In Arrive at Processes MACP 1155/1156 Remains this situation, the S1 or surviving unit representative completes a unit battle roster

identifying those individuals that are accounted

present for duty, WIA, or KIA, and those MACP BCT Completes individuals on whom the status is unknown (MIA

Processes Personnel - all others). The roster is provided to the S1 for Remains Requisition unit reconstitution. The S-4/BCT TOC must fully account for all vehicles.

PERSONNEL RECONSTITUTION FLOW WIA 8-4 VEHICLES/MAINTENANCE: a. GENERAL. SAWE-RF/MILES II Wounded BCT S1 allows for five types of Battle Damage Soldier Collects Released From 1155/1156 Assessments (BDA): catastrophic, mobility, Level II cheat, commo, and weapon system. Treatment 1. TF S4 requests replacement vehicles and equipment IAW unit SOP through

BCT S1 Presents the BDE S4. 1155/1156 to OC 2. TF S4 reports the combat loss to the S4 OCT with the following information: Co/Tm, vehicle Type, bumper # and

time reported to BDE. OC Issues Personnel 3. Damaged/catastrophic Reconstitution Card

to BCT S1 vehicles remain in place with security until the

proper recovery assets arrive on site and conduct a proper recovery of the equipment back to the Unit Maintenance Collection Point (b) An OCT at the BCT ALOC (UMCP) under the supervision of an appropriate will rekey all replacement personnel individually, OCT. after the unit has correctly processed the proper 4. Combat load ammunition on documentation and reporting has been board damaged vehicles will be considered submitted to the BCT TOC, and he/she has serviceable and will be allowed to be cross level verified the MILES Casualty Card. to a serviceable vehicle. Cross leveling to or 2. During a rotation without an from a catastrophic destroyed vehicle awaiting RTU BCT and Brigade Support Battalion (BSB): rekey is not permitted. (a) All KIA and WIA Soldiers are 5. Simulated Catastrophic evacuated to the Field Trains (KIA evacuated to destroyed equipment will be reconstituted no the Mortuary Affairs point, as appropriate). earlier than 12 hrs from incident time and only (b) Battalion/Task Force CTCP after the proper actions have been conducted in or FTCP reports casualty losses to the BCT reference to the Unit’s Battle Damage/Battle TOC. Loss SOP for replacement of a catastrophic (c) BCT TOC receives casualty destroyed piece of equipment. reports from the CTCP or FTCP. The BCT TOC 6. Equipment simulated as screens the data for accuracy. Once proper documentation and reporting has been damaged will be reconstituted once the submitted to the BCT TOC (as outlined in conditions are met in reference to the JMRC section 8-2, subparagraph a), the BCT TOC will SBDA Card (Chapter 8 Figure 8-6). contact the appropriate task force OCT to relay 7. When catastrophic damage information on the personnel that have been occurs to a piece of equipment: The BDE S4 reconstituted. notifies the BDE S4 OCT of loss with minimum e. UNIT RECONSTITUTION of Battalion/Task Force, Vehicle Type and Time PROCEDURES. The Senior OCT may of Loss. The TF S4 completes the proper paper work required by the Unit’s Battle Damage/Battle

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

Loss SOP for a replacement of a catastrophic the 5988E, the time listed on the JMRC SBDA destroyed piece of equipment. The paper work card associated with that fault will begin. Once is sent to the BDE S4 for review. Once the the standard time is met the OCT will paperwork is complete the BDE S4 notifies the reconstitute that piece of equipment. BDE S4 OCT and the Battle Damage/Battle Loss 4. For non-US Equipment paperwork is reviewed by the BDE S4 OCT. SBDA, the maintenance process must still be Once the paperwork has me the standard of the tracked and reported to the OCT. For Non-US Unit’s SOP the BDE S4 OCT will notify the units, a DA 5988E is not required, but an equivalent tracking method must be used and appropriate TF’s OCT and that equipment will be shown to the OCT in order to successfully reconstituted. reconstitute the piece of equipment. b. Simulated Battle Damage 5. If recovery/evacuation of the Assessment (SBDA). SBDA vehicle is necessary; the following 1. SBDA is used to further conditions must be met. activate the task force maintenance system. It (a)The recovery vehicle must monitors the procedural steps taken by the TF to have the appropriate equipment to recover the return damaged vehicles to a serviceable status damaged vehicle, (i.e., tow bar, chains, and/or or receive a replacement piece of equipment for cables) IAW the appropriate -10 TM. a catastrophically destroyed piece equipment. (b) Recovery may be 2. SAWE/MILES II generates accomplished by any vehicle capable of four possible damage states when a system is recovering the damaged vehicle IAW the -10s successfully engaged by the enemy. standards. (a) Commo kill. (c) All units performing tactical (b) Mobility kill. operations must have a plan for hasty-recovery (c) Firepower kill. in the event of break downs or SBDA. The (d) Catastrophic kill. damaged vehicle will have to be pulled by a (e) A fifth condition is the "cheat compatible vehicle using an approved strap, kill" that occurs when the crew violates a chain, or cable in order to be extracted from the restriction placed on them due to the first three site. OCTs will observe that proper security is categories which will be adjudicated by the being provided and hook-up is executed owning OCT. An SBDA card will assign fault correctly to prevent any injuries to personnel or symptoms and crew instructions for each damage to vehicles. The recovery will only be damage state. Upon activation of the MILES allowed to be performed in areas where the system, the adjudicating OCT will place a SBDA terrain permits safe execution of this battle drill card on the front driver’s side window of the under close supervision of the OCT on the vehicle, based on the type of kill assessed. scene. The recovered vehicle will be towed to Faults will be either operator, field or the floating rally point which will be no more than sustainment level. a 1000 meters or next terrain feature. At this 3. The vehicle TC utilizes DA point the vehicle will assessed, and either Form 5988E. If the damage requires field or repaired or the unit will request for a deliberate sustainment level maintenance, crews correctly recovery from their supporting recovery complete the DA Form 5988E, with the faults personnel. noted from the SBDA card. The 5988E is turned (e) During a deliberate recovery in to the TF shop office and they notify their similar actions apply as in the hasty recovery respective OCT. At that time the shop office can with the exception of time available, tools, and assign the equipment to the appropriate vehicle. After determining the vehicle is unable mechanics and they can begin troubleshooting to be repaired the TC will will request through the piece of equipment. During the the proper chain of command channels that a troubleshooting process, the mechanics will deliberate recovery will need to be performed annotate any repair parts or CL III (P) needed by and that a recovery vehicle is needed. If the NSN on the 5988E. Once the mechanics have recovery vehicle is within the current set of completed troubleshooting the piece of vehicles then it would be signaled to move into equipment, the 5988E is returned to shop office. position for hook-up. If the recovery vehicle is Shop office will notify their OCT and the OCT not present in the current operations a like type will review the 5988E. Once the OCT approves

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT vehicle equipped with a tow bar can be used. (2) Identify who establishes The senior person in charge of the operation priorities for BDAR assets in an area where must set-up a fixed site for security and report to more than one command exists. higher the number of vehicles to be recovered, (3) Determine where recovered types of vehicles, grid location, and description assets should be towed to and by whom. of break down. OCT’s will observe all actions to (4) Identify the point of contact ensure the safety of BLUFOR and prevent any for questions and guidance. One point of contact damage to their vehicles. Note: Safe towing is established for multinational forces, and one speed not to exceed 20 mph, (except for tracked for U.S. forces. vehicles which is 5 mph) (5) Establish the extent to which (f) During recovery of a BDAR can be applied to multinational units. catastrophically destroyed vehicle units must (6) Identify specifics regarding ensure all maintenance/recovery personnel the primary vehicles that each nation might attend the catastrophic recovery class presented recover for the other. by the Adler 26 team which will cover: (7) Exchange technical (1) Safety information regarding towing, preferred hookup (2) Overturn recovery methods locations for winching or overturned vehicles, (3) Rigging methods and any other information that would assist in (4) Weight calculations avoiding unsafe or dangerous BDAR operations. (5) Necessary equipment and (8) Exchange information serviceability regarding special actions required to secure (6) Lifting Techniques sensitive items, such as radios, maps, signal (7) Dead-Lift certification operating instructions, or high cost or scarce (g)Units maintenance/recovery components. personnel that do not attend the class will not be (9) Determine what the allowed to participate in catastrophic (overturn or multinational unit doctrine is concerning the use dead-lift) recovery of Track or Wheel vehicles. of the disabled crew on-site. (h) Tracked Vehicle Recovery. (10) Clearly establish (1) Per USAREUR Supplement recognition signals. to AR 750-1, M-1 tanks require a brake vehicle (11) If translations are critical for when being towed. Brake Vehicles can be either ongoing BDAR operations, arrange to have an M-88 or M-1. A brake vehicle is not translators available. A better arrangement necessary when towing with an M-88A2 would be to have a technical advisor available Hercules. from the nation owning the equipment. (2) When using M-1s for vehicle (c) The appropriate step by step recovery, do not allow the rear of the tow or provision dealing with multinational recovery are brake vehicle to face the rear of the disabled listed in ATP 4-31, Appendix A. tank. Also ensure that the M-1s have a heat 5. Repair time per the JMRC shield in place to perform the recovery mission. SBDA card begins when: Appropriate provisions of paragraph 3b. (5)(d), (a)Once the mechanics has above apply. complete troubleshooting the piece of equipment 4. Multinational SBDA and the 5988E is returned to shop office. Shop Recovery: office will notify their OCT and the OCT will (a) Prior to U.S. assets being review the 5988E. Once the OCT approves the used to support multinational assets or vice 5988E, the time listed on the JMRC SBDA card versa, check the existing STANAG and SOP. associated with that fault will begin. Once the Make contact with the affected multinational unit standard time is met the OCT will reconstitute to exchange information. that piece of equipment. (b) The following critical information should be exchanged, understood, 7. Maintenance conducted on and established on E1 during multinational equipment belonging rotational units during operations: Exercise Days must be performed in the (1) Clearly establish command maneuver box or maneuver coordination area. and control. Equipment needing maintenance must be

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT performed in a designated hard stand area or b. CL IX. TFs/Separate Companies will the unit must have the required secondary spill provide a daily status of requisitions initiated to containment platforms in order to conduct their respective OCTs in a format that breaks maintenance and prevent environmental down information by company team, by priority violations. (02/03, 05/06, 12/13). Additionally, 8. All catastrophically destroyed ULLS/SARSS CL IX reports may be required by vehicles may not PMCS, NMC fault repair, OCTs. The Supply Support Activity (SSA) will rearm, and refuel before reconstitution. This may provide a daily status of all requisitions only occur once the proper documentation has processed and passed to their respective OCT been submitted and the respective TF OCT gets in a format that breaks down the information by notification from the BDE S4 OCT the paperwork CO/TM by priority. is complete and the vehicle has met the c. INSTRUMENTATION CODING. conditions to be reconstituted. Tracked vehicles and selected-wheeled vehicles 9. Cross Leveling of Parts: will have an instrumentation package that Units have the option of “cross-leveling” parts electronically links the vehicle with the main between two SBDA vehicles with different faults. computer. This package is called a PLAYER Similar to installing a SBDA part, the appropriate UNIT. The S4 will provide a PLAYER UNIT mechanics, tools, and manuals must be on serial number, unit bumper number, and the hand. Once the cross leveling is complete, the vehicle function list (i.e., CTCP, primary BAS, gaining vehicle is considered FMC and the 1st platoon leader, etc.) to the OCT at initial losing vehicle now has two SBDAs against it and linkup/ safety briefing prior to move out for STX the 5988E will reflect two faults. The same training. Vehicle bumper numbers are not maintenance process will be followed Once the changed after the vehicles pass through the mechanics has complete troubleshooting the instrumentation station. piece of equipment the 5988E is returned to d. AMMUNITION STATUS. Prior to the shop office. Shop office will notify their OCT and start of the ESX, the task force uploads its the OCT will review the 5988E. Once the OCT ammunition, both simulated rounds and paper approves the 5988E, the time listed on the replicated munitions. The upload of the initial JMRC SBDA card associated with that fault will Combat Basic Load (CBL) for the unit is begin. Once the standard time is met the OCT processed through the Ammunition Transfer will reconstitute that piece of equipment. Point (ATP) and transported by the unit IAW the 10. BLUFOR must execute repair IAW EXPRO outlined in the following paragraphs SBDA card and will not receive credit for SBDA 1. The S4 or Support Platoon repair by ordering an entirely new vehicle. Leader provides the OCTs with data pertaining c. Material/Maintenance Reporting to the total amount, by type, of ammunition 1. Units will report their allocated, issued, and the location of the readiness status IAW their SOP. The unit ammunition. This is done in accordance with the Maintenance Control Officer / BSB SPO or unit basic load representative will provide an updated copy of 2. If an additional allocation of NMC Reports or AHN-O26 print to their OCTs ammunition is issued to the unit, the S4 will on a daily basis. provide the OCTs with updated information as 2. Brigade Maintenance appropriate. Meetings. Units will report their readiness IAW e. Task Organization Of Vehicles. The SOP. The BDE S4/BSB SPO will provide a S4 provides data on the task organization and current copy of any reports and current combat types of vehicles that are located within the task system status to Logistics OCTs at the BDE force. This chart is completed prior to maintenance meeting. deployment to the ESX.

8-5 LOGISTICS/SUPPLY: 8-6 AMMUNITION: a. GENERAL: In order to monitor the a. AMMUNITION CONCEPT. logistical effort of the task force, data on 1. The Brigade Ammunition instrumentation coding, ammunition status, and officer (BAO) must draw at least 60% of all task organization of vehicles is required. replicated ammunition based on the Brigade Combat Team’s Unit Basic Load (UBL) for

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

25mm and higher for both the Brigade Support ammunition from their host country and will Battalion (BSB) and all Forward Support provide a guard to safeguard ammunition. Companies (FSC) for initial issue. BAO will 2. Ammunition, simulators, and issue 2nd UBL to FSCs via 581 and 3161 (for all other replicated training devices will be stored accountability purposes) prior to X-days. at the established AHA for eventual delivery or 2. The BAO must sign for and issue to units using an approved DA Form 581. draw the total ammunition allocation, to include All issue and turn-in procedures will be IAW the Class IV barrier material, for all assigned, TSC SOP. attached, and supporting units of the Brigade 3. Support units will be required Combat Team (BCT) for the rotation. to transport all training ammunition and 3. The BAO will establish an containers when conducting resupply Ammunition Holding Area (AHA) in the operations. The using units must provide the Hohenfels Class IV / V yard before and after X necessary transportation, personnel, and MHE days and during X-days the BAO will establish for handling and storing all training ammunition an Ammunition Transfer Holding Point (ATHP) in and containers. the Hohenfels Training Area (HTA) to facilitate 4. TSC or an OCT will validate issue/receipt of all ammunition (including the issue of all training ammunition to the BAO replicated ammunition). The BAO will hand or his/her representative at the AHA. The BAO receipt for the storage area from the HTA representative will then issue appropriate Division Tactical Operations Center (DTOC) and training ammunition on the proper DA Form 581 man the site with adequate supervision. for all issued ammunition. 4. Additional allocations of 5. All training ammunition and ammunition can be requested for planned devices must be returned in the execution of the tactical operations as well as the requisition of exercise or at the end of mission. Damaged ammunition for immediate consumption. These training ammunition will be repaired by using must be requested and approved through units. NRDC-H utilizing DA Form 581 before 6. HTA base operations will ammunition is issued from the AHA or EAB units inspect and clear AHA prior to the BCT supporting the BCT. (BLUFOR units) departing JMRC. 5. All ammunition issued to the 7. Multinational Units will follow BCT, less mines, must be received and issued all rules outlined including the requisitioning of using appropriate documentation (DA Form 581 ammunition on a DA Form 581. and 5962-R) and flow through established ATHP c. AMMUNITION HANDLING. during X-days. Ammunition resupply following 1. All training simulators the initial issue will be pushed from EAB (ATWESS and MGSS) devices and training resupply operations to the BSB ATHP based on ammunition containers must be treated as if they the CSR published in the NRDC-H OPORD and had the same weight and cube as the rounds that they represent. The appropriate DA 581s submitted and approved for resupply transportation assets must be utilized to move from EAB support units. ammunition during any resupply of ammunition 6. Multinational units will store (Tables 8-1 thru 8-4). and request ammunition using the same 2. Using unit vehicles cannot exceed their guidelines as stated above to include carrying capacity (weight and cube) in moving ammunition from their host country and will ammunition (Tables 8-1 thru 8-4).Vehicles provide a guard to safeguard ammunition. violating their carrying capacity will automatically receive a simulated battle damage (SBDA) b. PLANNING REQUIREMENTS / assessment by the OCTs. If the vehicle is COORDINATION FOR AMMUNITION considered to be catastrophically destroyed then SUPPORT. the vehicle and its cargo must undergo complete 1. Multinational units will store replacement procedures before the cargo can and request ammunition using the same be delivered. Units may send appropriate guidelines as stated above to include

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT vehicles back to recover Class V if the unit for that particular mission. OCTs will adjudicate desires. this process based on the unit’s priorities and 3. When handling ammunition actual capabilities. by hand, all ammunition must be handled by 4. Ensure that using units return enough personnel to move it (e.g., a man who all training ammunition. All training ammunition can ordinarily lift only one tank main gun round will be returned to the AHA regardless of is allowed to lift one MGSS Simulator). condition and will not be turned in or disposed of Dismounted Soldiers may not carry more than except to the TSC. one JAVELIN, one TOW, one Javelin, two AT- 5. When training ammunition is 4s, or one Stinger ATWESS cartridge per returned to the AHA/ATHP on using unit person. vehicles, the training ammunition must be 4. If material handling downloaded or cross loaded to the designated equipment (MHE) is not available, the vehicle backhaul vehicle at the AHA/ATHP before using will be hand loaded using a ratio of one-man unit vehicle can be considered eligible for use load per minute (e.g. it will take one man 60 for reload of ammunition or any other minutes to load 60 rounds of 120 mm HEAT into commodity. a 2 1/2-ton truck). 6. Ensure that all ammunition 5. Main Gun Signature handling is in compliance with the EXPRO. Simulator (MGSS) Loads. Units will not exceed e. AMMUNITION INITIAL ISSUE AND the basic load or current turret load authorized RESUPPLY TO USING UNITS. when loading M30 Pyrotechnic rounds into the 1. For initial upload, units must MGSS. Regardless of the planned turret loads, account for and document ammunition down to M1 series vehicles will not exceed 40 rounds in the Company/Team, specialty platoon, and the MGSS, T80 series vehicles will not exceed attachment level by DA Form 5515-R. If an 45 rounds in the MGSS, M109 series vehicles audit trail is not established, the initial upload will will not exceed 39 rounds in the MGSS. not be allowed by the OCT. NOTE: Initial issue 6. Multinational Units should be 100% of ABL and no less than 60% of ammunition handling procedures will be based UBL. Subsequent issue is based on unit CSR. on similar ammunition and vehicle platform types as US units. 2. All resupplies above the initial d. BAO REPRESENTATIVE AND upload must be conducted by the BSB and FSC AHA/ATHP PERSONNEL PROCEDURES. support units utilizing training ammunition boxes, 1. Issue of approved training containers, and canisters that accompany the ammunition that has been properly validated by type of ammunition and corresponding quantity. OCTs and requested via DA Form 581 will be A complete resupply transaction will include: used for the requisition and issue of all training a. Expenditures (DA Form ammunition from the AHA or ATHP. 5962-R) 2. DA Form 581 for Issue will b. Request/Issue (DA annotate appropriate category of issue. See Form 581) Figure 8-2. c. Receive / Upload / 3. BAO will issue approved Movement with quantities of ammunition to the forward units replicated ammunition when the forward units have the required boxes / containers number of vehicles, each having approved load d. Appropriate plans based on quantity and compatibility for transportation assets movement of ammunition. The BAO, BSB and based on quantity and FSC representatives (with validation from OCTs) compatibility for are responsible for ensuring that using unit movement. vehicles are following guidelines IAW 3. Training ammunition regulations for movement of ammunition and containers and boxes will be used for resupply that it does not exceed their carrying capacity. If during the exercise. Containers and boxes will either of these criteria are not met then the RTU not be utilized for the supply of the initial issue will only be allowed to move the amount based ammunition for the unit prior to the start of the on the transportation assets they have allocated exercise.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

f. AMMUNITION STORAGE. c. Any augmentation support (MSB or 1. BAO will establish an ATHP COSCOM Unit) for ROM operations must be capable of storing 1 X UBL of the BCT. ATHP safety briefed and have MILES. will be in compliance of all regulations in terms of proximity, size, and storage compatibility. d. All units/vehicles that fail to follow the BAO will submit any additional ammunition TF route of march are subject to being returned storage location for approval through the DTOC to the TAA by an OCT. prior to occupying those facilities. 2. 25-mm rounds over the 300 e. All fuel tankers will have a spill kit ready box capacity are stowed in canisters in conforming to the SOP for tactical refueling at proper location. JMRC. (a) TOW, JAVELIN, Javelin and AT-4 training rounds must be stowed in racks. 8-8 AIR RESUPPLY. Units may conduct aerial (b) Maximum of 7 rounds on M2 resupply missions with Air Force airlift or (combination JAVELIN and TOW). internal/attached rotary wing assets. The unit (c) Maximum of 12 rounds on may use sling load, internal load, container M3 (combination JAVELIN and TOW). delivery system (CDS), door bundles, or combat offload (COL) methods to deliver supplies. 3. Stinger teams must carry a. ROTARY WING RESUPPLY boxes until rounds are fired. 1. Timeline for all resupply operations using internal or external loads must 4. The correct ATWESS be identified at the main planning conference, weapon system must be utilized. then refined at the final planning conference, 5. U.S. and Multinational Units and finally confirmed before the start of X Days. are only authorized to store ammunition in 2. All personnel conducting the approved storage areas. rigging of equipment must be a qualified 92S, g. TACTICAL AMMUNITION graduate of the air load inspector course, STORAGE AND CACHES: Units that plan, graduate of the air assault course, or sling load resource and execute tactical storage of Class inspector certified (with a current certification). V, or Caches must insure the following is met: 3. All rigging equipment must be 1. An OCT must observe the provided by the training unit. emplacement of BLUFOR Cache with b. DESTROYED SUPPLIES. All aerial resupply appropriate methods. operations are tactical during execution. Air 2. BLUFOR must request the supplies are destroyed when any airlift platform ammunition or use UBL. that is carrying supplies, to include sling loads, is 3. The cache will be replicated engaged and destroyed. Both BLUFOR and by inert ammunition, or paper ammunition in a OPFOR may engage and destroy air delivered container replicating approximate size and supplies using appropriate means during or after weight of the cache at the cache site. delivery. OCT’s will mark destroyed supplies 4. This does not apply to bulk with white engineer tape encircling the storage or cache points bundle/supply container and emplacing a 5’x7’ 5. Cache Destruction: BLUFOR card annotated with and OPFOR may destroy caches found in the “DESTROYED SUPPLIES” with the DTG of the box by notifying the covering OCT. Units must destruction and the name/call sign of the OCT have the appropriate means of destruction or who conducted the adjudication. OCT’s will wait the appropriate time to ‘remove’ the cache. ensure the supplies remain out of the exercise. c. Replicated CDS/COL 8-7 ROM OPERATIONS: OPERATIONS. Aerial resupply may be a. ROM operation will be conducted executed using replicated aircraft due to aircraft IAW applicable SOPs. availability or weather constraints. Replicated C- b. All units/vehicles participating in ROM 130’s will be replicated by DSA or augmentation operations will move from the TAA to the RP vehicles and controlled by the G4 and the DSA. along the TF route of march.

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

1. Replicated aircraft will follow eyes on site at all time before EOD arrival. If the air tasking order (ATO) times as closely as security is not maintained Unit must secure site possible. prior to EOD being released from FOB. 2. When executing replicated (d) EOD teams will be priority airdrops, BLUFOR units must provide qualified for all robotic systems. DZ parties and set up the DZ ICW the survey in c. Incident Site order to receive credit for the drop. Replicated 1. Unit discovering Explosive CDS must be packed and rigged appropriately hazard must maintain on site and cordon until and will be delivered to the point of impact and EOD has arrived and cleared the site. downloaded. Replicated CDS vehicles and 2. EOD team will arrive with crews will be OCT escorted to and from the DZ. extra security but that does not relieve the 3. Replicated COLs will be discovering unit for site responsibility. delivered to the STOL Strip turn around point. 3. Once EOD team has cleared Player units are responsible for downloading the explosive hazard the site will be then turned supplies off of the ‘aircraft’. COL vehicles will be back over to the maneuver unit. escorted to and from the STOL Strip by OCT’s d. Explosive Effects and will remain at the turn around point until 1. IED and explosive hazards download is complete. COL Vehicles may be will be simulated by Dragon team interdicted by OPFOR elements during 2. EOD is authorized to use 6’ of download of supply. detonation cord and 1/2 block of 1.25 pounds C- 4. In the case of training CDS 4 block in any configuration they desire to bundles built by AF personnel and dropped in remediate the simulated explosive hazard. actual resupply operations, BLUFOR DZ party 3. All live Explosive set ups must successfully recover the training CDS used by the EOD team will be fully inspected by bundle before receiving credit (in the case of certified EOD Team Leader OCT prior to use. paper ammunition) or the actual supplies e. Evidence Collection (MREs, water, etc…). If OPFOR successfully 1. EOD is responsible for the destroys the training bundle upon delivery, collection of evidence from incident sites and BLUFOR will not receive credit for the supplies it transportation back to the EOD Company for contained. packaging and chain of custody forms. 2. EOD team will have all 8-9 EOD/ WIT. evidence with reports to CEXC cell and higher a. Explosive Ordnance Disposal commands within 12 hours of mission (EOD) teams will be observed by Soldiers in the completion. 89D MOS a minimum of 30 level and must 3. Weapons Intelligence provide proof to OCT team of certification of Teams (WIT) are replicated at JMRC by civilian team leader qualification. contractors to fill a low density, high training b. EOD Teams are responsible for the value position. They operate with EOD units to assistance and oversight in mission command of collect forensic data at IED sites. WIT personnel nine EOD teams providing Counter IED are in competitive play and will wear individual capabilities in rendering safe, eliminating, and MILES. WIT vehicles will have MILES installed, exploiting explosive hazards, ordnance, and and will be assessed as damaged when IEDs in Direct Support (DS) role to the Brigade engaged by an appropriate sized weapons (BCT). system. 1. EOD Support 4. WIT personnel are civilian (a) EOD teams will be in a stand contract personnel and will not be taken prisoner by status pending the notification of 10 line UXO by OPFOR. If they are overrun, and OPFOR report from the BCT. desires to capture them, they will instead be (b) EOD teams will be escorted assessed as KIA and escorted out of sector by to incident location by security element and an OCT and not allowed back in play for 12 upon mission completion escorted back to FOB hours. by the same element. 5. WIT equipment will not be (c) Unit discovering the taken by OPFOR. All WIT equipment is high explosive hazard must maintain security and value and contractor owned. In the event a WIT

100

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT team is overrun by OPFOR, the equipment will 2. All Rotational Allies and PfP be considered destroyed and taken out of play Units are required to send a one gallon fuel (DF- for 12 hours. 2) sample can to the DLA Kaiserslautern 6. POST BLAST: As part of Petroleum Lab NLT 48 hrs after arrival to JMRC every IED event at JMRC, a post blast residue to ensure that the fuel meets specifications in kit will be associated with each IED. The kit will accordance with STANAG 3149 ANNEX C and be specific to the IED and the IED cell that D. constructed it. 3. No later than D-1 all 7. The Training Unit is Rotational unit's must provide a copy of their responsible to use the appropriate asset to FET results to their respective Operational interrogate, gather and process the post blast Group OCT and forwarded to the Adler Support residue. Operations section. 8. Appropriate assets to exploit 4. Sample Submission are to be post blast residue are EOD teams, WIT, and in dropped off during the lab's operating hours of certain instances EOCA qualified Engineers 0730-1630 at Rhine Ordnance Barracks in (determined by current theater specific Kaiserslautern, Germany, building guidelines). 320. After operating hours, place samples in 9. The training unit is drop box outside the gate or responsible for handling, transport and in case of emergency contact the Laboratory processing of the post blast residue. Maneuver Chief at +49 (0) 162-269-5818 or Team OCTs will not intervene or remove the DSN 493-2284. post blast residue from the training unit chain of 5. NATO adapters are required custody in an effort to assist the process. to conduct bulk to bulk fuel transfers between 10. The training unit is U.S. Rotational Forces and Allies and PfP Units. responsible to gather the post blast residue at 6. In order to conduct top load the BDE level and turn it into HICON. operations, a memorandum signed by 11. Once HICON has the post respective unit's Battalion Commander is blast material, they will prepare a post blast required. report for the Training Unit. 7. HAZ 11 and JMRC Fuel Handlers Safety training must be completed 8-10 AVIATION UNIT SUSTAINMENT prior to conducting any fuel transfer while 1. Aviation units assigned as RTU must conducting fuel operations on JMRC. coordinate with RTU sustainment units for resupply and support unless there are no sustainment units participating in the rotation. Exceptions must be approved by Falcon 07. 2. Refer to Chapter 7 of the EXPRO for additional Aviation sustainment requirements.

8-11 FUEL HANDLING All units conducting training on JMRC will establish a good Quality Surveillance program within their organization. Because of this, all U.S. units must provide a copy of the Filters Effectiveness Test (FET) results from each of their fuel tanker service vehicles and Allies/PfP fuel tanker service vehicles. 1. All rotational training units with modification table of organization and equipment (MTOE) authorized Millipore sampling equipment shall comply with monthly FET by using the Millipore test kit versus submitting one gallon samples to the Kaiserslautern Petroleum Lab.

101

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

8-12 Combat Service Support Tables and Charts The following tables are provided as planning guide only. Table data is based on FM 101-10-1. Actual amounts of upload will vary by loading configuration, and actual weights and cubes of different ammunition types.

Table 8-1. Ammunition Categories Table 8-1. Ammunition Categories Category How Replicated Type Ammo Simulator

A Containers with simulators 120mm/125mm Tank M30 Pyrotechnic

TOW ATWESS 155 mm Arty M30 Pyrotechnic JAVELIN ATWESS Stinger ATWESS Viper ATWESS 105mm Arty Shotgun

B Containers with Training Devices Javelin HG SIMULATOR

81mm Mortar Inert Round 60mm Mortar Inert Round

C Containers with Paper 20mm Paper 25mm Paper 30mm Paper Mortar Paper

MICLIC Paper

105mm/155 mm Arty Paper

Powder

D Containers with Blank Ammunition 5.56mm 7.62mm Blank .50 Blank E Paper Ammunition 120mm Mortar Demo Kits Bangalore Mines

102

UNCLASSIFIED//FOUO CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

Table 8-2. Ammunition Weights Table 8-3. Ammunition Weights

Table 8-2. Ammunition Weights (Round/Box). Table 8-3. Ammunition Weights (Boxes/Pallets).

Type Ammo Rds/Box Wt/Rd (lbs) Wt/Box (lbs) Type Ammo Boxes/ Wt/Box Wt/Pallet 20mm 100 1 93 or Pallets 25mm 50 2 50 Missile Viper 12 9 117 20mm 27 50 lbs. 1350 lbs Stinger 1 35 89 25mm 24 90 lbs 2160 lbs JAVELIN 1 67 67 120mm 30 69.9 lbs 2049 lbs TOW 1 97 97 4.2 wooden box 20 70 lbs. 1400 lbs 60mm Mortar 10 4.5 49 105mm 32 64 lbs. 2048 lbs. 81mm Mortar 3 17 51 TOW 12 89 lbs. 1068 lbs. 120mm Mortar 1 67 67 JAVELIN 9 67 lbs. 603 lbs. 165mm (CEV) 1 94 94 Stinger 9 83 lbs. 749 lbs. MICLIC 1 200 200 AT-4/Viper (5 4 112 lbs. 448 lbs. 2.75 RKT MPSM 4 40 160 per container) 2.75 RKT HE 4 35 140 2.75 RKT MPSM 15 160 lbs. 2400 lbs. 2.75 RKT SMK 4 35 140 2.75 RKT HE 15 140 lbs. 2100 lbs. 2.75 RKT ILLUM 4 44 176 2.75 RKT SMK 15 140 lbs. 2100 lbs. Hellfire 1 185 185 2.75 RKT ILLUM 15 176 lbs. 2640 lbs. Javelin 1 35 50 Hellfire 9 185 lbs. 1665 lbs. 105mm HE 2 39.8 79.6 Javelin 9 50 lbs. 450 lbs. 155mm HE N/A 95 N/A

103

UNCLASSIFIED//FOUO CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

Table 8-4. Vehicle Carrying Capacity

# Pallets

Ammunition 2- 5 10 ½ Ton 2-1/2

Type 1/2 Ton Ton Trailer Ton

Ton Trailer

1-(W) 2 4 8 14 16

120MM APDS-T

1-(M) 2 4 8 14 16 120MM APDS-T 1-(W) 2 4 8 14 16 120MM HEAT 1-(M) 2 4 8 14 16 120MM HEAT 1-105MM 2 4 8 14 16 APDS-T 2-105MM 2 4 8 14 16 HEAT 1-TOW 2 4 8 14 16 1-JAVELIN 2 4 8 14 16 1-Stinger 2 2 8 14 16 5-AT-4 2 4 8 14 16 (Viper) 100-20 mm 3 4 8 14 16 30-25mm 3 4 8 14 16 2-4.2 HE 3 4 8 14 16 2-4.2 ILL 3 4 8 14 16 2-4.2 WP 3 4 8 14 16 M21 Mine 4 4 8 14 16 M15 Mine 4 4 8 14 16 M14 Mine 4 4 8 14 16 M62 Mine 4 4 8 14 16 2,75 RKT 1 2 4 0 10 MPSM 2.75 RKT 2 3 6 0 14 HE

2.75 2 3 6 0 14

RKTSMK

2.75 RKT 2 3 6 0 14

ILLUM

Hellfire 1 2 4 0 7

30mm 6 6 8 0 12 Javelin 2 4 8 14 16

104

UNCLASSIFIED//FOUO CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

Figure 8-1: Example of DA Form 581 for Simulated and Paper Ammunition

105

UNCLASSIFIED//FOUO CHAPTER 8 COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT

Figure 8-2: JMRC Simulated Battle Damage (SBDA) Card

JMRC SBDA CARD OCT USE ONLY Vehicle Faults (Mobility) 1. UNIT: a. Engine destroyed 2. OCT: b. Hole in Fuel tank 3. VEHICLE TYPE: c. Radiator punctured 4. BUMPER NUMBER: d. Transmission cracked

5. WEAPON TYPE/ SERIAL NUMBER: e. Axle destroyed (Front or Rear) DESTROYED VEHICLE 6. RADIO SERIAL NUMBER: f. Flat tire * 7. DTG DAMAGED: g. Coolant hoses punctures * 8. DTG RECOVERED: h. Transfer case cracked 9. DTG PARTS & ASSETS AVAIL. i. Drive Shaft Destroyed 10 DTG REKEYED: j. Cooling Fan Inoperable Weapon Faults k. Final Drive Inoperable a. Weapon System Damaged l. Idler Wheel Broken b. Needs head space and timing * m. Busted track * c. Firing pin broke, weapon will not fire n. Road Wheel * d. o. Gunner Primary Sight Destroyed Communication Faults p. a. Antenna destroyed * b. Radio destroyed c. BFT/FBCB2 cables torn Cheat Kill d. Radios lost fill * * Faults can be repaired by operator with e. proper equipment and training

INSTRUCTIONS FOR RECOVERY AND RECONSTITUTION ON BACK OF CARD

*Front side of JMRC SBDA Card

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ROTATIONAL UNIT FOR HASTY RECOVERY

1. STOP IMMEDIATELY DURING ENGAGEMENTS Vehicle Faults Tracked

APC

Wheeled Wheeled

– -

WHEN SIGNALLED BY AN O/C Artillery

Heavy Truck Truck Heavy

IFV IFV

IFV IFV Medium Truck Truck Medium

2. IF YOU ARE IN CONTACT WITH THE ENEMY; Wheeled Light Tanks / Tracked Tanks CONDUCT HASTY RECOVERY a. Engine destroyed 8 7 16 6.5 12 8 8 . SHEILD THE DAMAGE VEHICLE FROM b. Hole in Fuel tank 2 2 2 2.7 24 10 6.5 ENEMY FIRE WITH ANOTHER VEHICLE c. Radiator punctured 4 2.5 4 1 2 7.4 4 . USE LIKE VEHICLES TO RECOVERY THE d. Transmission cracked 6 7 16 3 3 5 13 DAMAGED VEHICLE e. Axle Destroyed 4.5 4.5 6 -- 5 -- -- . USE HASTY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT f. Flat Tire * 0.5 1.2 1 -- 1.5 -- -- BASED ON SOP g. Coolant Hoses Punctured * 0.75 0.75 1 1 1.5 1 2 . MOVE VEHICLE TO FLOATING RALLY h. Transfer Case Cracked 5.2 2 3 -- 3 -- -- POINT . CALL FOR AND EXECUTE DELIBERATE i. Drive Shaft Destroyed 1 0.5 0.6 0.5 3 -- -- RECOVERY j. Cooling fan Inoperable 1 -- -- 2.7 2 7 9 FOR DELIBERATE RECOVERY k. Final Drive ------1.6 -- 4.6 4.7 1. CALL FOR RECOVERY SUPPORT USING UNIT SOP l. Idler Wheel ------1 -- 2.6 5 2. COORDINATE (NEAR/FAR) WITH INCOMING m. Busted Track * ------5 -- 2 3.4 UNIT IF NECESSARY n. Road Wheel * ------0.5 -- 1 2 BDAR KIT REPAIRS o. Gunner Primary Sight Destroyed ------3.8 6 1. IF THE UNIT HAS A THE REQUIRED REPAIR Weapon Faults EQUIPMENT ON HAND AT THE TIME THE Weapon System Damaged 2 VEHICLE IS DAMAGED, THEY CAN COMPLETE Needs Head space and timing * 0.25 REPAIRS ON ITEMS FROM THE FRONT PAGE Firing pin broke, weapon will not fire 0.25 MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK. RECONSTITUTION 1. THE CHARTS ON THE RIGHT IDICATE Communication Faults MAINTENANCE TIME PER FAULT ONCE THE Antenna destroyed * 0.5 VEHICLE HAS REACHED THE MAINTENANCE Radio destroyed 1 COLLECTION POINT FOR THE UNIT. IF BFT/FBCB2 cables torn 2 MECHANICS AND PARTS ARE ON HAND, THE Radio lost fill * 0.5 TIME STARTS IMMEDIATELY UPON ARRIVAL.

*Rear of JMRC SBDA Card

106

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 9 CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)

9-1 GENERAL: The OPFOR will employ (b) M8 and M9 chemical chemical and radiological weapons IAW OPFOR agent detector paper reacting to liquid nerve or doctrine (TC 7-100 series) during its conduct of blister agent. operations. (c) Positive reading on the Joint Chemical Agent Detector. 9-2 PURPOSE: This chapter addresses (d) Casualty assessment chemical agent use, casualty assessment, of personnel not in proper CBRN dress defense reconnaissance, decontamination, smoke state. operations, CDE, radiological dispersion (e) A CBRNE 3 report. devices, and chemical attacks. (f) Employment of CS or yellow smoke. CS is used predominately to 9-3 CHEMICAL AGENTS: replicate chemical agents however, yellow a. OPFOR CAPABILITIES: The smoke may be used in areas where CS can’t be OPFOR maintains an inventory of both non- used, generally within 1 kilometer of the JMRC persistent and persistent agents, and can use a borders. radiological dispersion device. g. NON-PERSISTENT AGENTS: b. REPLICATION: JMRC replicates 1. Non-persistent agents both non-persistent and persistent agents with present a vapor hazard and can also present a CS gas. The IS (Information System) contact hazard. determines the path of the downwind hazard 2. BLUFOR CBRN personnel using real world weather data. will calculate the downwind hazard of a non- c. DELIVERY MEANS: Bombs, rockets, persistent chemical agent using the Joint Effects mines and artillery. Model or procedures outlined in FM 3-11.3 d. NON-PERSISTENT HAZARD: Non- (Contamination Avoidance). Persistent strikes have an attack area of a 1 h. PERSISTENT AGENTS: kilometer square. The agent moves downwind 1. Persistent agents present a based on wind direction and speed. SAWE vapor and contact hazard in the attack area. notifies all vehicles equipped with MILES II as Contact and vapor hazards may also be present they come into contact with the chemical hazard. anywhere contaminated vehicles or personnel 1. CHEMICAL DOWNWIND travel. MESSAGES: JMRC provides rotational units 2. The hazard area can be up with a link to an Air Force chemical downwind to 1 kilometer downwind. message (CDM). Units are responsible for 3. Vehicles and personnel updating the CDM every six hours and using the contaminated are not clear until decontamination most current data. has been completed. See para 9-5. 2. OCT may use CS to replicate a chemical attack. 9-4 CASUALTY ASSESSMENT: e. PERSISTENT HAZARD: Persistent a. GENERAL: JMRC OCTs assess strikes have an attack area of a 500m radius chemical casualties based on the tactical circle. The agent moves downwind based on situation and the BLUFOR reaction to a wind direction and speed. SAWE notifies all chemical hazard. vehicles equipped with MILES II as they come b. UNPROTECTED PERSONNEL: into contact with the chemical hazard. Unprotected personnel in the attack area during f. CHEMICAL AGENT USE: a chemical strike become casualties. Soldiers 1. Fire markers or OCTs who fail to mask quickly may also become replicate chemical attacks with CS grenades, casualties. The U.S. Army standard to don, clear grenade and artillery simulators, and smoke. and seal the protective mask is nine seconds. 2. Exposure to chemical agent c. PROTECTED PERSONNEL: may be portrayed by: 1. Personnel in the proper (a) M256A1 Chemical protective posture will not become chemical Agent Detector Kit detecting blister, blood, or agent casualties in a persistent chemical attack. nerve. However, their equipment and vehicles may be contaminated.

107

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 9 CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)

2. Contaminated Soldiers and c. EFFECT OF CHANGE OF MISSION: vehicles can spread contamination. Change of mission has no effect on the d. CONSTRAINT ON RTDs: If a Soldier requirement for decontamination. receives a CBRN RTD, that Soldier may not d. CONDUCT DECONTAMINATION: assist his/her unit for one hour. 1. Water replicates e. EVACUATION OF CHEMICAL decontaminating solution 2 (DS-2). Fill CASUALTIES: decontamination equipment from any source 1. The condition of all chemical prior to entering the maneuver area. Once in the agent casualties will worsen if not rendered the maneuver area, fill decontamination equipment proper self or buddy aid. If the casualty dies due only from containers (unit supplied) labeled as to lack of proper care, the medical OCT will containing DS-2. assess the casualty as Died of Wounds (DOW). 2. Talc or sand (unit supplied) 2. Casualties who are chemical replicates Super Tropical Bleach (STB). Use KIA due to persistent agents continue to present STB for “dry” decontamination only (shuffle pit, a contact hazard until decontaminated. These individual gear decontamination). To use STB personnel may only re-enter the replacement slurry mix, the decontamination platoon must system once the unit has conducted appropriate transport the appropriate number of containers mass burial procedures and provided the of STB to the decontamination site. necessary equipment. 3. A card labeled “MOPP gear 3. Casualties that are chemical exchange” replicates a Soldier’s individual KIA due to non-persistent agents do not spread chemical equipment package (ICE Pack) for contamination and do not require MOPP gear exchange. decontamination. 4. The FSB logistics personnel will draw the MOPP gear exchange cards and 9-5 CHEMICAL DECONTAMINATION: issue them through normal supply channels. a. GENERAL: All personnel and Task force supply personnel will issue the equipment contaminated must complete MOPP gear exchange cards to the individual decontamination operations. companies on a one-card per Soldier basis. b. DECON REQUIRED: 5. When ready to don new 1. Non-persistent agents: MOPP gear, BLUFOR Soldiers will give the BLUFOR units contaminated with a non- MOPP gear exchange card to an OCT at the persistent agent are not required to MOPP gear exchange site and re-don their decontaminate or conduct MOPP gear existing MOPP gear. exchange 6. Once an element completes (a) Units identify agents with MOPP gear exchange, the OCT responsible for M256 kits or the JCAD, or with a report from that element will instruct that element to move 1 higher identifying the agent. Non-persistent km from the MOPP Gear Exchange site and agents are generally a vapor while persistent conduct unmasking procedures. If the element agents have the viscosity of motor oil. conducts unmasking procedures with a M256 (b) Units will conduct unmasking Kit, issue the element an “all clear (T-400)” procedures before giving “all clear” regardless of M256 kit. Allow the Soldiers to go “all clear” the protective posture of COBs. upon successful execution of unmasking 2. Persistent Agents: procedures. Turn all expended MOPP Gear Contaminated vehicles, equipment and Exchange cards over to the Chemical OCT. personnel will remain contaminated until decontamination is executed. Continued use of 9-6 CHEMICAL RECONNAISSANCE: contaminated vehicles or equipment is a. Units will conduct chemical authorized only if the crews assume the proper reconnaissance operations as close as possible MOPP level. to doctrine, while avoiding damage to the CBRN 3. Decontamination is achieved reconnaissance vehicle’s sensitive equipment. through immediate decontamination within 1 b. Reconnaissance or survey missions hour of becoming contaminated followed by are not valid unless the unit performing the deliberate decontamination within 6 hours of mission is accompanied by an OCT. becoming contaminated.

108

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 9 CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)

c. Marking of contaminated areas 3. OCT will observe all FFE should be IAW the Rotational Unit’s SOP and emplacements, ignite the FFEs, and assess doctrine. casualties and vehicles as appropriate. d. M9 PAPER: 1. Units may use 2” white 9-8 CHEMICAL DEFENSE EQUIPMENT masking tape to replicate M9 Paper. (CDE): 2. When fielded, OCT will a. DEPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS: provide BLUFOR units with a GTA card Units will deploy to JMRC with organic CDE displaying the effects of chemical agent assets. The only CDE not required while contamination on their M9 paper to assist in deployed to JMRC are contingency stock items. agent identification. b. PAPER CDE: All units are credited with a second JSLIST set as long the Soldier 9-7 SMOKE OPERATIONS: has the paper JSLIST set issued from the unit’s a. RESTRICTIONS: OCTs are the only supply channels with the words “MOPP gear authorized users of CS while conducting training exchange”, and the unit has the required haul in the box. The shaded areas along the capacity. boundary of the maneuver area depicted on the map of JMRC define the limits of smoke and CS 9-9 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: grenade use. Use of smoke or CS within 1.5 km a. M256 CHEMICAL AGENT of the JMRC-Hohenburg border or within 1 km of DETECTOR KIT: Simulator replaces the actual any other JMRC border is prohibited. CS is not M256A1 kit. When ready to perform detection, authorized in any MRA or LTA. BLUFOR personnel must exchange their b. SAFETY: detector kit with one from an OCT. BLUFOR 1. Rotational units will personnel will not use its own detector kit. immediately notify the nearest OCT and their b. NERVE AGENT ANTIDOTE KIT higher headquarters if an M43A1 nerve agent (NAAK-1): detector, M22 chemical agent detector unit or 1. A card with a picture Joint Chemical Agent Monitor (JCAD) is depicting an atropine injector and a parlidoxime damaged. This equipment has radioactive chloride injector replicates the NAAK-1. materials that could be hazardous if the detector 2. The battalion aid stations will cell is damaged. Leave the damaged equipment draw the NAAK-1s and issue them through in place, set up a five meter radius security Class VIII channels. The battalion aid stations perimeter, and report to EXCON. EXCON will will issue the NAAK-1s to the companies in the forward information to the JMRC safety office task force on the basis of three NAAK-1s per and JMRC environmental office. Soldier. 2. All personnel entering HC 3. When employing the NAAK-1 smoke will don their protective mask IAW Safety Soldiers will describe to an OCT the proper Of Use message dated 191615Z JAN 90. procedure for self or buddy aid using the NAAK- 3. Rotational units will ensure 1. they have no players in the maneuver area with 4. Soldiers place the expended a medical condition (allergy, pregnancy, asthma, NAAK-1 and CANA card(s) in the left breast etc.) that would put them at risk if exposed to CS pocket of the treated Soldier’s MOPP jacket. If OCT will not provide advance warning of the treated Soldier requires further medical care, chemical events. the medical OCT will retrieve the expended c. FLAME FIELD EXPEDIENTS: NAAK-1 and CANA card(s) from that Soldier. JMRC does not use flame field expedients. Otherwise, the OCT with that Soldier’s element BLUFOR may construct simulated FFEs using will retrieve the card(s). Turn all expended training demolitions but not Demolitions Effects NAAK-1 and CANA cards over to the Chemical Simulators (DES). OCT. 1. Water simulates fuel and sand (unit provided) simulates thickener. 2. OCT simulate ignition of FFEs with a hand grenade simulator.

109

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 9 CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)

9-10 EMPLOYMENT OF RIOT CONTROL time delayed symptoms that manifest up to 1 AGENTS. hour after the attack. a. Units may designate yellow smoke (b) Chlorine Decontamination. grenades to replicate a riot control agent if these Chlorine will disperse and dissipate naturally conditions are met: over time according to the Chemical Downwind 1. On TOA, notify the OCT Message. The effects of chlorine are not usually which yellow smoke grenades are to be lethal unless in very high concentrations without considered a riot agent. ventilation. 2. The smoke grenade will be (c) Chlorine Detection. Unless marked by a single band of masking tape, the unit is equipped with the Toxic Industrial labeled RIOT AGENT and initialed by an OCT. Chemical Protection Detection Equipment 3. Once a grenade is (TICPDE) kit, the only way to detect chlorine is designated as such it will remain as that agent. through the post blast analysis finding the 4. Resupply must be done IAW cylinders, or by observing casualties. establish procedures in Chapter 8. b. Use of riot agents 1. Units will not throw the replicated riot agent at personnel. 2. Employment is not permitted inside buildings. 3. Personnel not properly masked will be assessed as a casualty. Crowds will be dispersed by PRO COBs or OCT. 4. Under no circumstance will individuals attempt to re-throw a replicated riot agent back onto the initiator.

9-11 TOXIC INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS/ TOXIC INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS (TIC/TIM) a. Toxic Industrial Chemicals have the potential to exist throughout the battlefield. They include chlorine, chemicals found in bomb making laboratories, and materials found in industrial complexes within towns. 1. Chlorine. Chlorine can be found in water treatment facilities, hospitals, or other industrial complexes. It will be found as 55 gallon drums for liquid chlorine or yellow gas cylinders. If the chlorine is found in industrial areas it should be considered as routine for that environment, whereas if it found outside the normal environment such as a house or a cache, then it is to be considered to be used for other than intended use. (a) Chlorine Attack. The most likely method of attack with chlorine is with an SVBIED. Cylinders or drums will be included as part of the post blast analysis kit. Chlorine causes a 1Km hazard area producing casualties with skin irritations and breathing difficulties. Most casualties will be caused by the blast with no more than 10% of casualties exhibiting signs of chlorine exposure. The casualties will have

110

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 10 CIVIL MILITARY OPERATIONS

10-1 GENERAL: Civilians on the Battlefield the searchers enter or remove items from the (COBs) may be encountered throughout the designated safe pocket. battle space. These COBs may be residents of (b) COB Vehicle searches. The the local towns or refugees fleeing conflict. glove compartment of the COB vehicles will not COBs, including local guerillas may interact, be searched. Any other COB equipment or exchange information, and request assistance vehicles may be confiscated at anytime. with all forces on the battlefield. All COBs will be BLUFOR will not drive any of the COB vehicles. treated, and perform their duties, IAW the Drivers of COB vehicles will remain with the published tactical Rules of Engagement. vehicle. 2. Detention: A BLUFOR 10-2 PURPOSE: To outline the roles of civilians Soldier attempting to physically detain a COB and para-military personnel on the JMRC will ensure an OCT is present, and notify the battlefield, and the restrictions and limitations on OCT of his intentions to detain the COB. BLUFOR when interacting with these personnel. BLUFOR may simulate handcuffing/flex-cuffing COBs. 10-3 CIVILIANS ON THE BATTLEFIELD 3. CASEVAC: COBs will be (COBs): treated IAW their MCC. If the COBs are not a. DEFINITIONS: COBs are civilian provided with proper medical attention by personnel and Soldiers who role play civilians on BLUFOR and no other ROLE II MTF exist for the the battlefield. COB role players may be casualty, then the COB is assessed as died of government contractors, local nationals, or wounds (DOW). Soldiers. d. COB SAFE HOUSES: Some b. COB and CIVILIAN buildings in each MOUT site will be designated TRANSPORTATION: COB and civilian as a safe house(s) for use by COBs. An transportation in the box is part of the scenario EXCON sign (See Diagram 10-1, above) on the and is subject to BLUFOR searches. doors or windows designates the safe house. 1. COBs and civilians on these BLUFOR units are prohibited from entering vehicles will not be wearing MILES and are not these designated buildings. No CBI events will in play. COBs and civilians without MILES are be initiated from these buildings. not subject to search and will not be detained by 1. BLUFOR and OPFOR will not BLUFOR. cut WD-1 wire or commercial telephone wires 2. ADMIN PASSES: COB coming from COB Safe Houses to phone drop vehicles with EXCON Signs issued by EXCON boxes in the maneuver box. will not be halted or searched by BLUFOR. 2. Tactical field phone wires These vehicles have unlimited access to the connecting BLUFOR or OPFOR elements can battlefield, including BLUFOR positions, TAAs, be cut. and TOC areas. 3. OPFOR guerillas are not 3. WHITE LIGHT: COBs and all authorized to live in EXCON buildings. civilian contractors will use white light while e. SCHMIDMUHLEN ROAD driving in the training area during periods of (WARRIOR WAY) RESTRICTIONS: Civilian limited visibility. traffic is prohibited on Schmidmuhlen Road c. COB EVENTS: (Warrior way) during X days. BLUFOR wheeled 1. Searches: tactical vehicles and OCT may utilize Warrior (a) COBs may be detained and Way Road during X days. See Chapter 2 for searched. The conduct of a personal body further details. search of a COB, EPW, or Detainee must be under the direct supervision of an OCT. COB’s 10-4 REPORTING TRAINING UNIT EFFECTS right breast pocket is designated as a safe ON THE OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT pocket. If the COB does not have a right breast To facilitate dynamic adjustments to the pocket, he or she will announce to the OCT Operational Environment (OE), the OE Team observing the search ‘Safe Pocket’ once the relies on each OCT Team, the OPFOR, Pro- searcher locates a pre-designate safe pocket COBs, and UAPs to report their observations of containing his/her personal items. At no time will training unit and OPFOR interactions with civilian actors on a daily basis.

111

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 10 CIVIL MILITARY OPERATIONS

a. Reports will sent to the OE Team at during MRE exercises. Units may use BO drives [email protected] NLT if the tactical situation dictates this necessity. 1700 every X-day for analysis. VIPs are authorized to use White Light at all b. Daily reports answer the following times. questions: 1. What interaction with / impact 10-6 MISSION REHEARSAL EXERCISE on the civilian populace did the RTU or OPFOR SPECIFIC RESTRICTIONS: This section can be have today? amended as required by the JMRC S-3, with 2. Did this cause locals to view COG approval, to facilitate future MRE their government more positively, neutrally, or scenarios not covered in this section, or are negatively? How so? contradictory to guidance in this section. 3. Did this cause locals to view a. MOUT VILLAGE RESTRICTED FIRE spoilers more positively, neutrally, or negatively? AREAS (RFA): Will be IAW the Tactical EXPRO How so? published in the Division or Brigade Order, or 4. Did this impact the ability of established and published in a Supplemental local society to function normally? How so? EXPRO for a specific mission or MRE. b. TANK RESTRICTION IN 10-5 MISSION REHEARSAL EXERCISE UBUNGSDORF: See Chapter 2, Maneuver, SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS: This section can Paragraph 2-5.a. MOUT Operations. be amended as required by the JMRC S-3, with c. BLUFOR PRISONER OF WAR: COG approval, to facilitate future MRE 1. BLUFOR personnel may be scenarios not covered in this section, or are subject to becoming POWs only under the direct contradictory to guidance in this section. supervision of an OCT. a. BLUFOR MOUT MOUNTED 2. Chapter 3, para 3-4 will be in MOVEMENT: BLUFOR tracked vehicles may be effect for POWs. utilized inside all MOUT cities. Ground guides 3. No physical contact is are required. No mechanized vehicle movement allowed without direct OCT observation. between buildings or off established roads. d. OPFOR EPWs WILL FOLLOW Refer to Chapter 2, para 2-5a for further CHAPTER 3, para 3-4. information on maneuver of tracked vehicles in JMRC MOUT sites. e. COBs DETAINEES may be b. UNEXPLODED ORDNANCE/UXO’S: processed all the way into the detention center 1. CBIs may include UXO’s or EPW holding area under OCT supervision. replicated by: (Reference Chapter 3) (a) MK–118 (Rockeye II) (10 meter killing radius). 10-7 POLICIES FOR TRANSLATORS (b) DPICM sub munitions (5 a. The supported BLUFOR unit will meter killing radius). provide: (c) BLU-26, DPCIM (5 meter 1. Designated work schedules killing radius). for linguists not to exceed pre-arranged work (d) Hand Grenades (5 meter hours. killing radius). 2. All administrative and office 2. An OCT will manually equipment and supplies (i.e. desks, tables, adjudicate UXO CBI events. chairs, file cabinets, pencils, paper, computer 3. BLUFOR will handle (CBI) software, etc) based upon availability at each UXOs IAW their unit SOP or utilize EOD teams if location. available. 3. All communications 4. Once cleared by the equipment/capabilities required to perform BLUFOR, training aids must remain on site for assigned duties, as required. re-seeding UXOs for follow-on exercise play. 4. Mission-related transportation OCT will ensure they are returned to within the peacekeeping area of operations. OPFOR/COBs. 5. Billeting for all linguists in c. WHITE LIGHT: White light is area of operation to include heat, water, authorized in the box for all exercise participants

112

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 10 CIVIL MILITARY OPERATIONS electricity in villages/camps; potable water will be available at all times. 6. Three meals (breakfast, lunch, and dinner) per day for linguists during their designated shifts when performing services for U.S. military forces or when billeted in government facilities. b. Medical services. Only emergency medical treatment shall be available to the contractor personnel for real or loss of life, limb or eyesight emergencies. All other illnesses will be reported to COB Base via an OCT. 1. Upon translator turn over to BLUFOR a JMRC COR/ACOR will provide translator reporting requirements along with an informational sheet that must be complied with.

113

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY

11-1 GENERAL: The training unit chain of and equipment. OCTs will only directly command is responsible for executing and intervene if the unit’s lack of ability or supervising the Army’s five steps deliberate risk unwillingness will potentially lead to the loss management process. The goal of the JMRC of life, limb, or eyesight. JMRC OCTs will safety program is to eliminate/minimize the loss of assist the unit by providing close observation combat power resulting from accidents. All units and constant feedback on all unit activities. will integrate risk management into all phases of mission and operations before the start of any 11-7 UNIFORM: All participants and training at JMRC. Leaders will endeavor to observers will wear appropriate, serviceable eliminate or mitigate potential hazards through uniform and personal protective equipment as controlled risk reduction methods IAW AR 385- directed by their chain of command and 10 and ATP 5-19. current SOPs. In addition, all training Soldiers will wear eye protection. While 11-2 PURPOSE: To provide JMRC personnel, maneuvering, exposed crewmembers will training units and rotational augmented wear protective goggles. personnel a clear and concise understanding of the safety requirements and constraints for 11-8 TARGET PITS: Throughout the operations at JMRC. exercise, rotational training unit personnel will stay away from the target pits. These pits 11-3 REFERENCES: On safety issues, training contain pyrotechnics and target mechanisms. units will comply with the following references: All of the pyrotechnics used are capable of AR 385-10, DA PAM 385-40, DA PAM 385- causing severe blast and burn injuries. 63, DA PAM 385-64, AE 385-10, AE PAM 385- Without exception, no one will drive through, 15, ATP 5-19, USAJMTC Reg 385-1, JMRC tamper with, or remove any pyrotechnics from Live Fire SOP, JMRC EXPRO, and the JMRC these target pits. All moving target berms and EXSOP. tracks are off limits.

11-4 RISK ASSESSMENT: OCTs will ensure 11-9 UNSAFE ACTS OR CONDITIONS: Any training units conduct a deliberate risk person observing an unsafe act or condition assessment worksheet (DD Form 2977) IAW will immediately halt any action, which if ATP 5-19 for all expected training and allowed to continue, would result in injury to environmental conditions. The worksheet must personnel or damage to government property. be disseminated down to squad level. a. An immediate “CEASE FIRE” or “CEASE FIRE FREEZE” will be called by the 11-5 SAFETY BRIEF REQUIREMENTS: All individual observing any of the following rotational training unit personnel will receive a conditions or acts: JMRC environmental awareness and rotational 1. Round out of the impact safety briefing from the supporting OCT team zone, safety box, or approved surface danger prior to conducting any field training. At the zone (SDZ). completion of the briefings, the OCTs will issue 2. Unauthorized personnel a JMRC safety card to each individual receiving in the SDZ. the briefs. This safety card is the only 3. Aircraft over flying the acceptable evidence of having received the SDZ safety brief. Any individual found in the box 4. Required range barriers without a valid JMRC safety card, will be moved or removed. reported to the training unit chain of command 5. Negligent discharges. and moved immediately to an active FOB or b. A “CEASE FIRE” or “CEASE Albertshof until the Soldiers receive the FIRE FREEZE”, once initiated, can only be briefings from an approved OCT. lifted by the senior OCT present. The senior OCT will only lift the cease fire once he/she 11-6 ROTATIONAL TRAINING UNIT has determined that effective measures have RESPONSIBILITIES: The rotational unit is been taken to mitigate the hazard. responsible for the safeguard of its personnel c. JMRC HAWK BITE Cards

114

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY

At the discretion of the OCTs and JMRC The safety specialist will release personnel Safety, “Hawk Bite” Killed In Action (KIA) cards and equipment involved in the accident to the are given to BLUEFOR personnel caught unit upon completion of the safety performing a safety infraction/EXPRO Violation investigation. or an unsafe act. 1. OCTs will immediately 11-11 VEHICLE SAFETY: Assess BLUEFOR recipients of the Hawk Bite a. LICENSING: Only fully trained and card as KIAs/Safety kill. properly licensed personnel will operate vehicles at JMRC. Personnel with learner's 11-10 ACTIONS AFTER ACCIDENTS: All permits are not authorized to operate accidents and safety incidents are reportable. vehicles as part of unit training other than to If an incident occurs that results in serious take part in an approved driver’s training personnel injury, loss of life, or damage to a program. vehicle making the vehicle Non-Mission b. VEHICLE INTERCOM: Soldiers Capable (NMC), the OCTs and training unit will will only operate tracked vehicles or a Stryker take the following actions: variant with a fully functional intercom a. Immediately stop the action, assess system. Soldiers must be actively monitoring the situation, and notify the DTOC. the intercom when the vehicle is in motion. b. All vehicles and personnel within c. PROTECTIVE HEADGEAR: All 300 meters of the accident remain in the area Soldiers will wear either a CVC or a ballistic until released by the senior OCT or a helmet (MICH, ACH) when operating or designated representative unless required for moving in a tactical vehicle. evacuation or other assistance. d. SEAT BELT AND SAFETY: c. Any vehicle involved in the accident RESTRAINTS: All vehicle passengers will be will remain in place. properly seated in the crew compartment and d. Red smoke will mark accident sites will use the appropriate restraint equipment requiring a real world MEDEVAC during for the respective vehicle (seat belts or daylight operations. A red star cluster or flare gunner’s restraint harnesses). MRAP and up- will be utilized as a marker to guide MEDEVAC armored HMMWV gunners will wear the vehicles during nighttime operations. gunner’s restraint system (GRS) when e. OCTs will assist the unit with occupying the vehicles turret and the vehicle MEDEVAC procedures as necessary IAW is in motion. paragraph 11-20. e. GROUND GUIDES: f. If the incident involves ammunition 1. All vehicles (except OCT malfunction and injury to personnel, the OCTs vehicles) require both front and rear ground and training unit will execute the above guides when backing up. When moving requirements. The JMRC DTOC will contact forward in assembly areas, bivouac areas, the JMRC Safety Office who will contact the FOBs or other congested areas, all vehicles JMTC Safety Offices and the Hohenfels (except OCT vehicles) require at least a front ammunition supply point Quality Assurance ground guide. Specialist Ammunition Surveillance (QASAS) 2. The ground guides should for investigation purposes. If JMRC/JMTC keep ten meters between themselves and the Safety and QASAS investigation determines vehicle front, rear, and corners. They should that a particular type and/or LOT of ammunition never be directly in front of or behind the is suspected as a causing factor in the vehicle. Ground guides will not position accident, then QASAS, through the S3, themselves between the vehicle being guided Operations Group, will notify the Commander and another object where an inadvertent of Operations Group (COG). engine surge or momentary loss of vehicle g. The training unit through the OCT control could cause injury or death. will notify the DTOC of all accidents. DTOC will TC 21- 305-20 notify the JMRC safety specialist who will move 3. Tracked vehicles require to the site and conduct an initial accident two ground guides whenever they are in the investigation, regardless of class of accident. above areas. Ground guides should walk 9

115

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY meters in front of, and to the left of, the left mitigation measures to safeguard their track to observe traffic to the front and rear of Soldiers. the vehicles. The ground guide is the correct i. LIMITED VISIBILITY DRIVING: distance from the tracked vehicle when the Unit commanders will determine if drivers will driver can see the ground guide’s feet. TC 21- use vehicle lights or night vision equipment to 306. mitigate limited visibility conditions. Drivers 4. Vehicle operators will and vehicle commanders will ensure that immediately stop their vehicles if they lose sight vehicles are always operated at safe speeds of ground guides or notice that the guide is appropriate to the current weather and road dangerously positioned between the vehicle conditions. No IR lights will be used on or and another object. within 100 meters of the JMRC boundary f. VEHICLE HATCHES: All hatches tank trail, including during convoy operations will be secured properly at all times. Hatch or tactical road marches. safety pins must be present and properly j. VEHICLE SAFETY DRILLS: Unit installed. During all tactical movement, tank, commanders will conduct daily vehicle Bradley and Stryker vehicle drivers will operate evacuation and rollover drills prior to with the driver’s hatch in the closed position. conducting any road movement. Unit commanders will determine hatch position k. VEHICLE LIGHTS: Training units during non-tactical operations. will determine their light posture based on the g. VEHICLE SPEED LIMITS: tactical scenario. OCTs will follow the Operators and vehicle commanders will adjust posture of the firing unit, emergency the vehicle speed IAW road conditions, responders, VIPs, MILES contact team, MRX visibility, weather, and proximity to other fleet recovery team and the JMRC Safety vehicles and dismounted Soldiers in the area. team are authorized to use white light at all h. MAXIMUM SPEED LIMITS AT times in the maneuver box. JMRC: l. VEHICLE TURRETS: Vehicle 1. Tank Trails: 25 mph/40 commanders of turreted vehicles, to include km/h HMMWV, MRAP and Stryker variants, will 2. Cross-Country Operations: ensure that all personnel and objects are clear 20 mph/32 km/h. of the turret travel path before traversing the 3. Driving during limited turret. Vehicle commanders are required to visibility with NVDs on improved trails/roads 15 maintain continuous control of the turret, and mph/24 km/h proper weapons status, when the vehicle is 3. Driving during limited moving. visibility with NDVs in assembly areas or areas m. RE-FUELING: Personnel will wear with dismounted troops: 5 mph/8 km/h. the appropriate hand and eye protection, and 4. Driving cross country during use grounding rods, static lines, and fire limited visibility using the driver’s night sight or extinguishers during all refueling operations PVS-7: 5 mph/ 8 km/h. IAW FM 10-67-1.Training units will only refuel in 5. While driving between JMRC approved refueling sites. maneuver rights areas, local training areas, and n. LOAD PLANS: All vehicle the Hohenfels training area, speed limits will be commanders will ensure that all vehicle IAW AE Pam 385-15, table 1 and AE Reg 55-1 cargo, basic issue items (BII), ammunition table 2. and equipment are properly loaded and 6. When units are in simulated secured at all times while the vehicle is in enemy contact, vehicles may execute tactical motion. Units will enforce unit load plans and evasion drills and other maneuvers IAW unit approved Army Materiel Command tactical SOPs and the mission deliberate risk vehicle upload drawings (AMC TVUD). management worksheet. Maneuvers that o. VEHICLE FIGHTING POSITIONS: temporarily require high speeds or quick turns All units must maneuver cautiously near are permitted provided that life, limb, eyesight, fighting positions. Unoccupied and/or and property are not placed at undue risk. Unit abandoned positions will be marked to commanders will establish the appropriate prevent vehicle or personnel accidents.

116

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY

p. RTU REQUIREMENTS FOR DIGGING AT JMRC: 1. RTU will submit a 11-12 DISMOUNT SAFETY: memorandum requesting a dig permit and a. BUDDY SYSTEM: Soldiers will receive permission prior to excavating. employ the buddy system at all times. At no 2. Receive permission from time are individual Soldiers left alone as JMRC Current Operations for all fighting casualties on the battlefield. position locations (vehicle and individual b. INDIVIDUAL FIGHTING fighting positions). POSITION SAFETY: Individual fighting 3. Fill in all open fighting positions will be built IAW FM 3-21-75 and positions at the earliest opportunity following GTA 7-6-1 using only approved class IV the completion of the mission. materials. 4. The unit will mark unoccupied and/or abandoned fighting positions 11-13 SLEEPING AREAS: using four pickets and highly visible tape (e.g. a. ROTATIONAL TRAINING UNIT: candy stripe, orange, white engineer tape) at The rotational training unit chain of command the conclusion of the mission. is responsible for establishing safe sleeping q. DOZER/ACE/SEE/ESV SAFETY: areas. Soldiers will not sleep under, near The chances of uncovering UXOs during vehicles, or in motor parks. To prevent the excavation operations are high. The JMRC / possibility of carbon monoxide poisoning, JMTC Safety UXO overlay identifies those Soldiers will not sleep in running vehicles. areas where excavation is prohibited. To b. MARKING: All sleeping areas will ensure safe excavation, units will comply with be marked IAW AE Pam 385-15 and unit the following: SOPs. Dangerous terrain/obstacles within 1. Use the JMRC Safety UXO unit assembly areas or patrol bases, such as overlay. Copies can be obtained from the USAG- cliffs and unoccupied vehicle fighting H safety office. positions, will be marked with engineer tape 2. All personnel conducting and/or chem lights. excavation operations will wear a ballistic helmet c. VEHICLE MOVEMENT NEAR (MICH or ACH) and body armor. SLEEPING AREAS: It is the responsibility of 3. Units will use the minimum the vehicle commander to ensure the safe crew required to operate the vehicle. and unobstructed movement of the vehicle. 4. If a UXO is discovered during Prior to movement, the vehicle commander the operation, immediately cease operation, will conduct a 360-degree inspection around mark the area, and notify an OCT and the unit and under the vehicle to ensure there are no chain of command. obstructions or personnel. Vehicle r. VEHICLE OIC/NCOIC commanders will use ground guides and slow REQUIREMENTS: AR 385-55 requires an to no more than 5 mph during any movement NCOIC (SGT or above) or an OIC to serve as near a sleep area. the vehicle commander for every dispatched vehicle. The NCOIC or OIC will ensure the 11-14 FLORA and FAUNA : safe operation and maintenance of the vehicle. a. GENERAL: JMRC enjoys a large s. VEHICLE RECOVERY: During number of indigenous wild animal species vehicle recovery and during towing operations, and poisonous plants that can found all safety and operational requirements found in throughout the entire training area. Disturbing the operator’s manual must be followed. The or deliberately causing harm or death to vehicle being towed must never weigh more animals at JMRC is prohibited and than the towing vehicle. When recovering an M- punishable under the UCMJ and German 1 series tank with an M88 or M88A1 recovery law. The chain of command will ensure that vehicle a brake tank is always required. wildlife will not be needlessly disturbed and Extreme caution must be observed when towing plants will not be consumed by the units’ on steep grades to prevent loss of vehicle activities. control due to excessive speed for conditions. b. DEAD ANIMALS: Report any

117

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY observation of injured or dead animals to the c. HOFFMAN/ATWESS DTOC. Do not disturb the animal or move it. SIMULATORS: Do not pick up, handle, or c. FOREST MEISTER: Forestry attempt to open any HOFFMAN simulator activities are part of the JMRC land that is found on the ground. Mark and treat management program. The JMRC Forest them as a UXOs and notify your chain of Meister will keep the DTOC informed of all command and an OCT. forestry activity occurring in the maneuver box. The DTOC will assist JMRC Forest Meisters in 11-16 PYROTECHNICS AND TRAINING minimizing the impact of the forestry operation AMMUNITION: on the training unit. However, OCT Teams are a. REAL WORLD EMERGENCY: All responsible for coordinating directly with Forest personnel in the JMRC training area will only Meisters to request for foliage that will be used use red pyrotechnics to designate and mark for camouflaging purposed during rotations. real world emergencies. Any further unit concerns about forestry b. USE OF PRYOTECHNICS: operations should be addressed to the DTOC 1. When firing or throwing through the supporting OCT Team. pyrotechnics, the training unit and OCT team will take the appropriate measures to prevent 11-15 UNEXPLODED ORDNANCE: injuries to personnel by ricochets from nearby a. ACTIONS ON FINDING A UXO: All objects (rocks, trees, etc.), and back blast training will take the following actions upon effects. discovery of a UXO/DUD: 2. Soldiers conducting 1. Assume that all bombs, training on the SLMs (AT4/RPG) systems will projectiles, canisters, and rockets are live be thoroughly familiar with the weapon ordnance. system, understand and brief the general 2. Do not touch, run over, or safety precaution and ensure Soldiers disturb any UXO or dud. understand the step by step instructions. 3. Mark the general area of the 3. All Soldiers operating the UXO or dud using whatever means is available SLM will be provided training and testing on (engineer tape, pickets, etc.). the weapons components, mechanical 4. Notify the unit chain of sequence, and misfire procedures prior to command and OCT. Provide a ten-digit grid to being issued the weapon. the location and a description of the UXO c. USE OF CS: Only OCTs are 5. Depart the area and authorized to employ CS during training continue the mission. events. Training units will not bring CS of any 6. The DTOC in conjunction type, or draw CS of any type from the JMRC with JMRC safety personnel will establish a no- ASP. go perimeter around the potential UXO and will d. CS RESTRICTIONS: CS announce the UXO location and safety employment will be IAW all safety perimeter size on the OCCS and unit considerations listed in current Army, command nets. JMRC safety personnel are USAREUR, JMTC, and JMRC regulations. responsible for coordinating and executing all e. CS AND SMOKE PLANNING UXO removal and disposal. CONSIDERATIONS: Training units will b. TRAINING AMMUNITION account for wind direction, duration, density, MALFUNCTIONS OR INOPERABILITY: and proximity to off-post communities when Munitions and pyrotechnics malfunctions in planning for smoke and CS use. excess of the acceptable limits established in f. TRIP WIRES: Pyrotechnic devices AR 75-1 will be reported to the QASAS at the and trip wires that initiate pyrotechnic devices JMRC ammunition supply point (ASP) through (flash, bang, etc.) will not be employed at a the JMRC DTOC. Malfunctions resulting in height greater than two feet. injury or damage to equipment or property will be reported immediately to both the issuing 11-17 LASER DEVICE OPERATIONS: ASP’s QASAS, JMRC safety and the USAG- Lasers are considered a direct fire weapon Bavaria/H Safety Office. during all JMRC training. Lasers will not be

118

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY used unless approved by the senior on site appropriately rated fire extinguishers will be OCT has approved red direct for lasing. established for all operating stoves. 3. Operating stoves will not 11-18 CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING, be left unattended. Fireguards will be posted TOXIC SMOKE AND FUMES: and awake whenever stoves are operating. a. GENERAL: Carbon monoxide is an 4. Un-vented gas or odorless, colorless, and tasteless gas produced kerosene heaters will not be used IAW AE by the incomplete burning of gaseous liquids or PAM 385-15. solid fuels. The most common source of this 5. Storage of fuel for space gas is the exhaust from gasoline or diesel heating stoves in troop sleeping or work powered engines. When inhaled into the body, areas is prohibited. Fuel storage areas will carbon monoxide gas replaces oxygen in the be properly marked, with appropriate warning red blood cells and is carried rapidly throughout signs. the body resulting in death from asphyxiation. 6. Fuel cans will be marked b. ROTATIONAL TRAINING UNIT: At IAW the type of fuel in the container and a minimum, the RTU will implement the segregated by fuel type (JP-8, MOGAS, etc.). following measures to prevent monoxide f. ACTIONS DURING A CS/NBC poisoning: ATTACK: During CS attacks and HC smoke 1. Provide adequate ventilation operations, all personnel in the affected area when using generators, battery chargers, and will wear their protective masks for protection Army- approved space heaters. from toxic fumes. This includes vehicle 2. Keep power generation crewmembers and dismounted personnel equipment as far away from tents as possible. moving through artillery or mortar delivered 3. Do not allow Soldiers to smoke. Smoke will not be used inside sleep in closed vehicles while the engine or buildings, vehicles, tents or enclosed areas. heater is running. The protective mask will not protect 4. Ensure proper ventilation for individuals from an atmosphere that lacks all devices using combustible fuels. sufficient oxygen or from carbon monoxide 5. Use only Army approved poisoning. lanterns and space heaters. g. ACTIONS UPON c. SYMPTOMS OF CARBON ENCOUNTERING GRENADE AND MONOXIDE POISONING: Early symptoms of GENERATED SMOKE: The smoke produced carbon monoxide poisoning such as by tracked vehicles and smoke generators headaches, nausea, and fatigue, are often using “Fog Oil” is toxic. Soldiers exposed to mistaken for the flu because the deadly gas this hazard (smoke generator operator and goes undetected. Signs of Carbon Monoxide personnel moving through the smoke) will include dull headaches, weakness, dizziness, don protective masks. nausea or vomiting shortness of breath, h. USE OF THE M256 KIT: The redness of the skin, confusion, blurred vision M256 kit gives off toxic fumes when it is and loss of consciousness. used. At a minimum, Soldiers using the M256 d. TREATMENT OF CARBON kit will wear their protective masks and NBC MONOXIDE POISONING: protective gloves. 1. Move the victim away from the contaminated area and into fresh air. 11-19 JMRC CASEVAC AND MEDEVAC 2. Administer artificial PROCEDURES FOR REAL WORLD respiration if the victim is not breathing. INJURIES: 3. Get medical attention for the a. GENERAL: Training units are victim immediately. directly responsible for the care of their e. USE OF STOVES AND SPACE Soldiers. All units will create a viable HEATERS: CASEVAC/MEDEVAC plan that ensures 1. Only properly licensed appropriate evacuation asset coverage for individuals will operate space heaters. the training area, rapid stabilization of the 2. Fire points with patient, and effective evacuation measures

119

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY from the point of injury to the appropriate level approval authority for exceptions to this of medical care. Regardless of the severity, policy. training units will reports all injuries to their g. Requests to transport any/all supporting OCT and the DTOC. injured Soldiers, civilians, contractors, local b. All training units will follow and abide nationals, etc. will be processed and sent the by the MEDEVAC procedures as directed in same way. The DTOC will determine the the USAG-Bavaria-H SOP for Medical most effective means for transport (i.e. BRK Evacuations (MEDEVAC) and Mass Casualty ambulance or life flight for local national (MASCAL) Operations. injuries). c.JMRC OCTs will only step in to h. AIR MEDEVAC PROCEDURES: assist or take over an evacuation operation if 1. At the point of injury, the the training unit displays an inability or lack of unit will prepare a 9 line MEDEVAC request. action that will result in further harm to the The unit will transmit the request, through injured Soldier. Although JMRC OCTs will their higher headquarters, to the DTOC on endeavor to not hinder or slow the evacuation the JMRC primary MEDEVAC frequency (FM process, they are responsible for tracking the 30.750) or alternate frequency (FM 58.000). status and progress of all injured Soldiers and Transmissions will be sent single channel, will interface with the training unit when plain text. Every line of the MEDEVAC required and appropriate. The training unit is request is critical to the process and the responsible for keeping the OCTs aware of the requesting unit will ensure each line is injured Soldier’s status, location and current detailed and complete. unit actions. 2. Once the MEDEVAC d. The decision to request a process has been initiated, the training unit MEDEVAC is the prerogative of the leader on will constantly monitor the JMRC MEDEVAC the ground. The DTOC will approve all frequency until the mission is complete. The MEDEVAC requests made in good faith to training unit will provide any significant preserve the life, limb, and/or eyesight of a changes to the patient’s status. Soldier. 3. Upon initiation of the e. Medical evacuation or transport of MEDEVAC process, the training unit is local nationals from JMRC to local medical responsible for immediately clearing the facilities using U.S. Government assets, airspace (ground Raven UAS, RTU rotary regardless of the cause of injury or illness, is wing support, CAS, etc.). The supporting severely restricted and must be approved at OCT team will ensure that the training unit the appropriate level. complies immediately. 1. For local nationals injured 4. The JMRC DTOC is as a direct result of official U.S. Government responsible for activating the Hohenfels crash operations the approval authority is the line and will coordinate for the appropriate EUCOM Commander. MEDEVAC assets. 2. For local nationals injured 5. If weather conditions do or taken ill as a result of anything besides not permit air transport, a BRK ground official U.S. Government operations, the ambulance will be used. The training unit is approval authority is the U.S. State responsible for transporting the injured Department. Soldier to an ambulance exchange point as 3. Local nationals can be directed by the DTOC. transported within the confines of the i. MARKING THE PICKUP ZONE Hohenfels Training Area to an ambulance (PZ): exchange point or Hohenfels medical facility. 1. Units will establish a PZ f. Rotational training unit aircraft are that is no smaller than 30 meters long by 30 forbidden from conducting or participating in meters wide in generally level terrain that is real world MEDEVAC operations. Only JMRC free of obstructions or debris that may harm and/or German MEDEVAC assets the aircraft or hinder takeoff or landing. Units (Bayerisches Rotes Kreuz- BRK) will be used. will also attempt to pick an area that will not The Commander, Operations Group is the cause a brown out when then aircraft lands

120

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 11 SAFETY or takes off. 3. Dismount from open 2. During daylight hours with equipment such as dozers or graders and good visibility, units will use red smoke to mark move at least 100 feet away. the desired landing spot. The unit will also 4. Avoid grouping together. If provide a ground guide that is familiar with you feel your hair stand on end (an indication helicopter landing procedures. that lightning is about to strike), drop to your 3. During hours of limited knees and bend forward putting your hands visibility units will mark the pickup zone with on your knees. Do NOT lie flat on the ground chem lights, strobe lights, vehicle lights, red or place your hands on the ground. star clusters, flashlights, or other (non- 5. Cease refueling if lightning combustible) lighting device to mark the is within 5 miles. desired landing spot. The unit must be prepared to extinguish the lighting device upon 11-22 RUNNING (physical fitness training request of the MEDEVAC pilot in order to runs) in the maneuver area: prevent interference with the pilot’s night vision Conducting Physical fitness and/or individual goggles. runs in the JMRC training areas (tank trails) j. TRAINING UNIT GROUND can be dangerous. Unit will not conduct EVACUATION VEHICLES: Training unit formation runs nor individual runs in the medical ground evacuation will operate with JMRC tank trails without the approval or MILES at all times. In case of a real-world coordination through the DTOC and must medical emergency, the crew will move the include a deliberate risk assessment medical vehicle to the site of the emergency to worksheet signed at the appropriate level. render aid and assist in the evacuation, as appropriate. 11-23 MILES SYSTEMS: All Personnel and vehicles/systems must 11-20 ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTING: have operable MILES at all times while in the a. Rotational units will submit Serious JMRC training area. Personnel and vehicle Incident Reports (SIR) and Command Interest systems with inoperable MILES will not Reports (CIR) as required by the HICON to participate in training. The only exemptions to answer the Commander’s Critical Information this requirement are listed below: Report. As a part of the unit’s deployment a. OCTs may exempt Soldiers and/or order (from JMRC), the HICON will publish the systems from the MILES requirement when most current CCIR and the required CIR the wear or installation of MILES presents a format. clear safety hazard. For example, b. All CIR reports should be submitted maintenance personnel operating in restricted as soon as tactically feasible. Units should not areas where IWS could become caught in wait until they have a complete report. Rather machinery. they should focus on the accuracy of the b. Aerial platforms which the information and send follow up reports as installation of MILES has not received air- required to complete the picture. worthiness certification. c. No vehicle or personnel will be 11-21 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: exempted from battlefield effects without a. DTOC will send out pending weather approval from the COG. Vehicles with a warnings (lightning, severe storm etc) to all waiver signed by the Commander, Operations OCTs. Group are authorized to train without 1. When an electrical storm is operational MILES. approaching, unit should cease outside training d. For Gunners we enforce both the and move personnel into a building, dense wearing of the MILES harness and the woods, ditch, ravine, or the foot of a hill (move gunners restraint. The MILES harness for the to low ground). OCTs to effectively engage the gunner if they 2. If in a vehicle, except are not at name-tag defilade. vehicles without hard tops, stay in the vehicle and remove the antenna.

121

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 12 LIVE, VIRTUAL, AND CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS

12-1 GENERAL: The Joint Multinational Readiness Center (JMRC) provides training 1. Weather: Real world weather delays/ opportunities for brigades and below by creating cancellations will affect virtual ISR operations, a blended (live, virtual, and constructive) training unless otherwise directed by the JMRC Senior environment. JMRC uses a variety of Intelligence Office (SIO) or his/her delegated simulations to replicate real world battlefield representative in coordination with Division. actions and effects. These simulation models Division will provide weather cancellation and and applications allow JMRC to provide delay notifications to the rotational Intel personnel and vehicle tracking for safety, Distribution List (DL) two hours prior to situational awareness, and feedback purposes. scheduled ISR coverage start times. Weather Simulations also help us extend the overall information will include not only ceiling and dimensions of the exercise “Playbox,” increase visibility but also surface winds, winds aloft, enabler capabilities, and stimulate mission turbulence and icing. UASs will return to the command systems. launch and recovery site when: Weather advisories are received that would ground Army 12-2 PURPOSE: The purpose of this chapter is Aviation Assets, icing conditions are to outline some capabilities, limitations, and encountered, or ceiling levels descend below considerations for conducting simulations UAS operating altitudes. operations within the blended training environment. 2. Launch, flight, and recovery: Launch and recovery points for Theater and Division ISR 12-3 LIVE SIMULATIONS: platforms will be based on the asset’s a. DEFINITIONS: Simulations involving capabilities and location of asset. Ingress routes, real people operating real systems. flight path, egress routes, and altitudes will be provided to the RTU and will be reflected on the b. INSTRUMENTATION POLICY: Division ATO/SPINS. Instrumented players located within the exercise “Playbox” are required to ensure all issued 3. RTU requests and requirements: The instrumentation devices are turned on and RTU will request virtual ISR support IAW operational at all times, no exceptions. OPORD Annex L or other applicable published documents. The supported unit is responsible for sharing necessary planning/execution 12-4 VIRTUAL SIMULATIONS: materials and graphics (i.e. gridded reference a. DEFINITIONS: Simulations involving graphics, route overlays, ROZ, Intelligence real people operating simulated systems. Virtual collection plans, etc.) with their higher HQ and simulations inject a human-in-the-loop in a the virtual UAS crew NLT two hours prior to central role by exercising motor skills, decision scheduled ISR coverage start times. Sortie skills, and communication skills. requests for simulated UAS and Echelon Above Brigade Assets will be submitted to Division G2 b. VIRTUAL INTELLIGENCE, 72-48 hours prior to execution. Mission target SURVEILLANCE, RECONNAISSANCE (ISR): requests will be submitted NLT 24 hours prior to Virtual ISR includes assets such as UAS that execution. conduct full motion video (FMV), SIGINT, a. Dynamic retaskings: A rotational unit’s COMINT, GMTI, IMINT, and GEOINT. These immediate request for Division UAS support will assets allow the RTU to have intelligence and be approved by the Division Chief of Staff or the visibility within the live, constructive and live Commander of Operations Group on a case by fight. These assets are prioritized to by Division, case basis. but can support BDE and below when properly requested. b. Adjudication of virtual assets: Virtual ISR platforms can be shot down automatically Theater and Division level collection/ISR support by other simulation models or can be manually is derived from Division. It incorporates the disabled at the discretion of the JMRC SIO or divisional SEAD plan and the enemy’s ADA/air his/her delegated representative in coordination parity. with HICON/EXCON. The loss of a virtual ISR

122

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 12 LIVE, VIRTUAL, AND CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS asset will not affect scheduled CBI supported his/her delegated representative in coordination events, unless otherwise directed. with HICON/EXCON.

4. Reconstitution: If a virtual ISR 5. Armed CAS platforms: The use of platform is shot down or manually disabled it will armed CAS platforms must be requested by the remain unusable by the RTU for 4 hours unless RTU through HICON/EXCON and approved by otherwise directed by the JMRC SIO or his/her the JMRC Bullseye Team. Adjudication of virtual delegated representative in coordination with CAS platforms shooting at live target can be HICON/EXCON. executed automatically through the simulation or can be manually adjudicated through the 5. Armed ISR platforms: The use of HICON/EXCON to the appropriate TAF. armed ISR platforms must be requested by the RTU through Division and approved by the d. CLOSE COMBAT ATTACK (CCA): JMRC SIO. Adjudication of virtual ISR platforms shooting at live targets can be executed 1. Weather: Real world weather delays/ automatically through the simulation or can be cancellations will affect virtual CCA platform manually adjudicated through the appropriate operations, unless otherwise directed by the TAF. JMRC CHOPS or his/her delegated representative in coordination with c. VIRTUAL CLOSE AIR SUPPORT (CAS): HICON/EXCON. HICON/EXCON will provide weather cancellation and delay notifications to 1. Weather: Real world weather delays/ the rotational Air Distribution List (DL) two hours cancellations will affect virtual CAS platform prior to scheduled flight start times. operations, unless otherwise directed by the JMRC CHOPS or his/her delegated 2. RTU Requests and requirements: representative in coordination with The RTU will request virtual CCA support IAW HICON/EXCON. HICON/EXCON will provide applicable OPORD Annex or other published weather cancellation and delay notifications to documents (reference Chapter 7 Aviation). The the rotational Air Distribution List (DL) two hours supported unit is responsible for sharing prior to scheduled flight start times. necessary planning/execution materials and graphics (i.e. gridded reference graphics, route 2. RTU Requests and requirements: overlays, ROZ, etc.) with Division and the virtual The RTU will request virtual CAS support IAW CCA crew NLT two hours prior to scheduled the applicable OPORD Annex or other published flight start times. documents (reference Chapter 7 Aviation). The supported unit is responsible for sharing 3. Adjudication of virtual assets: necessary planning/execution materials and Virtual CCA platforms can be shot down graphics (i.e. gridded reference graphics, route automatically by other simulation models or can overlays, ROZ, etc.) with HICON and the virtual be manually disabled at the discretion of the CAS crew NLT two hours prior to scheduled JMRC CHOPS or his/her delegated flight start times. representative in coordination with HICON/EXCON. 3. Adjudication of virtual assets: Virtual CAS platforms can be shot down 4. Reconstitution: If a virtual CCA automatically by other simulation models or can platform is shot down or manually disabled it will be manually disabled at the discretion of the remain unusable by the RTU for 4 hours unless JMRC CHOPS or his/her delegated otherwise directed by the JMRC CHOPS or representative in coordination with his/her delegated representative in coordination HICON/EXCON. with HICON/EXCON.

4. Reconstitution: If a virtual CAS 5. Armed CCA platforms: The use of platform is shot down or manually disabled it will armed CCA platforms must be requested by the remain unusable by the RTU for 4 hours unless RTU through HICON/EXCON and approved by otherwise directed by the JMRC CHOPS or the JMRC Falcon Team. Adjudication of virtual

123

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 12 LIVE, VIRTUAL, AND CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS

CCA platforms shooting at live target can be executed automatically through the simulation or c. CONSTRUCTIVE OPFOR (RED WRAP) can be manually adjudicated through the ENABLERS HICON/EXCON to the appropriate TAF. 1. Constructive OPFOR enablers necessary to accomplish an exercise will be identified by the 12-5 CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS: SIO/Intel Plans Team NLT IPC. All unit a. DEFINITIONS: Simulations involving information necessary to build the constructive simulated people operating simulated systems. simulation database will be forwarded to the JMRC Lead Planner NLT two weeks after the b. CONSTRUCTIVE BLUFOR rotation IPC. This information will include the ENABLERS: specific details and unit level of fidelity needed to ensure that that a constructive database can 1. Constructive enablers that include but be built to support the RTU’s training objectives. are not limited to artillery, aviation, radars, ADA, As a minimum this information should include: a logistic, rotary/fixed wing aircraft, and “line and block” diagram of the unit down to the constructive units necessary to accomplish an lowest level that lays out all individuals, vehicles, exercise will be identified by the JMRC Lead and equipment to be used during the exercise; Planner and constructive unit leadership at the all classes of supplies (to include munitions) by rotation Initial Planning Conference (IPC). All type and number to be used during to exercise, unit information necessary to build the unit basic loads, non-organic assets, room constructive simulation databases will be builds, and constructive unit work station forwarded to the JMRC Lead Planner NLT two assignments, etc. weeks after the rotation IPC. This information will include the specific details and unit level 2. The rotation constructive database will be fidelity needed to ensure that a constructive locked NLT the rotation Final Planning database can be built to support the RTU’s Conference (FPC) and all final input is due three training objectives. As a minimum this weeks prior to the FPC. The intel plans cell is information should include: a “line and block” responsible for validating the constructive diagram of the unit down to the lowest level that database at the FPC. No constructive OPFOR lays out all individuals, vehicles, and equipment entities will be added to the rotational to be used during the exercise; all classes of constructive database after the database supplies (to include munitions) by type and lockdown date. number to be used during to exercise, unit basic loads, non-organic assets, room builds, and 3. JRMC intel plans is responsible for the constructive unit work station assignments, etc. coordination of simulation operators to attend simulations operator training and to keep the 2. The rotation constructive database will be same trained operators throughout the exercise locked NLT the rotation Final Planning to control the OPFOR constructive units and Conference (FPC) and all final input is due three entities. weeks prior to the FPC. Training units are responsible for validating the constructive 4. JMRC Senior Intelligence Office (SIO) or database at the FPC. No constructive BLUFOR his/her delegated representative is responsible entities will be added to the rotational for the accountability and control of these constructive database after the database simulations operators. lockdown date. d. SIMULATION COMMAND POST 3. The training audience is responsible for EXERCISE (CPX) SUPPORT providing simulation operators to attend simulations operator training and to keep the 1. CPX constructive and virtual enablers same trained operators throughout the exercise necessary to accomplish an exercise will be to control their constructive units. Training is identified by the JMRC Lead Planner, planned for five days and culminates in the Constructive unit leadership, SIO/ Intel Plans execution of a “MINIEX.” Team NLT the IPC. All unit information

124

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 12 LIVE, VIRTUAL, AND CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS necessary to build the constructive and virtual simulation databases will be forwarded to the JMRC Lead Planner NLT two weeks after the rotation IPC. This information will include the specific details and unit level of fidelity needed to ensure that that a constructive database can be built to support the RTU’s training objectives. As a minimum this information should include: a “line and block” diagram of the unit down to the lowest level that lays out all individuals, vehicles, and equipment to be used during the exercise; all classes of supplies (to include munitions) by type and number to be used during to exercise, unit basic loads, non-organic assets, room builds, constructive unit work station assignments, etc.

2. The constructive database will be locked NLT the rotational Final Planning Conference (FPC) and all final input is due three weeks prior to the FPC. Training units are responsible for validating the constructive database at the FPC. No constructive or virtual entities will be added to the rotational constructive and virtual database after the database lockdown date.

3. The training audience is responsible for providing simulation operators to attend simulations operator training and to keep the same trained operators throughout the exercise to control their constructive units. Training is planned for five days and culminates in the execution of a “MINIEX.”

4. The training audience is responsible for the accountability and control of these simulations operators.

12-6 VIRTUAL/CONSTRUCTIVE SIMULATIONS CONSIDERATIONS:

a. SOBE/ROBE/COM: Suspension, reduction, or termination of virtual and constructive simulation operations will be specified and adhered to IAW EXCON instructions.

b. MISCELLANEOUS: Specific details concerning virtual/constructive simulation planning and operations can be found in the JMRC Mission Command and Simulations SOP.

125

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 13 MILTARY POLICE

13-1 GENERAL: will be followed during all rotational exercises to The competencies of the Military Police Corps ensure safety during these types of events. Regiment are soldiering, policing, investigations, and corrections. These competencies serve as a. OCT COVERAGE: the foundation for the Military Police profession BLUFOR and OPFOR will maintain a 1 to 10 within the Army and represent the strengths and OCT to RTU coverage. OCT uniform will add a unique capabilities of the Military Police Corps. PT belt worn over the shoulder diagonally down The Joint Multinational Readiness Center to the right, ACH and the removal of sharp provides training opportunities within a objects from the standard kit. Once in place they conceptual view of the operational environment will not move without an OCT present. through a Military Police perspective. The aim is to provide a linkage between joint multinational b. CRASH LINE: interagency considerations and add a discussion This event is the unique training that JMRC is of Military Police aspects of the operational known for. Thorough planning is required to environment that span the range of combined ensure the training safely meets all objectives arms military operations. The military police view and so all participants understand the task at shares a common general understanding of the hand. The scenario has the ability to evolve operational environment, while providing combat Based on the RTU’s and current OPFOR TTPs. support the maneuver commanders and their Safety is paramount. priorities. 1. Any Soldier that is considered “out” the OCT will shield that SM with their body. The objective is to provide a realistic training Then recover the SM and send them to the event to the brigade. MP OCTs will ensure that predesignated respawn location per SOP. military police elements operating at JMRC 2. Accountability of Riot Gear is complies with their current rules of engagement important. During the event several pieces will to facilitate realistic training. The training unit become scattered. It is every OCTs chain of command is responsible for ensuring responsibility to remove safety hazards on the that they conduct training within the parameters battlefield as the training is underway. of NATO regulation, US law, DoD rules, The Designate one location where gear can be piled Geneva Conventions/Law of War, US Army and collected after the event. regulations, JMRC Standards of Conduct and applicable operations orders. c. PROJECTILES AND PYRO: Purple Smoke will signify Oleoresin Capsicum 13-2 PURPOSE: (OC) grenades. This is adjudicated by moving To describe the administrative and exercise the OPFOR away in a retreating manner with control measures in place to facilitate realistic, the distance determined by the lead OCT. safe training while utilizing current doctrine. Yellow smoke will signify fire from any object that OPFOR could justifiably use during such 13-3 CIVIL DISTURBANCE OPERATIONS: events (i.e. Molotov Cocktail). Adjudication will All civil disturbance operations follow these be similar. OCT will inspect all prop projectiles guidelines unless theater-specific or EXCON to ensure that no sharp edges are present. OCT guidance dictates variation. (Refer to FM 3-19.5) will use best judgment in regards to a safe engagement distance for these objects, never Safety at the JMRC is closely regulated to closer than 10 meters. ensure the RTU meets its training objectives while preventing unnecessary injuries to RTU, d. EMPLOYMENT OF RIOT CONTROL COBs and OPFOR. AGENTS.

The JMRC has a unique capability of providing 1. MARKING: Units may designate yellow renowned civil disturbance training to the RTU. smoke grenades to replicate a riot control agent These incidents have inherent risk to the if these conditions are met: individual Soldier. However to provide realistic training this is necessary. The restrictions below (a). On TOA, notify the OCT which yellow smoke grenades are to be considered a riot agent.

126

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 13 MILTARY POLICE

(b). The smoke grenade will be marked by a Detainees will cooperate unless otherwise single band of masking tape, labeled RIOT directed by the supervising OCT. AGENT and initialed by an OCT. (d) Captives will not understand English instructions until an interpreter is present, but (c). Once a grenade is designated as such it will will understand obvious visual commands. (e) Captives will not be flex-cuffed due to safety, remain as that agent. but the unit must possess adequate restraining devices in order for the OCT to adjudicate that (d). Resupply must be done IAW establish the detainee is secured. If the unit does not procedures in Chapter 8. present proper detention devices, the captives will remain unrestrained. The captives will hold 2. USE OF RIOT AGENTS: restraining device in their hands. (f) Captives will not be blindfolded or hooded (a). Units will not throw the replicated riot agent due to safety restrictions. The captive will hold at personnel. the hood, gag or blindfold in their hands. If available, spray painted goggles will be provided (b). Employment is not permitted inside to captives which they will then utilize in order to buildings. prevent them from attaining an unfair advantage to collect information on the capturing unit. (c). Personnel not properly masked will be (g) Once proper search and capture procedures assessed as a casualty. Crowds will be are completed, the OCT will direct the captive dispersed by PRO COBs or OCT. that he/she is sufficiently restrained and will not attempt to escape. The OCT will ensure that (d). Under no circumstance will individuals captives act as if they are bound, and/or blindfolded. attempt to re-throw a replicated riot agent back (h) Upon completion of search procedures, onto the initiator. captives will either be turned over to CIVPOL authorities for further processing, transported to 13-4 DETAINEE OPERATIONS: the battalion detainee collection point, or All detainee operations follow these guidelines transported to the Brigade Detainee Collection unless theater-specific or EXCON guidance Point (DCP). dictates a variation. (i) Captives will maintain control over all of their sensitive items until transported to the holding a. FIELD CAPTURE facility. 1. AUTHORIZATION FOR CAPTURE: (j) At the point an individual is no longer allowed Any Soldier may temporarily detain/capture an to leave under his/her own authority, he/she will individual due to operational necessity or as be considered detained and the detention specified by the unit's SOP. An OCT is required timeline will begin. The unit has 12 hours to to be present during the capture or detention of process and transfer detainees from point of any individual. If a capture is made without an capture(POC) to the DCP. OCTs will terminate OCT present due to unforeseeable events, the any event that exceeds 12 hours if the detainee senior ranking OPFOR Soldier will act as the has not been successfully transferred to the OCT until an actual one arrives. DCP. The Brigade has an additional 12 hours to 2. POINT OF CAPTURE SEARCH process detainees and is responsible for the PROCEDURES: transfer of detainees to the Division Detainee (a) The OCT has the authority to stop a search Holding Area (DHA). at any time, and the search will proceed only (k) Detainees will not attempt to flee unless under direct supervision of an OCT. authorized by an OCT. *Strip searches are not authorized at any 3. DETAINEE HOLDING AREA (DHA): time* If a DHA is in operation for the exercise, then the (b) Captives are authorized one safe pocket and handling, processing, and interrogation of must identify such to the capturing unit. detainees will be as realistic as possible. (c) Captives will be treated humanely and will 4. CAPTURED PERSONNEL not be aggressively handled during the search. AUTHORIZED FOR EVACUATION:

127

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 13 MILTARY POLICE

(a) All COBs are authorized to be field captured. makes the decision to detain and transport them Upon completion of field processing, OCTs will to a collection point or holding facility. determine which COBs may be evacuated back (2) At any time the COB feels that they to the DCP. Captives will then be referred to as are being treated inappropriately or have Detainees. reached their stress limit, they are authorized to (b) All OPFOR are authorized to be field present a “stress card.” All interrogations will captured. Upon completion of field processing, stop and the contact COB will be removed from OCTs will determine which OPFOR personnel BLUFOR custody by an OCT and returned will be transferred to the DCP. At the DCP, immediately to the COB Base. OPFOR personnel will be handled as detainees (3) If a contract COB is detained for 24 as required by their role in the exercise and the hours and no extension is approved, OCTs will circumstances of their capture. terminate the detention and coordinate (c) Upon arrival at the DCP detainees can be administrative transport for the contract COB to physically detained by placing them in areas that the COB Base. are restrictive in nature, such as a holding area (g) The unit operating the holding facility has the surrounded by wire. The transport of detainees responsibility to provide Class I, II, VI and VIII for within the confines of the DCP will be conducted detainees care throughout the duration of their IAW approved facility SOP as long as it does not detention. The detaining unit is required to violate safety guidelines of the EXPRO. provide adequate facilities and cover from (d) An OCT is authorized to end the detention or inclement weather. If the unit is unable to interrogation at any time. provide classes of supply and support 5. HOLDING FACILITY GUIDANCE: requirements, the detention will be terminated. (a) Transport Responsibility- The RTU has the (h) Detainee Release: OCTs will strictly enforce responsibility to provide transportation and both 12 hour timelines from the point of capture security of detainees from Point of Capture to to DCP and from the DCP to the DHA. The the DCP. An ACH is required for transportation Brigade is not authorized to borrow time from in tactical vehicles and eye protection if their subordinate units’ timeline to increase their transported in an open bed. 12 hour timeline even though the total time (b) Captives will complete in-processing at the would still be under 24 hours. DCP NLT 12 hours after the time of capture. The 6. DETAINEE PROPERTY: DCP has an additional 12 hours to process and Detainees will be treated IAW the Geneva transfer to the DHA. OCTs will terminate any Convention. Upon the detainee’s release all event that exceeds 24 hours from time of property seized to include; TADS, real or capture unless the unit has an approved replicated CLV, military issued or personnel extension in writing from NRDC-H. Extensions property, will be returned to the detainee. All may only be approved by HICON/ EXCON. sensitive items to include weapons must stay (c) All trained unit personnel may conduct within eyesight of the captured individual tactical questioning (TQ) at the point of capture, throughout the entire detentions process. but only qualified interrogation personnel are 7. INTERROGATION PROCEDURES: allowed to conduct interrogations. (a) Interrogations will be conducted IAW (d) The brigade will notify the division of the approved facility SOP. arrival of any captives to the DCP within two (b) One MI (interrogator) OCT in the actual hours of arrival. interrogation cell and 1 MP OCT in the (e) Sensitive items will remain in plain sight of observation cell must be present prior to the the captive throughout all phases of the initiation of the interrogation. detention process; capture, transport and (c) All interrogation recording material (audio or holding at collection points. OCTs are authorized visual recordings of any type) will be treated as to inventory sensitive items at any time. sensitive in nature, and must be accounted for (f) Contract COBs (male and female) may be by the end of the rotation. detained for up to 24 hours. Extensions must be (d) Dissemination of recording material will only approved by HICON and EXCON. occur to the training unit and only upon COG (1) The PROCOB will provide contract approval. COBs with a 3 x 5 stress card that they will keep (Please refer to chapter 3 MILITARY in their designated safe pocket once BLUFOR INTELLIGENCE for further guidance)

128

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 13 MILTARY POLICE

8. DETAINEE TREATMENT: 2. Phase 2: Begins with a decision IAW Geneva Convention and approved unit point for the MP. The MP must assess whether SOP. or not a threat exists and report a determination. 9. DETAINEE RIGHTS: This phase ends when MP report that no active Detainees maintain the basic rights afforded to shooter threat still exists. all Internees and Prisoners of War IAW 3. Phase 3: Begins at the moment an (a) the Geneva Convention active shooter threat no longer exists and ends (b) Relative to the Treatment of when the incident site has been secured and Prisoners of War (GPW), 12 August 1949 investigators have arrived on the scene. (c) STANAG No. 2044 4. Phase 4: Investigation and Procedures for Dealing with Prisoners of War documentation of the incident, and preservation (PW) (Edition 5), 28 June 1994. of evidence. 5. End state: The intent to “continuously 13-5 ACTIVE SHOOTER: harm others” has been stopped, the incident site “An active shooter incident is when one or more is secure, any casualties have treated and subjects participate in a shooting spree, random transported to a medical facility, and the incident or systematic, with intent to continuously harm has been properly investigated and reported. others.” -- USAMPS, TSP 191-AS-0001 d. OPERATIONS: The JMRC MP OCT should Decisive to this operation is an immediate be prepared to inject multiple incidents that response at the lowest level. Active shooter include a suspicious package and active shooter threats demand immediate counteraction by scenarios with multiple subjects. These those in contact and prompt notification of exercises will allow the Provost Marshal’s Office higher. to establish incident command as outlined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, NIMS training and challenge Leaders’ ability to a. PLANNING: Conduct pre-rotational planning exercise command and control, as well as and follow up with RTU to ensure that the all organize and manage on scene response intent is met. JMRC exists to serve the needs of operations. the RTU. For example, it does no good to plan a school scenario active shooter if the unit is 13-6 PROVOST MARSHAL’S OFFICE being trained for a mission not involving schools. OPERATION: MP Units are regionally aligned with their BCTs, The senior Military Police Officer typically limiting the training opportunities with their functions as the Provost Marshal(PM) for that respective BCTs. Which makes it even more echelon and headquarters and becomes a staff important for prior coordination. planner and coordinator for all MP activities. b. METL: Ensure unit is following their home a. STAFF: The echelon provost marshal and station SOP, it is unlikely that a BCT will have a staff make priority recommendations in the SOP/Battle Drill for military police responding to planning process during war-gaming based on an active shooter. These sort of task the commander’s guidance and the mission organization hurdles are best learned in JMRC variables. Each PM works closely with training environment. supported commanders to ensure that military police support is responsive and appropriate to c. SOP: When the RTU is lacking a SOP special the commanders’ concept of the operation and training can be coordinated and conducted to finalize command and support relationships. through the MP OCT on active shooter situations prior to X days during any given b. CUSTOMS: Customs-trained Military Police rotation. Based on the active shooter phased report violations of customs laws, regulations, concept. and inspections and investigative results to the 1. Phase 1: Begins when the RTU is RTU provost marshal. notified of an active shooter threat and ends upon receipt of MP initial SITREP to higher. c. HOST NATION FORCE: Provost Marshals and their staff should fully integrate with local

129

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 13 MILTARY POLICE law enforcement. They share information, Conducting a successful investigation is often enabling complementary and synchronized law the result of having a wide range of knowledge enforcement efforts within their respective and using common sense in its application. purviews. Support to civil law enforcement There are certain actions that apply to all includes— investigations. 1. Supporting counterdrug operations. 2. Supporting antiterrorism efforts. Military Police and Traffic Accident 3 .Conducting riot control. Investigations. Military Police and Traffic 4. Providing general support to law Accident Investigators conducted investigations enforcement as required. at multiple crime scenes. While many scenarios fell within the purview of the Criminal d. INTEL: Provost marshals at all echelons are Investigation Division as stipulated by AR 195-2, typically responsible for the police intelligence Criminal Investigation Activities, Military Police operations function. Investigators were allowed to investigate simultaneously with a CID Special Agent in e. TASK ORG: With MP units not organic to the order to develop their investigation skills, BDE RTU it is important for OCTs to understanding of crime scene protection and ensure/facilitate the relationship between that evidence preservation. MP training unit and the provost marshal at the BDE level. 13-8 BIOMETRICS (Please refer to chapter 3 MILITARY f. ALERTS: Army Law Enforcement and INTELLIGENCE for further guidance) Tracking System (ALERTS). Soldiers should utilize ALERTS to properly enter records and 13-9 ENDSTATE cases into the database. Training is focused on Throughout the exercises the units should accurate and correct records entry, reporting identify their strengths and weaknesses and requirements and conducting database queries. understand the cause and effect of their actions. Training accounts should be utilized when Develop a plan to incorporate lessons learned available. into their mission set, establish well executed rehearsals and develop systems and procedures g. OPERATIONS: Military Police Company to adapt to the most complex situations. should establish a Provost Marshal’s Office Leaders should empower subordinates to make when needed and conduct Military Police Desk, decisions. The unit should meet their pre- Military Police Investigations, Traffic Accident established training objectives and is prepared Investigations, Traffic Control Points, Evidence to effectively execute its deployed mission. custody procedures and administrative operations based of MP doctrine and unit SOP. The Provost Marshal’s Office will be required to submit Military Police Reports, Serious Incident Reports and create a daily blotter. h. SCOPE: Military Police Companies have been exposed to a wide array of law enforcement and community policing scenarios that are routinely handled by Military Police conducting law enforcement operations. This has included enforcing traffics laws, responding to traffic accidents, conducting traffic control points, responding to incidents and conducting preliminary investigations. It is important the MP OCT remain the subject matter experts and prepare themselves accordingly.

13-7 TRAFFIC ACCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS:

130

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

14-1 GENERAL. Special Operations Forces part of the exercise. If SOF personnel are (SOF) that operate in a JMRC controlled unable to avoid contact with civilians, they will exercise will comply with the EXPRO in its break contact with them as soon as possible. AT NO TIME WILL ANY SOF PERSONNEL entirety. In those instances where special ENGAGE LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT considerations are necessary because of OFFICERS. All law enforcement officers will mission requirements or constraints, additional be armed with live ammunition and SOF information has been published in this. personnel are not to consider them part of the exercise. If apprehended by local law 14-2 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is enforcement officials, SOF personnel will to inform Special Operations Forces of the cooperate with the officials. At a minimum, requirements that contribute to the safety of the SOF personnel will show officials their player forces and provide for the respect of Government identification card, provide a brief explanation that a military exercise is in government and private property. progress, and, if necessary, provide the DTOC telephone number to the officers 14-3 SCOPE/APPLICABILITY. Although SOF involved. personnel must comply with the EXPRO in its c. Facilities. entirety, this chapter provides additional 1. When required, the rotational EXPRO that is applicable to SOF personnel. It training unit (RTU) signs for the designated covers certain land use requirements not buildings assigned to compound. The RTU normally applicable to conventional units and Commander is responsible for the security provides guidance concerning missions unique and accountability of these facilities. to SOF units. 2. Additional facilities must be coordinated through SOF plans. 14-4 EXERCISE AREA/LAND USE 3. OCT gates WILL NOT be used by REQUIREMENTS. Exercises are normally any rotational or contract personnel. Violators conducted within specified military training will be assessed as Non-Battle Injury areas. Use of government or private lands will casualties. be approved if it meets special conditions. An approved contract will address these 14-5 CLOTHING AND UNIFORMS. All SOF conditions, a copy of which will be given to the personnel will wear the appropriate military RTU. Any deviation of the land use is uniform and gear as prescribed IAW unit SOP prohibited. and Army regulations. SOF personnel will not a. Land Use Permits. SOF wear civilian attire or a mixture of civilian / Plans/OCT Team will maintain copies of military attire, unless necessary for problem land use permits for private and/or public play and then only with the approval of the RTU lands, on file throughout the exercise. senior SOF OCT/SOF Cell Chief. When personnel will not enter privately owned approved and SOF personnel are operating in structures or immediate yard area unless entry is authorized under the terms of the land use civilian attire, they will wear the MILES torso permit. Personnel will vacate the property if the harness but NOT the MILES Halo. All owner desires, even if the owner granted prior personnel inside the FOB compound, outside approval for use. Posted lands are "OFF of a building, or moving between buildings will LIMITS" areas within designated operational wear MILES gear to include the head halo areas. RTU personnel should avoid areas and body harness. MILES gear wear outside containing livestock. the FOB compound is mandatory to include b. Local Law Enforcement. SOF Plans/OCT wear at out stations. Personnel conducting PT Team will advise local, state, and county law are still subject to capture and / or enforcement agencies of SOF activities within assessment as casualties from engagements each jurisdiction. SOF personnel will avoid with OPFOR. contact with civilian personnel who are not a 131

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

14-6 TARGET AREA SURVEILLANCE AND b. FRIES/SPIES. RTU must provide PENETRATION. valid FRIES/SPIES training documentation a. Defensive Measures. The SOF prior the execution of the rotation. personnel may take all reasonable measures to 1. Fast ropes must have a detect and prevent surveillance and target current/valid inspection log attached to the penetration, including the use of patrols, night fast rope. observation devices and ground surveillance 2. RTU must utilize approved radar, and trip flares along avenues of fast rope gloves (doubled leather palm). approach. b. Methods of Attack. All methods of 14-8 SIGINT OPERATIONS. In the FOB attack that are available under scenario area, only 35 series CMF personnel are conditions are available to OPFOR/SOF forces authorized to conduct SIGINT operations. except where noted otherwise in this document. Personnel conducting unauthorized searches c. The Conduct of Preparation of the with scanners and other commercial SIGINT Environment (PE) Activities are authorized devices will have their devices confiscated during exercises. The RTU is responsible for and turned over to the FOB director for the maintaining OPSEC of SOF TTPs and the duration of the rotation. No real world exercise. classified SIGINT related information, documentation, or National Security Agency 14-7 AIR OPERATIONS. The RTU selects products will be allowed inside the play box at appropriate landing zones, pickup zones, and JMRC. All personnel who create, handle, use, re-supply drop zones. The selected zones must process, or disseminate EXERCISE COMINT meet all criteria for the safety of all personnel material will possess a valid TS/SCI and satisfy the supporting air unit. The unit clearance. All SIGINT needs to be approved must select personnel drop zones from the and coordinated with Intel Plans/NSA NLT the final planning conference. SOF Plans/OCT Team approved list.

Rappelling, FRIES/SPIES, military free fall 14-9 EVASION AND RECOVERY parachuting, and static line parachuting OPERATIONS. Assisted or unassisted operations are authorized. Operations are evasion and recovery to pre-designated conducted in accordance with USASOC contact and recovery points is authorized Regulations 350-1 and 350-6. Soldiers will not within JMRC property. Evasion on public or wear MILES torso harnesses during any type of private land is only authorized if a land use descent operation to include; rappel, agreement has been established with the FRIES/SPIES, and all parachuting operations, appropriate owner. An OCT will notify their where the torso may hang up on an object and RTU of “in-play” and “off limits” areas for the result in the strangling of the wearer. MILES will creation of an evasion corridor. Evasion be put on during the first realistic tactical pause, Teams are not authorized to conduct evasion as deemed by the OCT on the ground. Prior to without prior OCT coordination. Teams must request a spins report from higher and the unit donning MILES, the OCTs will assess complete an EPA format (as per Joint Pub 3- casualties for the RTU. 50.2 & FM 3-05.231) to include all pertinent Appendixes. The EPA will be placed in an envelope sealed and maintained with the a. Out Waivers. SOF RTU will submit RTU’s higher headquarters element. An a seats out waiver in accordance with the additional copy of the RTU EPA will be USASOC Safety Regulation 350-6 and maintained at the SOF Cell. coordinate in advance with supporting aviation units. Seats out will only be authorized with an approved seats out waiver and the approval of the Aviation unit commander. 132

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

14-10 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS. measurements (10-digit grid) from the FRP to a. Safety Related Termination of the cache. Exercise Play. Any person who observes an  Should be related to unsafe act, or a situation which could cause the immediate reference point by a simple injury, will take immediate steps to terminate route description, which proceeds from the exercise play. This will include verbal IRP to the FRP. notification by an OCT or by display of a (c) An accurate sketch of the predetermined signal. All personnel will cease cache site with the route to the cache site, operations immediately upon seeing one of reference points for the cache, measurements these signals, or upon being advised through from the reference points to the cache and command channels or by an OCT. Personnel azimuths from reference points to cache may resume operations at the discretion of the depicted. on-site OCT. (d) An in-depth and accurate b. Privately Owned Weapons. inventory of all items within the cache site.

Personnel will not carry or use privately owned d. Explosives and Demolitions. weapons at any time during an exercise. Use of SOF OCTs will carry grenade simulators to live ammunition is only authorized during replicate the noise signature generated when Pre/post-Rotational Training and/or as directed destroying enemy equipment, door charges, by SOF Cell Chief for use at regulated out- cratering and other forms of sabotage or station ranges in support of exercise play. demolition. c. Caches. Use of submersion site e. Suppressed Weapons. There is cache is NOT authorized. All caches must be no replication of suppressed weapons at recovered at completion of exercise. Caches on JMRC. private and/or public land can only be f. M24 Sniper Rifles. M24 and other emplaced with the permission of the owning Sniper rifles that accept cannot accept a authority of that property as stated in a valid blank adapter. Sniper weapon systems that Land Use Agreement. JMRC personnel will must use a dry fire MILES laser must be safeguard sensitive items to preclude their accompanied by a weapon, such as an M-4, pilferage by other than OPFOR elements. In which will be fired by the spotter in order to the case of sensitive items, the RTU must create a noise signature when the sniper render not less than twelve-hour notice prior to weapon is to be dry fired. emplacement or recovery. Under no g. Shotgun Utilization. Shotguns circumstances, will the RTU place sensitive can be used for breaching only, and will not items in an airdrop bundle. be used against personnel even in simulation. 1. A Cache Report (Under 1. Soldiers must complete Report) must be submitted to the OCT to all actions required to fire the weapon in order include, at a minimum: to receive credit for weapon effects. (a) Detailed instructions for 2. A shotgun’s signature finding the cache. match will be replicated by the firing of an (b) Must include three M-4 carbine. reference points that meet the following criteria: 3. OCTs will replicate  Must be identifiable, shotgun BDA by cutting padlocks or through including at least one feature that can be used coordination with OCTs already located within as a precise reference point. the area where the breach is being  Must be an object that conducted. will remain fixed as long as the cache may be h. Barret M82A1 .50 Cal. The Barret used. .50 Cal will only be utilized to destroy surface  Reference point must laid mines or disable nontactical and/or light be close enough to cache in order to pinpoint armored vehicles. the exact location of the cache by precise linear 133

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

1. The OCT will replicate onto an objective, from the position of last the effects only after the Soldier clearly cover and concealment only. designates the target and completes all actions 1. Vehicle speeds will not required to fire the weapon. exceed 15 miles per hour. 2. The destruction of one 2. Soldiers receiving a mine will not have effects on adjacent mines or MILES tone while riding on running boards sub-surface mines. will remain on the vehicle until it has come to 3. The destruction of one a complete stop; however, they will lower their vehicle will not have effects on adjacent weapon and will not attempt to engage any vehicles. OPFOR. i. Carl Gustav 84 mm Recoilless Rifle. 14-11 SPECIAL OPERATIONS EXPRO 1. All Carl Gustaf recoilless EXCEPTIONS. Because of the nature of rifles must be equipped with a fully functional certain Special Operations Missions, the MILES transmitter and must have a signature following exceptions apply: device when firing. a. Casualty Play and Timelines. In 2. The pyrotechnics must order to account for the advanced treatment capabilities of special operations medical accompany all replicated rounds. personnel, the following rules apply to all SOF 3. The round effects will be casualties and attachments that have assessed IAW the matrix below by an OCT participated in medical cross training with the only after the gunner clearly designates the unit. target and completes all required actions to fire 1. General Guidelines. 18D the weapon. personnel must have the appropriate amount 4. Carl Gustaf illumination of medicine and medical equipment to rounds will not be replicated at JMRC. properly treat their casualties, e.g. if three 5. Smoke rounds will be patients need IVs and the 18D only has one replicated by 3 x smoke grenades per Carl IV, two patients may die of wounds (DOW). Gustaf smoke round. These rounds will be An 18D alone can only continuously attend to marked by an OCT or fire marker. The gunner 5 wounded (W) patients at one time will notify the OCT that he is firing a smoke effectively; additional patients will require round and clearly designate the target. The additional medical personnel or other cross- OCT will coordinate with the target OCT to trained members of the ODA. Litter and Litter replicate the effects of the smoke. Urgent patients will require continuous care j. Internal Use of Mortar Systems. from the 18D, i.e. one on one. Mortar systems can be used in offensive or 2. Return to Duty (RTD). defensive operations. Soldiers with RTD casualty cards will have 1. The RTU must have an their MILES system reset by OCT and issued eight-digit grid coordinate to the impact location a new MILES casualty card after verification of and is required pass this information to the of treatment by an 18D or self/buddy aid. OCT for execution. 3. Wounded (W). Soldiers 2. Soldiers must complete all with W casualty cards can continue to move actions required to fire the weapon in order to with the unit following treatment by an 18D receive credit for weapon effects. with the appropriate equipment. An OCT will 3. A mortar’s signature will reset the casualties' MILES system after be replicated by the firing of an M-4 into the verification of initial treatment. After muzzle of the mortar tube. secondary treatment in an ODA aid k. SOF Vehicles with assault running station/patrol base the casualty will return to boards. SOF personnel are authorized to ride normal duty. Wounded (W) casualties who on the exterior of a vehicle with assault running become casualties again during the same boards, during the final assault movements, mission are then KIA. 134

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

4. Litter Priority (L). Soldiers 3. All captured SIGINT with L casualty cards can be stabilized for 48 equipment will be maintained by the SOT-A hours when treated and attended to by an 18D OCT. OPFOR will not collect data from with the appropriate equipment. An OCT will captured SIGINT equipment. Any data that reset the casualties’ MILES system following could have been collected by OPFOR will be initial treatment. All litter patients must be presented by the SOT-A OCT, to the OPFOR carried and cannot assist their unit. During a S-2 upon request. SOT-A systems (collection MRE, patients will be evacuated to a or STG equipment) and their prime movers CASEVAC platform; at which time the patient may not be captured, shut down, entered, or will return to duty at the discretion of the OCT. tampered with in any way, to include cutting During UW operations, the patient will be of cables by OPFOR Soldiers. This could evacuated to a developed resistance hospital cause serious and irreparable damage to the and return to duty after 24-hour recuperation equipment. An OCT will assess the system period. If not evacuated within the required 48 IAW the BDA card. The OCT will then direct hours, the OCT will assess the litter casualty as the operator to take appropriate action. Died of Wounds (DOW). Litter Priority (L) Capture situations will be treated the same as casualties who become casualties again during captured SIGINT equipment. the same mission are then KIA. c. Hostile Acts against the Forward 5. Litter Urgent (LU). Soldiers Operations Base (FOB) or Area Operations with LU casualty cards can be stabilized for 24 Base (AOB). hours when treated and attended to by and 1. The RTU must notify the 18D with the appropriate equipment. An OCT Senior OCT of any counterintelligence will reset the casualties' MILES system operations or any operation/activity outside following initial treatment. All litter patients must the physical limitations of the SOF compound. be carried and cannot assist their unit. During a This will allow for proper OCT coverage. MRE, patients will be evacuated to a 2. The OPFOR limitations are CASEVAC platform; at which time the patient as follows: will return to duty at the discretion of the OCT. (a) No use of real During UW operations, the patient will be Host Nation equipment or vehicles to conduct evacuated to a developed resistance hospital operations. and return to duty after 24-hour recuperation (b) OPFOR may not period. If not evacuated within the required 24 impersonate or masquerade as Soldiers to hours, the OCT will assess the litter casualty as conduct its operations. Died of Wounds (DOW). Litter Urgent (LU) (c) No use of civilian casualties who become casualties again during contract workers in operations (for example the same mission are then KIA. food service personnel). b. Captured Equipment and (d) OPFOR and/or Documents. RTU may not participate, cause, or conduct 1. Special operations any high speed (over the speed limit) vehicle communications security (COMSEC) materials chases. are authorized within the exercise area. If (e) Conducting captured, documents/ crypto will be controlled operations without having established a by a Special Operations OCT. All unencrypted pattern on the target is prohibited. messages or frequencies can be copied and Conducting operations in predominately- handed over to the capturing personnel. civilian areas is not allowed. 2. All controlled drugs will (f) OPFOR may only remain in the possession of the special conduct operations while wearing MILES operations medical sergeant (18D). harness. MILES Halo is not worn by OPFOR.

135

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

(g) OPFOR is not (b) All participants of restricted to wearing a uniform or using military this exercise are required to sign a non- equipment. disclosure statement. d. Interrogations. (c) All participates 1. Due to the qualifications of (RTU and role-players) will carry an Exercise Special Forces operations and intelligence Identification Card on their person at all graduates (MOS 18F, 18Z, or possessing a F1 times. This card is to be presented to law ASI), field interrogations may be conducted in enforcement and/or government officials as accordance with chapter 3 paragraph (d) of FM needed to confirm participation in a military 291.6. exercise. 2. Interrogations must be (d) All participants of observed by an OCT and must follow the this exercise are subject to tactical procedures outlined in the 18F Soldier's Manual questioning, interrogation, and/or detention in dated June 1991. accordance with Guidance on Joint Standards for Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and 3. Tactical Questioning may be Escape (SERE) Training Role Play Activities conducted by and Special Forces Soldier under In Support of the Code of Conduct (CoC), the direction and supervision of the ODA Joint Personnel Recovery Agency (JPRA), 01 leadership or higher as long as there is an OCT December 2010. present. (e) All items, equipment, and/or digital media devices brought into this exercise are subject to 14-12 SOF OPERATIONS EXERCISES search and collection. Use of unsecure and OUTSIDE THE HOHENFELS TRAINING open source media will be monitored AREA. throughout the exercise. Maintain OPSEC at a. General. Special Operations Forces all times. (SOF) that operates in a JMRC controlled (f) Use of weapons at exercise utilizing outstation sites will comply Out-Stations and the subsequent transport of with the JMRC EXPRO. Exceptions and/or these weapons on public roads are only special considerations are necessary for authorized during specific preplanned events, operations conducted on public, private, and/or which will be identified and authorized by an government land outside of JMRC. OCT. b. Purpose. The purpose of this (g) Consumption of section is to inform Special Operations Forces alcohol during the duration of the exercise is of the specific requirements that contribute to strictly prohibited. Under no circumstances the safety of the player forces, the civilian are there any exceptions to this policy. populace and provide for the respect of (f) The conduct of government facilities and private property. personal or recreational business (any activity c. Scope/Applicability. Although SOF not related to or in support of the exercise) is personnel must comply with the EXPRO in its strictly prohibited. entirety, this section provides additional (g) When ROBE or EXPRO that is applicable to SOF personnel. It SOBE instructions have been issued, no units covers certain land use requirements not will conduct movement away from their normally applicable to conventional units and current location. Movement in and around provides guidance concerning missions unique their current location in support of Unit AARs, to SOF units. sustainment and redeployment preparations 1. SOF EXPRO use when is authorized after the approval of an OCT. All out-station. other exceptions must be authorized by the (a) All participants of senior SOF OCT. SOF exercises are required to receive the JMRC SOF Rotational EXPRO brief. 136

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

(h) When ENDEX (end that are made aware of the exercise or SOF of exercise) has been issued, units are TTPs are required to sign a non-disclosure authorized to begin movement as per a statement. precoordinated redeployment plan of action 2. All exercise personnel are d. Exercise Area/Land Use required to maintain both operational and Requirements. These exercises will be exercise OPSEC at all times. This is conducted outside of specified military training imperative to protecting SOF TTPs and the areas. Use of private lands and/or government security of this exercise. facilities will be approved if their intent meets 3. All personnel will avoid the special requirements and conditions. An conflicts with civilian personnel. If personnel approved contract will address these are unable to remove themselves from the conditions, a copy of which will be given to the situation and/or the situation escalates, RTU for review. Any deviation of the specific contact an OCT and/or local LEA for requirements outlined in the land use contract assistance. is strictly prohibited. 4. All exercise personnel e. Land Use Permits. Use of private have been directed to maintain the upmost and/or private land requires a legally binding respect for the civilian populace. This Land Use Agreement. The approved contract exercise relies on the generosity and will address the terms of use to include compliance of the local populace of each out- freedoms, constraints, and restrictions. Any station area. deviation of the Land Use Agreement is g. Domestic animals/livestock prohibited. 1. Exercise personnel are not 1. SOF Cell/ PLANS and 7th authorized to interact with domestic animals ATC land coordinator will maintain copies of and/or livestock, unless approved by the OCT land use agreements for private and/or public as part of the exercise. lands on file throughout the exercise. Copies of 2. The same respect that is each Land Use Agreement will be given to the given to the civilian populace will be given to RTU. their pets, animals, and livestock. 2. Exercise personnel will not h. Caches at Out-Stations enter privately owned structures and/or land 1. Caches can only be unless entry has been authorized in a land use emplaced on private and/or public land with agreement. the permission of the owning authority of that 3. The appropriate personnel property as stated in a valid Land Use will be notified of operations prior to and after Agreement. the conduct of an event for their perspective 2. Use of a submersion site property. cache is not authorized. Travel through public and/or 3. A Cache Report (Under private land via public roadways is authorized Report) must be prepared and submitted to without a Land Use Agreement. the OCT to include the following minimum 4. Personnel will immediately information: vacate the property if the owner desires, (a) Instructions for regardless if the owner granted prior approval finding and recovering the cache. for use. (b) An accurate 5. Posted “No trespassing” sketch of the cache site with the route to the lands are off limits unless authorized in a Land cache site, reference points for the cache, Use Agreement. measurements from reference points to f. Civilian Personnel cache, and azimuths from reference points to 1. All exercise personnel are cache depicted. authorized to interact with civilian personnel in 4. Weapons and sensitive support of their operations. Civilian personnel items are prohibited items in a cache. Prior 137

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS coordination with an OCT can be made to standard uniforms and/or civilian attire as per “notionally” include these prohibited items. the guidance of the RTU Commander. Upon recovery of the cache, these pre- 3. Use of military and/or coordinated “notional” items will be made civilian attire must be in accordance with the available to the RTU. laws of land warfare. i. Vehicles k. OCT Coverage 1. Utilization of rental vehicles 1. No element will move during the exercise must be coordinated with without prior coordination with an OCT. the SOF Cell Chief prior to use. Use of rental (a) All elements will vehicles by RTU personnel must be permitted maintain commo (via phone) with their OCT at within the constraints and restrictions of the all times. replicated operational environment. 2. Transporting personnel (b) OCT may be and/or goods not affiliated with the exercise is required to occupy a seat in a vehicle. BPT strictly prohibited. accommodate an OCT in your vehicle. l. Reporting Requirements. 3. All host nation motor vehicle 1. The RTU is responsible for laws still apply to this exercise. Exercise immediately reporting the following acts to an personnel will obey and adhere to posted OCT: speed limits and laws for operating a motor (a) Vehicle accidents vehicle. (regardless of damage) (a) All motor vehicle (b) Negative operators will ensure they have a valid driver’s interaction with LEA officials license, proof of insurance, current vehicle (c) Fines or citations registration or valid rental agreement on hand received from an LEA official for breaking a while operating a motor vehicle. These law documents will not be in play as a source of (d) Detention of RTU intelligence against the occupants of the personnel by LEA official (not as part of the vehicle. exercise) (b) The operator of the (e) Injury to exercise motor vehicle is responsible for any traffic personnel and/or civilian (regardless of injury violations and/or fines incurred while operating severity) a vehicle. (f) Damage to private (c) Exercise personnel and/or public property (regardless of severity) are directed to adjust to current driving (g) Conflicts with conditions in order to maintain safe operation of civilian personnel (regardless of outcome) a vehicle (i.e. slower speeds at night or during (h) Interaction with inclement weather, defensive driving during media personnel congested traffic). (i) Lost, missing, or (d) Transportation of damaged equipment (RTU and/or JMRC weapons on public roads by the RTU is strictly equipment) prohibited without an OCT present. (j) IN CASE OF j. Clothing and Uniforms. EMERGENCY: 1. SOF personnel are required -Call 112 (Germany) or local to wear the proper military uniform as per the emergency number guidance of the RTU Commander. Use of -Notify Wolverine OCT civilian attire is not authorized unless necessary -Notify JMRC DTOC for problem play. - Call SOCC OPCEN 2. During UW operations, SOF personnel are authorized the wear of non- 138

UNCLASSIFIED CHAPTER 14 SOF OPERATIONS

Table 14-1: Carl Gustav Effects Adjudication

Weapon Structure Ammo/Demo RDs/Demo Breach Casualty Remarks Size Assessment Carl Walls, 84 mm 1 36 in Hole Room KIA Range 40- Gustav Cmu 1000m HEDP Bunker 84 mm 1 N/A IAW MILES Card 500m HEDP

139

Appendix A-1 Himalaya Cave (PV 987656 )

Schwend Cave (QV 059605) Appendix

Alpha South Cave (PV 997575 ) A

- Charlie South Cave (QV 128547 ) 2 Übungsdorf

Appendix A-3 Enslwang A - 4 Schwend A - 5 Raversdorf A - 6 Kittensee A - 7 Haasla A - 8 Griffenwang (Mud Hut) A - 9 Hogans Alley

School Clinic

Bazaar

Café

Auto Repair Municipal Office

Religious Building A - 10 GEROLDSEE SHOOTHOUSE vicinity CP 53 A - 11 FOB WEST A - 12 FOB EAST A - 13 10 Line MEDEVAC Request Appendix A - 14

A-15

MEDEVAC Request MEDEVAC

Line Line

- NATO 9 NATO

Appendix Administrative Routes and AXPs

RTE ADLER – RESTRICTED USE DURING X DAYS

CP 1 ALL OTHER ROUTES ARE RTE ADLER ADMIN ROUTES* *see JMRC EXPRO para 1-13 for more details concerning restricted and administrative routes.

CP 12

CP 50 AXP 6 RTE MUSTANG CP 13 AXP 5 AXP 9 CP 24 AXP 4 CP 37 RTE GRIZZLY CP 30 AXP 7 CP 14 RTE WARHOG CP 39 RTE FALCON AXP 1 RTE VAMPIRE CP 15 AXP 2 AXP 8 CP 23W AXP 3 RTE WOLVERINE RTE TIMBERWOLF

RTE RAPTOR A - 16

White Light Line Areas Line Light White

line areas identified on the map prior to entering the HTA Main Post. on lineareas identified prior map to the entering HTA the All willAll white vehicles white crossingturn the lights on their after service

A-17